Sample records for classification iv classification

  1. [Addictive behaviours from DSM-IV to DSM-5].

    PubMed

    van den Brink, W

    2014-01-01

    The 5th edition of the DSM was published in May, 2013. The new edition incorporates important changes in the classification of addiction. To compare the classification of addictive behaviours presented in DSM-IV with the classification presented in DSM-5 and to comment on the changes introduced into the new version. First of all, the historical developments of the concept of addiction and the classification of addictive behaviours up to DSM-IV are summarised. Then the changes that have been incorporated into DSM-5 are described. The main changes are: (1) DSM-IV substance related disorders and DSM-IV pathological gambling have been combined into one new DSM-5 category, namely 'Substance Related and Addictive Disorders'; (2) DSM-IV abuse and dependence have been combined into one new DSM-5 diagnosis, namely 'Substance Use Disorder'; (2a) the DSM-IV abuse criterion 'recurrent substance-related legal problems' and the DSM-5 criterion 'craving' has been introduced; and (2b) the criteria for (partial) remission have been sharpened. DSM-5 is an improvement on DSM-IV, but for the diagnosis of a psychiatric disorder and the treatment of a psychiatric patient, classification needs to be complemented with staging and profiling.

  2. Clinical classification of adult patients with chronic intestinal failure due to benign disease: An international multicenter cross-sectional survey.

    PubMed

    Pironi, Loris; Konrad, Denise; Brandt, Chrisoffer; Joly, Francisca; Wanten, Geert; Agostini, Federica; Chambrier, Cecile; Aimasso, Umberto; Zeraschi, Sarah; Kelly, Darlene; Szczepanek, Kinga; Jukes, Amelia; Di Caro, Simona; Theilla, Miriam; Kunecki, Marek; Daniels, Joanne; Serlie, Mireille; Poullenot, Florian; Wu, Jian; Cooper, Sheldon C; Rasmussen, Henrik H; Compher, Charlene; Seguy, David; Crivelli, Adriana; Pagano, Maria C; Hughes, Sarah-Jane; Guglielmi, Francesco W; Kozjek, Nada Rotovnik; Schneider, Stéphane M; Gillanders, Lyn; Ellegard, Lars; Thibault, Ronan; Matras, Przemysław; Zmarzly, Anna; Matysiak, Konrad; Van Gossum, Andrè; Forbes, Alastair; Wyer, Nicola; Taus, Marina; Virgili, Nuria M; O'Callaghan, Margie; Chapman, Brooke; Osland, Emma; Cuerda, Cristina; Sahin, Peter; Jones, Lynn; Lee, Andre D W; Bertasi, Valentino; Orlandoni, Paolo; Izbéki, Ferenc; Spaggiari, Corrado; Díez, Marta Bueno; Doitchinova-Simeonova, Maryana; Garde, Carmen; Serralde-Zúñiga, Aurora E; Olveira, Gabriel; Krznaric, Zeljko; Czako, Laszlo; Kekstas, Gintautas; Sanz-Paris, Alejandro; Jáuregui, Estrella Petrina; Murillo, Ana Zugasti; Schafer, Eszter; Arends, Jann; Suárez-Llanos, José P; Shaffer, Jon; Lal, Simon

    2018-04-01

    The aim of the study was to evaluate the applicability of the ESPEN 16-category clinical classification of chronic intestinal failure, based on patients' intravenous supplementation (IVS) requirements for energy and fluids, and to evaluate factors associated with those requirements. ESPEN members were invited to participate through ESPEN Council representatives. Participating centers enrolled adult patients requiring home parenteral nutrition for chronic intestinal failure on March 1st 2015. The following patient data were recorded though a structured database: sex, age, body weight and height, intestinal failure mechanism, underlying disease, IVS volume and energy need. Sixty-five centers from 22 countries enrolled 2919 patients with benign disease. One half of the patients were distributed in 3 categories of the ESPEN clinical classification. 9% of patients required only fluid and electrolyte supplementation. IVS requirement varied considerably according to the pathophysiological mechanism of intestinal failure. Notably, IVS volume requirement represented loss of intestinal function better than IVS energy requirement. A simplified 8 category classification of chronic intestinal failure was devised, based on two types of IVS (either fluid and electrolyte alone or parenteral nutrition admixture containing energy) and four categories of volume. Patients' IVS requirements varied widely, supporting the need for a tool to homogenize patient categorization. This study has devised a novel, simplified eight category IVS classification for chronic intestinal failure that will prove useful in both the clinical and research setting when applied together with the underlying pathophysiological mechanism of the patient's intestinal failure. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd and European Society for Clinical Nutrition and Metabolism. All rights reserved.

  3. Reliability, Validity, and Classification Accuracy of the DSM-5 Diagnostic Criteria for Gambling Disorder and Comparison to DSM-IV.

    PubMed

    Stinchfield, Randy; McCready, John; Turner, Nigel E; Jimenez-Murcia, Susana; Petry, Nancy M; Grant, Jon; Welte, John; Chapman, Heather; Winters, Ken C

    2016-09-01

    The DSM-5 was published in 2013 and it included two substantive revisions for gambling disorder (GD). These changes are the reduction in the threshold from five to four criteria and elimination of the illegal activities criterion. The purpose of this study was to twofold. First, to assess the reliability, validity and classification accuracy of the DSM-5 diagnostic criteria for GD. Second, to compare the DSM-5-DSM-IV on reliability, validity, and classification accuracy, including an examination of the effect of the elimination of the illegal acts criterion on diagnostic accuracy. To compare DSM-5 and DSM-IV, eight datasets from three different countries (Canada, USA, and Spain; total N = 3247) were used. All datasets were based on similar research methods. Participants were recruited from outpatient gambling treatment services to represent the group with a GD and from the community to represent the group without a GD. All participants were administered a standardized measure of diagnostic criteria. The DSM-5 yielded satisfactory reliability, validity and classification accuracy. In comparing the DSM-5 to the DSM-IV, most comparisons of reliability, validity and classification accuracy showed more similarities than differences. There was evidence of modest improvements in classification accuracy for DSM-5 over DSM-IV, particularly in reduction of false negative errors. This reduction in false negative errors was largely a function of lowering the cut score from five to four and this revision is an improvement over DSM-IV. From a statistical standpoint, eliminating the illegal acts criterion did not make a significant impact on diagnostic accuracy. From a clinical standpoint, illegal acts can still be addressed in the context of the DSM-5 criterion of lying to others.

  4. A cross-national examination of differences in classification of lifetime alcohol use disorder between DSM-IV and DSM-5: Findings from the World Mental Health Survey

    PubMed Central

    Slade, Tim; Chiu, Wai-Tat; Glantz, Meyer; Kessler, Ronald C.; Lago, Luise; Sampson, Nancy; Al-Hamzawi, Ali; Florescu, Silvia; Moskalewicz, Jacek; Murphy, Sam; Navarro-Mateu, Fernando; de Galvis, Yolanda Torres; Viana, Maria Carmen; Xavier, Miguel; Degenhardt, Louisa

    2016-01-01

    Aims To examine the diagnostic overlap in DSM-IV and DSM-5 alcohol use disorder (AUD) and determine the clinical correlates of changing diagnostic status across the two classification systems. Design DSM-IV and DSM-5 definitions of AUD were compared using cross-national community survey data. Setting Nine low-, middle- and high-income countries. Participants/Cases 31,367 respondents to surveys in the World Health Organization World Mental Health Survey Initiative. Measures Composite International Diagnostic Interview, version 3.0 was used to derive DSM-IV and DSM-5 lifetime diagnoses of AUD. Clinical characteristics, also assessed in the surveys, included lifetime DSM-IV anxiety, mood and drug use disorders, lifetime suicidal ideation, plan and attempt, general functional impairment and psychological distress. Findings Compared to DSM-IV AUD (12.3%, SE=0.3%), the DSM-5 definition yielded slightly lower prevalence estimates (10.8%, SE=0.2%). Almost one third (n=802) of all DSM-IV Abuse cases switched to sub-threshold according to DSM-5 and one quarter (n=467) of all DSM-IV diagnostic orphans switched to mild AUD according to DSM-5. New cases of DSM-5 AUD were largely similar to those who maintained their AUD across both classifications. Similarly, new DSM-5 non-cases were similar to those who were sub-threshold across both classifications. The exception to this was with regards to the prevalence of any lifetime drug use disorder. Conclusions In this large cross-national community sample, the prevalence of DSM-5 lifetime AUD was only slightly lower than the prevalence of DSM-IV lifetime AUD. Nonetheless there was considerable diagnostic switching, with a large number of people inconsistently identified across the two DSM classifications. PMID:27426631

  5. Asiago spectroscopic classification of 5 ASASSN SNe

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tomasella, L.; Benetti, S.; Cappellaro, E.; Turatto, M.

    2018-04-01

    The Asiago Transient Classification Program (Tomasella et al. 2014, AN, 335, 841) reports the spectroscopic classification of ASASSN-18ii,ASASSN-18it, ASASSN-18iv, ASASN-18iw, ASASSN-18iu discovered during the ongoing All Sky Automated Survey for SuperNovae (ASAS-SN, Shappee et al. 2014) (Atel #11178).

  6. A Cross-National Examination of Differences in Classification of Lifetime Alcohol Use Disorder Between DSM-IV and DSM-5: Findings from the World Mental Health Survey.

    PubMed

    Slade, Tim; Chiu, Wai-Tat; Glantz, Meyer; Kessler, Ronald C; Lago, Luise; Sampson, Nancy; Al-Hamzawi, Ali; Florescu, Silvia; Moskalewicz, Jacek; Murphy, Sam; Navarro-Mateu, Fernando; Torres de Galvis, Yolanda; Viana, Maria Carmen; Xavier, Miguel; Degenhardt, Louisa

    2016-08-01

    The current study sought to examine the diagnostic overlap in DSM-IV and DSM-5 alcohol use disorder (AUD) and determine the clinical correlates of changing diagnostic status across the 2 classification systems. DSM-IV and DSM-5 definitions of AUD were compared using cross-national community survey data in 9 low-, middle-, and high-income countries. Participants were 31,367 respondents to surveys in the World Health Organization's World Mental Health Survey Initiative. The Composite International Diagnostic Interview, version 3.0, was used to derive DSM-IV and DSM-5 lifetime diagnoses of AUD. Clinical characteristics, also assessed in the surveys, included lifetime DSM-IV anxiety; mood and drug use disorders; lifetime suicidal ideation, plan, and attempt; general functional impairment; and psychological distress. Compared with DSM-IV AUD (12.3%, SE = 0.3%), the DSM-5 definition yielded slightly lower prevalence estimates (10.8%, SE = 0.2%). Almost one-third (n = 802) of all DSM-IV abuse cases switched to subthreshold according to DSM-5 and one-quarter (n = 467) of all DSM-IV diagnostic orphans switched to mild AUD according to DSM-5. New cases of DSM-5 AUD were largely similar to those who maintained their AUD across both classifications. Similarly, new DSM-5 noncases were similar to those who were subthreshold across both classifications. The exception to this was with regard to the prevalence of any lifetime drug use disorder. In this large cross-national community sample, the prevalence of DSM-5 lifetime AUD was only slightly lower than the prevalence of DSM-IV lifetime AUD. Nonetheless, there was considerable diagnostic switching, with a large number of people inconsistently identified across the 2 DSM classifications. Copyright © 2016 by the Research Society on Alcoholism.

  7. Examining the Stability of "DSM-IV" and Empirically Derived Eating Disorder Classification: Implications for "DSM-5"

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Peterson, Carol B.; Crow, Scott J.; Swanson, Sonja A.; Crosby, Ross D.; Wonderlich, Stephen A.; Mitchell, James E.; Agras, W. Stewart; Halmi, Katherine A.

    2011-01-01

    Objective: The purpose of this investigation was to derive an empirical classification of eating disorder symptoms in a heterogeneous eating disorder sample using latent class analysis (LCA) and to examine the longitudinal stability of these latent classes (LCs) and the stability of DSM-IV eating disorder (ED) diagnoses. Method: A total of 429…

  8. Five systems of psychiatric classification for preschool children: do differences in validity, usefulness and reliability make for competitive or complimentary constellations?

    PubMed

    Postert, Christian; Averbeck-Holocher, Marlies; Beyer, Thomas; Müller, Jörg; Furniss, Tilman

    2009-03-01

    DSM-IV and ICD-10 have limitations in the diagnostic classification of psychiatric disorders at preschool age (0-5 years). The publication of the Diagnostic Classification 0-3 (DC:0-3) in 1994, its basically revised second edition (DC:0-3R) in 2005 and the Research Diagnostic Criteria-Preschool Age (RDC-PA) in 2004 have provided several modifications of these manuals. Taking into account the growing empirical evidence highlighting the need for a diagnostic classification system for psychiatric disorders in preschool children, the main categorical classification systems in preschool psychiatry will be presented and discussed. The paper will focus on issues of validity, usefulness and reliability in DSM-IV, ICD-10, RDC-PA, DC:0-3, and DC:0-3R. The reasons for including or excluding postulated psychiatric disorder categories for preschool children with variable degrees of empirical evidence into the different diagnostic systems will be discussed.

  9. Indicators of Terrorism Vulnerability in Africa

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2015-03-26

    the terror threat and vulnerabilities across Africa. Key words: Terrorism, Africa, Negative Binomial Regression, Classification Tree iv I would like...31 Metrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Log -likelihood...70 viii Page 5.3 Classification Tree Description

  10. [Generalized anxiety disorder, now and the future: a perspective to the DSM-5].

    PubMed

    Otsubo, Tempei

    2012-01-01

    Generalized, persistent, and free-floating anxiety was first described by Freud in 1894. The diagnostic term generalized anxiety disorder (GAD) was not in classification systems until the publication of the diagnostic and statistical manual for mental disorders, third edition (DSM-III) in 1980. Initially considered as a residual category to be used when no other diagnosis could be made, it is not accepted that GAD represents a distinct diagnostic category yet. Since 1980, revisions to the diagnostic criteria for GAD in the DSM-III-R, DSM-IV and DSM-5 classifications have slightly redefined this disorder. The classification is fluid. The duration criterion has increased to 6 months in DSM-IV, but decreased to 3 months in DSM-5. This article reviews the development of diagnostic criteria for defining GAD from Freud to DSM-5 and compares the DSM-5 criterion with DSM-IV and the tenth revision of the International Classification of Disease. The impact of the changes in diagnostic criteria on research into GAD, and on diagnosis, differential diagnosis, will be discussed.

  11. Epidemiological and clinical relevance of insomnia diagnosis algorithms according to the DSM-IV and the International Classification of Sleep Disorders (ICSD).

    PubMed

    Ohayon, Maurice M; Reynolds, Charles F

    2009-10-01

    Although the epidemiology of insomnia in the general population has received considerable attention in the past 20 years, few studies have investigated the prevalence of insomnia using operational definitions such as those set forth in the ICSD and DSM-IV, specifying what proportion of respondents satisfied the criteria to reach a diagnosis of insomnia disorder. This is a cross-sectional study involving 25,579 individuals aged 15 years and over representative of the general population of France, the United Kingdom, Germany, Italy, Portugal, Spain and Finland. The participants were interviewed on sleep habits and disorders managed by the Sleep-EVAL expert system using DSM-IV and ICSD classifications. At the complaint level, too short sleep (20.2%), light sleep (16.6%), and global sleep dissatisfaction (8.2%) were reported by 37% of the subjects. At the symptom level (difficulty initiating or maintaining sleep and non-restorative sleep at least 3 nights per week), 34.5% of the sample reported at least one of them. At the criterion level, (symptoms+daytime consequences), 9.8% of the total sample reported having them. At the diagnostic level, 6.6% satisfied the DSM-IV requirement for positive and differential diagnosis. However, many respondents failed to meet diagnostic criteria for duration, frequency and severity in the two classifications, suggesting that multidimensional measures are needed. A significant proportion of the population with sleep complaints do not fit into DSM-IV and ICSD classifications. Further efforts are needed to identify diagnostic criteria and dimensional measures that will lead to insomnia diagnoses and thus provide a more reliable, valid and clinically relevant classification.

  12. Extension of the classical classification of β-turns

    PubMed Central

    de Brevern, Alexandre G.

    2016-01-01

    The functional properties of a protein primarily depend on its three-dimensional (3D) structure. These properties have classically been assigned, visualized and analysed on the basis of protein secondary structures. The β-turn is the third most important secondary structure after helices and β-strands. β-turns have been classified according to the values of the dihedral angles φ and ψ of the central residue. Conventionally, eight different types of β-turns have been defined, whereas those that cannot be defined are classified as type IV β-turns. This classification remains the most widely used. Nonetheless, the miscellaneous type IV β-turns represent 1/3rd of β-turn residues. An unsupervised specific clustering approach was designed to search for recurrent new turns in the type IV category. The classical rules of β-turn type assignment were central to the approach. The four most frequently occurring clusters defined the new β-turn types. Unexpectedly, these types, designated IV1, IV2, IV3 and IV4, represent half of the type IV β-turns and occur more frequently than many of the previously established types. These types show convincing particularities, in terms of both structures and sequences that allow for the classical β-turn classification to be extended for the first time in 25 years. PMID:27627963

  13. Extension of the classical classification of β-turns.

    PubMed

    de Brevern, Alexandre G

    2016-09-15

    The functional properties of a protein primarily depend on its three-dimensional (3D) structure. These properties have classically been assigned, visualized and analysed on the basis of protein secondary structures. The β-turn is the third most important secondary structure after helices and β-strands. β-turns have been classified according to the values of the dihedral angles φ and ψ of the central residue. Conventionally, eight different types of β-turns have been defined, whereas those that cannot be defined are classified as type IV β-turns. This classification remains the most widely used. Nonetheless, the miscellaneous type IV β-turns represent 1/3(rd) of β-turn residues. An unsupervised specific clustering approach was designed to search for recurrent new turns in the type IV category. The classical rules of β-turn type assignment were central to the approach. The four most frequently occurring clusters defined the new β-turn types. Unexpectedly, these types, designated IV1, IV2, IV3 and IV4, represent half of the type IV β-turns and occur more frequently than many of the previously established types. These types show convincing particularities, in terms of both structures and sequences that allow for the classical β-turn classification to be extended for the first time in 25 years.

  14. The Revisited Classification of GN in SLE at 10 Years: Time to Re-Evaluate Histopathologic Lesions

    PubMed Central

    Alpers, Charles E.; Cook, H. Terence; Ferrario, Franco; Fogo, Agnes B.; Haas, Mark; Joh, Kensuke; Noël, Laure-Hélène; Seshan, Surya V.; Bruijn, Jan A.; Bajema, Ingeborg M.

    2015-01-01

    Over 10 years have passed since the latest revision of the histopathologic classification of lupus nephritis. This revision was a significant improvement compared with the previous version, mainly because of clearer and more concise definitions and the elimination of mixed subclasses. Despite these improvements, there are still some difficulties in the classification for lupus nephritis, many of which are in the definitions provided. In this review, we focus on the difficulties surrounding the evaluation of classes III and IV lesions, particularly the definitions of endocapillary and extracapillary proliferation, the use of the terms endocapillary proliferation and hypercellularity, the clinical relevance of segmental and global subdivision in class IV, and the value of distinguishing lesions that indicate activity and chronicity. Vascular and tubulointerstitial lesions are also discussed. Furthermore, we give an overview of the history of the classification to provide background on the origin and development of the definitions in lupus nephritis. The issues raised in this review as well as the suggestions for improvements may assist with a revision of the lupus nephritis classification in the near future. PMID:26152271

  15. Classification of bifurcations regions in IVOCT images using support vector machine and artificial neural network models

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Porto, C. D. N.; Costa Filho, C. F. F.; Macedo, M. M. G.; Gutierrez, M. A.; Costa, M. G. F.

    2017-03-01

    Studies in intravascular optical coherence tomography (IV-OCT) have demonstrated the importance of coronary bifurcation regions in intravascular medical imaging analysis, as plaques are more likely to accumulate in this region leading to coronary disease. A typical IV-OCT pullback acquires hundreds of frames, thus developing an automated tool to classify the OCT frames as bifurcation or non-bifurcation can be an important step to speed up OCT pullbacks analysis and assist automated methods for atherosclerotic plaque quantification. In this work, we evaluate the performance of two state-of-the-art classifiers, SVM and Neural Networks in the bifurcation classification task. The study included IV-OCT frames from 9 patients. In order to improve classification performance, we trained and tested the SVM with different parameters by means of a grid search and different stop criteria were applied to the Neural Network classifier: mean square error, early stop and regularization. Different sets of features were tested, using feature selection techniques: PCA, LDA and scalar feature selection with correlation. Training and test were performed in sets with a maximum of 1460 OCT frames. We quantified our results in terms of false positive rate, true positive rate, accuracy, specificity, precision, false alarm, f-measure and area under ROC curve. Neural networks obtained the best classification accuracy, 98.83%, overcoming the results found in literature. Our methods appear to offer a robust and reliable automated classification of OCT frames that might assist physicians indicating potential frames to analyze. Methods for improving neural networks generalization have increased the classification performance.

  16. [Preoperative risk assessment with the ASA classification. A prospective study of morbidity and mortality in various ASA classes in 2,937 patients in general surgery].

    PubMed

    Menke, H; John, K D; Klein, A; Lorenz, W; Junginger, T

    1992-12-01

    The value of ASA classification in assessment of perioperative risk, i.e. especially postoperative morbidity, was analyzed prospectively using the data of 2937 patients. The analysis took into account the criteria validity, reliability, and sensitivity. The incidence of post-operative morbidity after elective surgery rose from 3.9% in ASA class I to 36% in ASA class IV. Mortality was 0.6% in ASA class II, whereas 9.3% died in ASA class IV. Morbidity, mortality respectively, after emergency surgery was 10.2% in ASA class II compared to 69% in class IV, mortality 1.4% compared to 21.5%. Differences between the ASA classes were confirmed (p-value < 0.05) considering separate kinds of complications and different periods. Furthermore, ASA classification was a valuable reference to length of stay and severity of necessary therapy at the ICU.

  17. Alport syndrome: a unified classification of genetic disorders of collagen IV α345: a position paper of the Alport Syndrome Classification Working Group.

    PubMed

    Kashtan, Clifford E; Ding, Jie; Garosi, Guido; Heidet, Laurence; Massella, Laura; Nakanishi, Koichi; Nozu, Kandai; Renieri, Alessandra; Rheault, Michelle; Wang, Fang; Gross, Oliver

    2018-05-01

    Mutations in the genes COL4A3, COL4A4, and COL4A5 affect the synthesis, assembly, deposition, or function of the collagen IV α345 molecule, the major collagenous constituent of the mature mammalian glomerular basement membrane. These mutations are associated with a spectrum of nephropathy, from microscopic hematuria to progressive renal disease leading to ESRD, and with extrarenal manifestations such as sensorineural deafness and ocular anomalies. The existing nomenclature for these conditions is confusing and can delay institution of appropriate nephroprotective therapy. Herein we propose a new classification of genetic disorders of the collagen IV α345 molecule with the goal of improving renal outcomes through regular monitoring and early treatment. Copyright © 2018 International Society of Nephrology. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  18. A comparison of delirium diagnosis in elderly medical inpatients using the CAM, DRS-R98, DSM-IV and DSM-5 criteria.

    PubMed

    Adamis, Dimitrios; Rooney, Siobhan; Meagher, David; Mulligan, Owen; McCarthy, Geraldine

    2015-06-01

    The recently published DSM-5 criteria for delirium may lead to different case identification and rates of delirium than previous classifications. The aims of this study are to determine how the new DSM-5 criteria compare with DSM-IV in identification of delirium in elderly medical inpatients and to investigate the agreement between different methods, using CAM, DRS-R98, DSM-IV, and DSM-5 criteria. Prospective, observational study of elderly patients aged 70+ admitted under the acute medical teams in a regional general hospital. Each participant was assessed within 3 days of admission using the DSM-5, and DSM-IV criteria plus the DRS-R98, and CAM scales. We assessed 200 patients [mean age 81.1±6.5; 50% female; pre-existing cognitive impairment in 63%]. The prevalence rates of delirium for each diagnostic method were: 13.0% (n = 26) for DSM-5; 19.5% (n = 39) for DSM-IV; 13.5% (n = 27) for DRS-R98 and 17.0%, (n = 34) for CAM. Using tetrachoric correlation coefficients the agreement between DSM-5 and DSM-IV was statistically significant (ρtetr = 0.64, SE = 0.1, p < 0.0001). Similar significant agreement was found between the four methods. DSM-IV is the most inclusive diagnostic method for delirium, while DSM-5 is the most restrictive. In addition, these classification systems identify different cases of delirium. This could have clinical, financial, and research implications. However, both classification systems have significant agreement in the identification of the same concept (delirium). Clarity of diagnosis is required for classification but also further research considering the relevance in predicting outcomes can allow for more detailed evaluation of the DSM-5 criteria.

  19. Five Systems of Psychiatric Classification for Preschool Children: Do Differences in Validity, Usefulness and Reliability Make for Competitive or Complimentary Constellations?

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Postert, Christian; Averbeck-Holocher, Marlies; Beyer, Thomas; Muller, Jorg; Furniss, Tilman

    2009-01-01

    "DSM-IV" and "ICD-10" have limitations in the diagnostic classification of psychiatric disorders at preschool age (0-5 years). The publication of the "Diagnostic Classification 0-3 (DC:0-3)" in 1994, its basically revised second edition ("DC:0-3R") in 2005 and the "Research Diagnostic Criteria-Preschool Age (RDC-PA)" in 2004 have provided several…

  20. Exploring new classification criteria for the earliest type stars: the 3400 Aregion

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Morrell, Nidia I.; Walborn, Nolan R.; Arias, Julia I.

    2002-02-01

    We propose spectroscopic observations of a sample of standard O2-O4 stars in the wavelength region containing the N IV 3479-83-85 Aand O IV 3381-85-3412 Alines, in order to analyze the behavior of these spectral features as a function of the spectral type. We aim to define new classification criteria for the hottest stars, evaluating these N IV and O IV lines near 3400 Aas possible temperature and luminosity discriminators. The former spectral class O3 has just been split into three different classes: O2, O3 and O3.5 (Walborn et al. 2001). The paucity of classification criteria at these types in the traditional wavelength domain (4000 - 4700 Å), makes clear the need to explore other spectral ranges in order to define additional constraints on the determination of spectral types and luminosity classes. The wavelength range around 3400 Ahas been observed in many faint, crowded early O-type stars by HST/FOS, the corresponding data being available from the HST archive. This enhances our interest in observing this spectral range in the classification standards for the early O-type stars in order to make these existing HST observations even more useful, allowing the determination of accurate spectral types for unknown objects from them, once the behavior of the new criteria in the standards has been charted.

  1. A 3-tier classification of cerebral arteriovenous malformations. Clinical article.

    PubMed

    Spetzler, Robert F; Ponce, Francisco A

    2011-03-01

    The authors propose a 3-tier classification for cerebral arteriovenous malformations (AVMs). The classification is based on the original 5-tier Spetzler-Martin grading system, and reflects the treatment paradigm for these lesions. The implications of this modification in the literature are explored. Class A combines Grades I and II AVMs, Class B are Grade III AVMs, and Class C combines Grades IV and V AVMs. Recommended management is surgery for Class A AVMs, multimodality treatment for Class B, and observation for Class C, with exceptions to the latter including recurrent hemorrhages and progressive neurological deficits. To evaluate whether combining grades is warranted from the perspective of surgical outcomes, the 3-tier system was applied to 1476 patients from 7 surgical series in which results were stratified according to Spetzler-Martin grades. Pairwise comparisons of individual Spetzler-Martin grades in the series analyzed showed the fewest significant differences (p < 0.05) in outcomes between Grades I and II AVMs and between Grades IV and V AVMs. In the pooled data analysis, significant differences in outcomes were found between all grades except IV and V (p = 0.38), and the lowest relative risks were found between Grades I and II (1.066) and between Grades IV and V (1.095). Using the pooled data, the predictive accuracies for surgical outcomes of the 5-tier and 3-tier systems were equivalent (receiver operating characteristic curve area 0.711 and 0.713, respectively). Combining Grades I and II AVMs and combining Grades IV and V AVMs is justified in part because the differences in surgical results between these respective pairs are small. The proposed 3-tier classification of AVMs offers simplification of the Spetzler-Martin system, provides a guide to treatment, and is predictive of outcome. The revised classification not only simplifies treatment recommendations; by placing patients into 3 as opposed to 5 groups, statistical power is markedly increased for series comparisons.

  2. Implementing Classification on a Munitions Response Project

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2011-12-01

    Detection Dig List  IVS/Seed Site Planning Decisions Dig All  Anomalies Site Characterization Implementing Classification on a Munitions Response...Details ● Seed emplacement ● EM61-MK2 detection survey  RTK GPS ● Select anomalies for further investigation ● Collect cued data using MetalMapper...5.2 mV in channel 2  938 anomalies selected ● All QC seeds detected using this threshold  Some just inside the 60-cm halo ● IVS reproducibility

  3. Comparison of LSS-IV and LISS-III+LISS-IV merged data for classification of crops

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hebbar, R.; Sesha Sai, M. V. R.

    2014-11-01

    Resourcesat-1 satellite with its unique capability of simultaneous acquisition of multispectral images at different spatial resolutions (AWiFS, LISS-III and LISS-IV MX / Mono) has immense potential for crop inventory. The present study was carried for selection of suitable LISS-IV MX band for data fusion and its evaluation for delineation different crops in a multi-cropped area. Image fusion techniques namely intensity hue saturation (IHS), principal component analysis (PCA), brovey, high pass filter (HPF) and wavelet methods were used for merging LISS-III and LISS-IV Mono data. The merged products were evaluated visually and through universal image quality index, ERGAS and classification accuracy. The study revealed that red band of LISS-IV MX data was found to be optimal band for merging with LISS-III data in terms of maintaining both spectral and spatial information and thus, closely matching with multispectral LISS-IVMX data. Among the five data fusion techniques, wavelet method was found to be superior in retaining image quality and higher classification accuracy compared to commonly used methods of IHS, PCA and Brovey. The study indicated that LISS-IV data in mono mode with wider swath of 70 km could be exploited in place of 24km LISS-IVMX data by selection of appropriate fusion techniques by acquiring monochromatic data in the red band.

  4. What is generalized anxiety disorder?

    PubMed

    Rickels, K; Rynn, M A

    2001-01-01

    Generalized, persistent, and free-floating anxiety was first described by Freud in 1894, although the diagnostic term generalized anxiety disorder (GAD) was not included in classification systems until 1980 (Diagnostic and Statistical Manual for Mental Disorders, Third Edition [DSM-III]). Initially considered a residual category to be used when no other diagnosis could be made, it is now widely accepted that GAD represents a distinct diagnostic category. Since 1980, revisions to the diagnostic criteria for GAD in the DSM-III-R and DSM-IV classifications have markedly redefined this disorder, increasing the duration criterion to 6 months and increasing the emphasis on worry and psychic symptoms. This article reviews the development of the diagnostic criteria for defining GAD from Freud to DSM-IV and compares the DSM-IV criteria with the criteria set forth in the tenth revision of the International Classification of Diseases. The impact of the changes in diagnostic criteria on research into GAD, and on diagnosis, differential diagnosis, and treatment of GAD, will be discussed.

  5. Generalized Rainich conditions, generalized stress-energy conditions, and the Hawking-Ellis classification

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Martín–Moruno, Prado; Visser, Matt

    2017-11-01

    The (generalized) Rainich conditions are algebraic conditions which are polynomial in the (mixed-component) stress-energy tensor. As such they are logically distinct from the usual classical energy conditions (NEC, WEC, SEC, DEC), and logically distinct from the usual Hawking-Ellis (Segré-Plebański) classification of stress-energy tensors (type I, type II, type III, type IV). There will of course be significant inter-connections between these classification schemes, which we explore in the current article. Overall, we shall argue that it is best to view the (generalized) Rainich conditions as a refinement of the classical energy conditions and the usual Hawking-Ellis classification.

  6. Classification of parotidectomies: a proposal of the European Salivary Gland Society.

    PubMed

    Quer, M; Guntinas-Lichius, O; Marchal, F; Vander Poorten, V; Chevalier, D; León, X; Eisele, D; Dulguerov, P

    2016-10-01

    The objective of this study is to provide a comprehensive classification system for parotidectomy operations. Data sources include Medline publications, author's experience, and consensus round table at the Third European Salivary Gland Society (ESGS) Meeting. The Medline database was searched with the term "parotidectomy" and "definition". The various definitions of parotidectomy procedures and parotid gland subdivisions extracted. Previous classification systems re-examined and a new classification proposed by a consensus. The ESGS proposes to subdivide the parotid parenchyma in five levels: I (lateral superior), II (lateral inferior), III (deep inferior), IV (deep superior), V (accessory). A new classification is proposed where the type of resection is divided into formal parotidectomy with facial nerve dissection and extracapsular dissection. Parotidectomies are further classified according to the levels removed, as well as the extra-parotid structures ablated. A new classification of parotidectomy procedures is proposed.

  7. Diagnosis and Classification in Autism.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Waterhouse, Lynn; And Others

    1996-01-01

    This study compared four systems for diagnosis of autism (Diagnostic and Statistical Manuals of Mental Disorders III, III-R, and IV, and the International Classification of Disabilities-10) with 2 empirically derived taxa and 3 social subgroups (aloof, passive, and active but odd) in 194 preschool children with social impairment. Findings support…

  8. Eating Disorder Diagnoses: Empirical Approaches to Classification

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Wonderlich, Stephen A.; Joiner, Thomas E., Jr.; Keel, Pamela K.; Williamson, Donald A.; Crosby, Ross D.

    2007-01-01

    Decisions about the classification of eating disorders have significant scientific and clinical implications. The eating disorder diagnoses in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (4th ed.; DSM-IV; American Psychiatric Association, 1994) reflect the collective wisdom of experts in the field but are frequently not supported in…

  9. Impact of H3.3 K27M Mutation on Prognosis and Survival of Grade IV Spinal Cord Glioma on the Basis of New 2016 World Health Organization Classification of the Central Nervous System.

    PubMed

    Yi, Seong; Choi, Sunkyu; Shin, Dong Ah; Kim, Du Su; Choi, Junjeong; Ha, Yoon; Kim, Keung Nyun; Suh, Chang-Ok; Chang, Jong Hee; Kim, Se Hoon; Yoon, Do Heum

    2018-05-01

    Spinal cord glioma grade IV is a rare, diffuse midline glioma. H3 K27M-mutant was classified in a different entity in the 2016 World Health Organization (WHO) classification recently. No reports about prognosis of spinal cord glioma grade IV are available yet. To analyze the prognostic factors for spinal cord glioma grade IV. Twenty-five patients with spinal cord glioma of grade IV who underwent surgery in a single institute were selected. All grade IV spinal cord glioma histologically confirmed as glioblastoma or "diffuse midline glioma with H3 K27M-mutant" by the 2016 WHO classification of the central nervous system were included. Basic demographics, treatment modalities, and pathological tumor molecular profiles were investigated for prognosis. Mean age was 39.1 yr; male to female ratio was 18 : 7. Tumor was located in thoracic cord (53.3%), cervical cord (40%), and lumbar area (6.7%). Median overall survival was 37.1 mo; median disease-free survival was 18.5 mo. Treatment modality showed no statistical difference. Only K27M profile showed significant prognostic value, 20 patients (80%) showed K27M mutation positive, K27M mutation patients showed longer overall survival (40.07 mo) than K27M negative patients (11.63 mo, P < .0001), and disease-free survival (20.85 vs 8.72 mo, P = .0241). This study is the first and largest report of the prognosis of primary spinal cord grade IV glioma using the new WHO classification. This study reported survival analysis and prognostic factors, and revealed that H3.3 K27M mutation is not a major poor prognostic factor. Further studies to explore K27M mutations needed for risk stratification and therapy optimization.

  10. It is time to bring borderline intellectual functioning back into the main fold of classification systems

    PubMed Central

    Wieland, Jannelien; Zitman, Frans G.

    2016-01-01

    Borderline intellectual functioning is an important and frequently unrecognised comorbid condition relevant to the diagnosis and treatment of any and all psychiatric disorders. In the DSM-IV-TR, it is defined by IQ in the 71–84 range. In DSM-5, IQ boundaries are no longer part of the classification, leaving the concept without a clear definition. This modification is one of the least highlighted changes in DSM-5. In this article we describe the history of the classification of borderline intellectual functioning. We provide information about it and on the importance of placing it in the right context and in the right place in future DSM editions and other classification systems such as the International Classification of Diseases. PMID:27512590

  11. Classification of Liss IV Imagery Using Decision Tree Methods

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Verma, Amit Kumar; Garg, P. K.; Prasad, K. S. Hari; Dadhwal, V. K.

    2016-06-01

    Image classification is a compulsory step in any remote sensing research. Classification uses the spectral information represented by the digital numbers in one or more spectral bands and attempts to classify each individual pixel based on this spectral information. Crop classification is the main concern of remote sensing applications for developing sustainable agriculture system. Vegetation indices computed from satellite images gives a good indication of the presence of vegetation. It is an indicator that describes the greenness, density and health of vegetation. Texture is also an important characteristics which is used to identifying objects or region of interest is an image. This paper illustrate the use of decision tree method to classify the land in to crop land and non-crop land and to classify different crops. In this paper we evaluate the possibility of crop classification using an integrated approach methods based on texture property with different vegetation indices for single date LISS IV sensor 5.8 meter high spatial resolution data. Eleven vegetation indices (NDVI, DVI, GEMI, GNDVI, MSAVI2, NDWI, NG, NR, NNIR, OSAVI and VI green) has been generated using green, red and NIR band and then image is classified using decision tree method. The other approach is used integration of texture feature (mean, variance, kurtosis and skewness) with these vegetation indices. A comparison has been done between these two methods. The results indicate that inclusion of textural feature with vegetation indices can be effectively implemented to produce classifiedmaps with 8.33% higher accuracy for Indian satellite IRS-P6, LISS IV sensor images.

  12. Essential core of the Hawking–Ellis types

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Martín-Moruno, Prado; Visser, Matt

    2018-06-01

    The Hawking–Ellis (Segre–Plebański) classification of possible stress–energy tensors is an essential tool in analyzing the implications of the Einstein field equations in a more-or-less model-independent manner. In the current article the basic idea is to simplify the Hawking–Ellis type I, II, III, and IV classification by isolating the ‘essential core’ of the type II, type III, and type IV stress–energy tensors; this being done by subtracting (special cases of) type I to simplify the (Lorentz invariant) eigenvalue structure as much as possible without disturbing the eigenvector structure. We will denote these ‘simplified cores’ type II0, type III0, and type IV0. These ‘simplified cores’ have very nice and simple algebraic properties. Furthermore, types I and II0 have very simple classical interpretations, while type IV0 is known to arise semi-classically (in renormalized expectation values of standard stress–energy tensors). In contrast type III0 stands out in that it has neither a simple classical interpretation, nor even a simple semi-classical interpretation. We will also consider the robustness of this classification considering the stability of the different Hawking–Ellis types under perturbations. We argue that types II and III are definitively unstable, whereas types I and IV are stable.

  13. [Alcohol-related cognitive impairment and the DSM-5].

    PubMed

    Walvoort, S J W; Wester, A J; Doorakkers, M C; Kessels, R P C; Egger, J I M

    2016-01-01

    It is evident from the dsm-iv-tr that alcohol-related impairment is extremely difficult to classify accurately. As a result, cognitive deficits can easily be overlooked. The dsm-5, however, incorporates a new category, namely 'neurocognitive disorders', which may lead to significant improvements in clinical practice. To compare the classification of alcohol-related cognitive dysfunction in dsm-iv-tr and dsm-5 and to discuss the clinical relevance of the revised classification in the dsm-5. We compare the chapters of the dsm-iv-tr and the dsm-5 concerning alcohol-related cognitive impairment and describe the changes that have been made. The dsm-5 puts greater emphasis on alcohol-related neurocognitive impairment. Not only does dsm-5 distinguish between the degree of severity (major or minor neurocognitive disorder), it also distinguishes between the type of impairment (non-amnestic-type versus confabulating-amnestic type). It also makes a distinction between the durations of impairment (behavioural and/or persistent disorders). The dsm-5 gives a clearer description of alcohol-related neurocognitive dysfunction than does dsm-iv-tr and it stresses the essential role of neuropsychological assessment in the classification, diagnosis, and treatment of neurocognitive disorders.

  14. Classification of hydrocephalus: critical analysis of classification categories and advantages of "Multi-categorical Hydrocephalus Classification" (Mc HC).

    PubMed

    Oi, Shizuo

    2011-10-01

    Hydrocephalus is a complex pathophysiology with disturbed cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) circulation. There are numerous numbers of classification trials published focusing on various criteria, such as associated anomalies/underlying lesions, CSF circulation/intracranial pressure patterns, clinical features, and other categories. However, no definitive classification exists comprehensively to cover the variety of these aspects. The new classification of hydrocephalus, "Multi-categorical Hydrocephalus Classification" (Mc HC), was invented and developed to cover the entire aspects of hydrocephalus with all considerable classification items and categories. Ten categories include "Mc HC" category I: onset (age, phase), II: cause, III: underlying lesion, IV: symptomatology, V: pathophysiology 1-CSF circulation, VI: pathophysiology 2-ICP dynamics, VII: chronology, VII: post-shunt, VIII: post-endoscopic third ventriculostomy, and X: others. From a 100-year search of publication related to the classification of hydrocephalus, 14 representative publications were reviewed and divided into the 10 categories. The Baumkuchen classification graph made from the round o'clock classification demonstrated the historical tendency of deviation to the categories in pathophysiology, either CSF or ICP dynamics. In the preliminary clinical application, it was concluded that "Mc HC" is extremely effective in expressing the individual state with various categories in the past and present condition or among the compatible cases of hydrocephalus along with the possible chronological change in the future.

  15. Correlation of the New York Heart Association Classification and the 6-Minute Walk Distance: A Systematic Review.

    PubMed

    Yap, Jonathan; Lim, Fang Yi; Gao, Fei; Teo, Ling Li; Lam, Carolyn Su Ping; Yeo, Khung Keong

    2015-10-01

    Functional status assessment is the cornerstone of heart failure management and trials. The New York Heart Association (NYHA) classification and 6-minute walk distance (6MWD) are commonly used tools; however, the correlation between them is not well understood. We hypothesised that the relationship between the NYHA classification and 6MWD might vary across studies. A systematic literature search was performed to identify all studies reporting both NYHA class and 6MWD. Two reviewers independently assessed study eligibility and extracted data. Thirty-seven studies involving 5678 patients were included. There was significant heterogeneity across studies in 6MWD within all NYHA classes: I (n = 16, Q = 934.2; P < 0.001), II (n = 25, Q = 1658.3; P < 0.001), III (n = 30, Q = 1020.1; P < 0.001), and IV (n = 6, Q = 335.5; P < 0.001). There was no significant difference in average 6MWD between NYHA I and II (420 m vs 393 m; P = 0.416). There was a significant difference in average 6MWD between NYHA II and III (393 m vs 321 m; P = 0.014) and III and IV (321 m vs 224 m; P = 0.027). This remained significant after adjusting for region of study, age, and sex. Although there is an inverse correlation between NYHA II-IV and 6MWD, there is significant heterogeneity across studies in 6MWD within each NYHA class and overlap in 6MWD between NYHA I and II. The NYHA classification performs well in more symptomatic patients (NYHA III/IV) but less so in asymptomatic/mildly symptomatic patients (NYHA I/II). Nonetheless, the NYHA classification is an easily applied first-line tool in everyday clinical practice, but its potential subjectivity should be considered when performing comparisons across studies. © 2015 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  16. Classification for congenital anomalies of the hand: the IFSSH classification and the JSSH modification.

    PubMed

    De Smet, L

    2002-01-01

    The purpose of a classification for clinical problems which, except for a few specialized centers, occur only sporadically is to provide a system where these cases can be stored. This should allow all involved investigators to speak the same language; so-doing syndromes can be delinated, frequencies of occurence established and results of--different--treatments compared. A classification system should be simple to use, reliable and uniformly accepted. It should allow space for adaptations and/or extensions. The IFSSH proposed a 7 categories classification based on the proposed classification of Swanson et al. in 1976. This classification, was based on, which was thought in the seventies, etiopathogenic pathways. These 7 groups are: I. Failure of formation; transverse (A), or longitudinal (B) II. Failure of differentiation III. Polydactyly IV. Overgrowth V. Undergrowth VI. Amniotic band syndrome VII. Generalized skeletal syndromes. The extended classification proposed by IFSSH was used to classify 1013 hand differences in 925 hands of 650 patients. We found associated anomalies in 26.7%. The classification was straightforward in 86%, difficult in 6.6% and not possible in 7.8%. Group II was the most numerous group including 513 anomalies. We propose to include in this group the Madelung deformity, the Kirner deformity and congenital trigger fingers and trigger thumbs. In group I the radial and ulnar deficiencies, limited to the hand without forearm deficlencies should be Included. Triphalangeal thumbs are a problem, we suggest it to be listed in group III and consider it as a duplication in length. It is not always possible to evaluate the (transverse) absence of the fingers or hand. Longitudinal deficiencies (group IIB), symbrachydactyly (group V), and amniotic bands (group IV) occasionally develop a phenotype similar to the genuine transverse deficiency (group IA). Recently, the Japanese Society for Surgery of the Hand (JSSH) (16) proposed an extension/modification of the IFSSH classification. Based on newer knowledge on teratology, symbrachydactyly in all stages were transfered to group I. Two new groups were introduced. A group "failure of finger ray induction" including typical cleft hand (IC), central polydactyly (III) and (bony) syndactyly (II)--was included. Also a group of "unclassifiable" cases was added. This Japanese proposed classification is a real improvement and most clinicians and surgeons tend to use it in the future.

  17. [Classification of mental disorders of soldiers participating in peace missions and warfare actions].

    PubMed

    Gruszczyński, Wojciech; Florkowski, Antoni; Gruszczyński, Bartosz; Wysokiński, Adam

    2008-01-01

    Numerous media reports (press, radio, television) and several scientific publications on psychiatric disorders among Polish soldiers participating in peace missions in Iraq indicate that there is a serious threat caused by the disorders defined in the DSM-IV classification as: acute stress disorder (ASD) and post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). The authors analyzed psychiatric documentation and conducted their own researches, which revealed that adjustment disorders, especially with anxiety, are the main psychiatric problem among Polish soldiers in Iraq, while incidence of ASD and PTSD is very low. The aim of this publication is to present and compare mental disorders which occur during peace missions and welfare actions according to the international ICD-10 and American DSM-IV classifications. The authors paid attention to the role and significance of hitherto diagnosed impulsive disorders, which occur among the soldiers in Iraq as the intermittent explosive disorder, according to DSM-IV. The general and essential conclusions of the presented publication is that the guidelines of diagnosing mental disorders that occur during peace missions and welfare actions should be developed and introduced quickly.

  18. A comparison of outcomes according to different diagnostic systems for delirium (DSM-5, DSM-IV, CAM, and DRS-R98).

    PubMed

    Adamis, Dimitrios; Meagher, David; Rooney, Siobhan; Mulligan, Owen; McCarthy, Geraldine

    2018-04-01

    ABSTRACTStudies indicate that DSM-5 criteria for delirium are relatively restrictive, and identify different cases of delirium compared with previous systems. We evaluate four outcomes of delirium (mortality, length of hospital stay, institutionalization, and cognitive improvement) in relation to delirium defined by different DSM classification systems.Prospective, longitudinal study of patients aged 70+ admitted to medical wards of a general hospital. Participants were assessed up to a maximum of four times during two weeks, using DSM-5 and DSM-IV criteria, DRS-R98 and CAM scales as proxies for DSM III-R and DSM III.Of the 200 assessed patients (mean age 81.1, SD = 6.5; and 50% female) during hospitalization, delirium was identified in 41 (20.5%) using DSM-5, 45 (22.5%) according to DSM-IV, 46 (23%) with CAM positive, and 37 (18.5%) with DRS-R98 severity score >15. Mortality was significantly associated with delirium according to any classification system, but those identified with DSM-5 were at greater risk. Length of stay was significantly longer for those with DSM-IV delirium. Discharge to a care home was associated only with DRS-R98 defined delirium. Cognitive improvement was only associated with CAM and DSM-IV. Different classification systems for delirium identify populations with different outcomes.

  19. Do we need a new classification of parotid gland surgery?

    PubMed

    Wierzbicka, Małgorzata; Piwowarczyk, Krzysztof; Nogala, Hanna; Błaszczyńska, Marzena; Kosiedrowski, Michał; Mazurek, Cezary

    2016-06-30

    In February 2016 the European Salivary Gland Society (ESGS) presented and recommended classification of parotidectomies based on the anatomical I-V level division of parotid gland. The main goal of this paper is to present the new classification, and to answer the question if it is more precise compared to classic one. 607 patients (315 man, 292 women) operated on for parotid tumours in a tertiary referral centre, Department of Otolaryngology, Head and Neck Surgery, Medical University of Poznań (502 benign and 105 malignant tumours). Parotid surgery descriptions provided by retrospective analysis of all operating protocols covering the years 2006-2015 were "translated" into the new classification proposed by the ESGS. Analysis of operating protocols and fitting them into the new classification proposed by the ESGS show some discrepancies, in both benign and malignant tumours. Based on the re-evaluation of 607 cases, in 94 procedures for benign tumors the only information available was that "surgery was performed within the superficial lobe". Thus, the new classification forces the surgeon to be much more precise than previously. In 3 cases the whole superficial lobe was removed, together with the upper part of the deep lobe. Because the classification lacked parotidectomy I-II-IV, it indicated that the new classification was insufficient in the aforementioned three cases. In 6 cases of ECD more than one parotid gland tumour was removed. Among malignant tumours, total parotidectomy was the predominant procedure. In 3/13 cases of expanded parotidectomy the temporomandibular joint (TMJ) was additionally removed and it seems that the acronym TMJ should be included among the additional resected structures. It is also necessary to supplement the description of the treatment with casuistically resected anatomical structures for oncological purposes (RT planning) and follow-up imaging. Currently, since 2015 in Poland there has been the National Cancer Registry of benign salivary gland tumours (https://guzyslinianek.pcss.pl). New surgical anatomy and classification based on it will be very helpful in unequivocal, albeit brief and not laborious, reporting of procedures. To summarize, the classification is: easy to use, precise, and forced the surgeon to make a detailed description saving time at the same time. Although it is broad and accurate, it did not cover all clinically rare cases, multiple foci and it does not contain key information about the rupture of the tumour's capsule, so it is necessary to complement the type of surgery by this annotations. The simple, clear and comprehensive classification is especially valuable for centres that lead registration. Thus, we are personally grateful for this new classification, which facilitates multicentre communication.

  20. The Effect of Draft DSM-5 Criteria on Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Prevalence

    PubMed Central

    Calhoun, Patrick S.; Hertzberg, Jeffrey S.; Kirby, Angela C.; Dennis, Michelle F.; Hair, Lauren P.; Dedert, Eric A.; Beckham, Jean C.

    2012-01-01

    Background This study was designed to examine the concordance of proposed DSM-5 posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) criteria with DSM-IV classification rules and examine the impact of the proposed DSM-5 PTSD criteria on prevalence. Method The sample (N=185) included participants who were recruited for studies focused on trauma and health conducted at an academic medical center and VA medical center in the southeastern United States. The prevalence and concordance between DSM-IV and the proposed DSM-5 classifications were calculated based on results from structured clinical interviews. Prevalence rates and diagnostic efficiency indices including sensitivity, specificity, area under the curve (AUC), and Kappa were calculated for each of the possible ways to define DSM-5 PTSD. Results Ninety-five percent of the sample reported an event that met both DSM-IV PTSD Criterion A1 and A2, but only 89% reported a trauma that met Criterion A on DSM-5. Results examining concordance between DSM-IV and DSM-5 algorithms indicated that several of the algorithms had AUCs above .90. The requirement of two symptoms from both Clusters D and E provided strong concordance to DSM-IV (AUC = .93; Kappa = .86) and a greater balance between sensitivity and specificity than requiring three symptoms in both Clusters D and E. Conclusions Despite several significant changes to the diagnostic criteria for PTSD for DSM-5, several possible classification rules provided good concordance with DSM-IV. The magnitude of the impact of DSM-5 decision rules on prevalence will be largely affected by the DSM-IV PTSD base rate in the population of interest. PMID:23109002

  1. Evaluating the Generality and Limits of Blind Return-Oriented Programming Attacks

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2015-12-01

    consider a recently proposed information disclosure vulnerability called blind return-oriented programming (BROP). Under certain conditions, this...implementation disclosure attacks 15. NUMBER OF PAGES 75 16. PRICE CODE 17. SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF REPORT Unclassified 18. SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF...Science iii THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK iv ABSTRACT We consider a recently proposed information disclosure vulnerability called blind return

  2. Feature generation and representations for protein-protein interaction classification.

    PubMed

    Lan, Man; Tan, Chew Lim; Su, Jian

    2009-10-01

    Automatic detecting protein-protein interaction (PPI) relevant articles is a crucial step for large-scale biological database curation. The previous work adopted POS tagging, shallow parsing and sentence splitting techniques, but they achieved worse performance than the simple bag-of-words representation. In this paper, we generated and investigated multiple types of feature representations in order to further improve the performance of PPI text classification task. Besides the traditional domain-independent bag-of-words approach and the term weighting methods, we also explored other domain-dependent features, i.e. protein-protein interaction trigger keywords, protein named entities and the advanced ways of incorporating Natural Language Processing (NLP) output. The integration of these multiple features has been evaluated on the BioCreAtIvE II corpus. The experimental results showed that both the advanced way of using NLP output and the integration of bag-of-words and NLP output improved the performance of text classification. Specifically, in comparison with the best performance achieved in the BioCreAtIvE II IAS, the feature-level and classifier-level integration of multiple features improved the performance of classification 2.71% and 3.95%, respectively.

  3. The impact of endorsing Spitzer's proposed criteria for PTSD in the forthcoming DSM-V on male and female Veterans.

    PubMed

    Miller, Lyndsey N; Chard, Kathleen M; Schumm, Jeremiah A; O'Brien, Carol

    2011-06-01

    This study explored differences between Spitzer's proposed model of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and the current DSM-IV diagnostic classification scheme in 353 Veterans. The majority of Veterans (89%) diagnosed with PTSD as specified in the DSM-IV also met Spitzer's proposed criteria. Veterans who met both DSM-IV and Spitzer's proposed criteria had significantly higher Clinician Administered PTSD Scale severity scores than Veterans only meeting DSM-IV criteria. Logistic regression indicated that being African American and having no comorbid diagnosis of major depressive disorder or history of a substance use disorder were found to predict those Veterans who met current, but not proposed criteria. These findings have important implications regarding proposed changes to the diagnostic classification criteria for PTSD in the forthcoming DSM-V. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  4. Cross-cultural and comparative epidemiology of insomnia: the Diagnostic and statistical manual (DSM), International classification of diseases (ICD) and International classification of sleep disorders (ICSD).

    PubMed

    Chung, Ka-Fai; Yeung, Wing-Fai; Ho, Fiona Yan-Yee; Yung, Kam-Ping; Yu, Yee-Man; Kwok, Chi-Wa

    2015-04-01

    To compare the prevalence of insomnia according to symptoms, quantitative criteria, and Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 4th and 5th Edition (DSM-IV and DSM-5), International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision (ICD-10), and International Classification of Sleep Disorders, 2nd Edition (ICSD-2), and to compare the prevalence of insomnia disorder between Hong Kong and the United States by adopting a similar methodology used by the America Insomnia Survey (AIS). Population-based epidemiological survey respondents (n = 2011) completed the Brief Insomnia Questionnaire (BIQ), a validated scale generating DSM-IV, DSM-5, ICD-10, and ICSD-2 insomnia disorder. The weighted prevalence of difficulty falling asleep, difficulty staying asleep, waking up too early, and non-restorative sleep that occurred ≥3 days per week was 14.0%, 28.3%, 32.1%, and 39.9%, respectively. When quantitative criteria were included, the prevalence dropped the most from 39.9% to 8.4% for non-restorative sleep, and the least from 14.0% to 12.9% for difficulty falling asleep. The weighted prevalence of DSM-IV, ICD-10, ICSD-2, and any of the three insomnia disorders was 22.1%, 4.7%, 15.1%, and 22.1%, respectively; for DSM-5 insomnia disorder, it was 10.8%. Compared with 22.1%, 3.9%, and 14.7% for DSM-IV, ICD-10, and ICSD-2 in the AIS, cross-cultural difference in the prevalence of insomnia disorder is less than what is expected. The prevalence is reduced by half from DSM-IV to DSM-5. ICD-10 insomnia disorder has the lowest prevalence, perhaps because excessive concern and preoccupation, one of its diagnostic criteria, is not always present in people with insomnia. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  5. Validity of the Children's Social Behavior Questionnaire (CSBQ) in Children with Intellectual Disability: Comparing the CSBQ with ADI-R, ADOS, and Clinical DSM-IV-TR Classification

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    de Bildt, Annelies; Mulder, Erik J.; Hoekstra, Pieter J.; van Lang, Natasja D. J.; Minderaa, Ruud B.; Hartman, Catharina A.

    2009-01-01

    The Children's Social Behavior Questionnaire (CSBQ) was compared with the Autism Diagnostic Interview-Revised (ADI-R), Autism Diagnostic Observation Schedule (ADOS), and clinical classification in children with mild and moderate intellectual disability (ID), to investigate its criterion related validity. The contribution of the CSBQ to a…

  6. Performance of the Delirium Rating Scale-Revised-98 Against Different Delirium Diagnostic Criteria in a Population With a High Prevalence of Dementia.

    PubMed

    Sepulveda, Esteban; Franco, José G; Trzepacz, Paula T; Gaviria, Ana M; Viñuelas, Eva; Palma, José; Ferré, Gisela; Grau, Imma; Vilella, Elisabet

    2015-01-01

    Delirium diagnosis in elderly is often complicated by underlying dementia. We evaluated performance of the Delirium Rating Scale-Revised-98 (DRS-R98) in patients with high dementia prevalence and also assessed concordance among past and current diagnostic criteria for delirium. Cross-sectional analysis of newly admitted patients to a skilled nursing facility over 6 months, who were rated within 24-48 hours after admission. Interview for Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 3rd edition-R (DSM)-III-R, DSM-IV, DSM-5, and International Classification of Diseases 10th edition delirium ratings, administration of the DRS-R98, and assessment of dementia using the Informant Questionnaire on Cognitive Decline in the Elderly were independently performed by 3 researchers. Discriminant analyses (receiver operating characteristics curves) were used to study DRS-R98 accuracy against different diagnostic criteria. Hanley and McNeil test compared the area under the curve for DRS-R98's discriminant performance for all diagnostic criteria. Dementia was present in 85/125 (68.0%) subjects, and 36/125 (28.8%) met criteria for delirium by at least 1 classification system, whereas only 19/36 (52.8%) did by all. DSM-III-R diagnosed the most as delirious (27.2%), followed by DSM-5 (24.8%), DSM-IV-TR (22.4%), and International Classification of Diseases 10th edition (16%). DRS-R98 had the highest AUC when discriminating DSM-III-R delirium (92.9%), followed by DSM-IV (92.4%), DSM-5 (91%), and International Classification of Diseases 10th edition (90.5%), without statistical differences among them. The best DRS-R98 cutoff score was ≥14.5 for all diagnostic systems except International Classification of Diseases 10th edition (≥15.5). There is a low concordance across diagnostic systems for identification of delirium. The DRS-R98 performs well despite differences across classification systems perhaps because it broadly assesses phenomenology, even in this population with a high prevalence of dementia. Copyright © 2015 The Academy of Psychosomatic Medicine. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  7. Concordances and discrepancies between ICD-10 and DSM-IV criteria for anxiety disorders in childhood and adolescence

    PubMed Central

    2012-01-01

    Background Mental disorders are classified by two major nosological systems, the ICD-10 and the DSM-IV-TR, consisting of different diagnostic criteria. The present study investigated the diagnostic concordance between the two systems for anxiety disorders in childhood and adolescence, in particular for separation anxiety disorder (SAD), specific phobia, social phobia, and generalized anxiety disorder (GAD). Methods A structured clinical interview, the Kinder-DIPS, was administered to 210 children and 258 parents. The percentage of agreement, kappa, and Yule’s Y coefficients were calculated for all diagnoses. Specific criteria causing discrepancies between the two classification systems were identified. Results DSM-IV-TR consistently classified more children than ICD-10 with an anxiety disorder, with a higher concordance between DSM-IV-TR and the ICD-10 child section (F9) than with the adult section (F4) of the ICD-10. This result was found for all four investigated anxiety disorders. The results revealed low to high levels of concordance and poor to good agreement between the classification systems, depending on the anxiety disorder. Conclusions The two classification systems identify different children with an anxiety disorder. However, it remains an open question, whether the research results can be generalized to clinical practice since DSM-IV-TR is mainly used in research while ICD-10 is widely established in clinical practice in Europe. Therefore, the population investigated by the DSM (research population) is not identical with the population examined using the ICD (clinical population). PMID:23267678

  8. The effect of draft DSM-V criteria on posttraumatic stress disorder prevalence.

    PubMed

    Calhoun, Patrick S; Hertzberg, Jeffrey S; Kirby, Angela C; Dennis, Michelle F; Hair, Lauren P; Dedert, Eric A; Beckham, Jean C

    2012-12-01

    This study was designed to examine the concordance of proposed DSM-V posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) criteria with DSM-IV classification rules and examine the impact of the proposed DSM-V PTSD criteria on prevalence. The sample (N = 185) included participants who were recruited for studies focused on trauma and health conducted at an academic medical center and VA medical center in the southeastern United States. The prevalence and concordance between DSM-IV and the proposed DSM-V classifications were calculated based on results from structured clinical interviews. Prevalence rates and diagnostic efficiency indices including sensitivity, specificity, area under the curve (AUC), and Kappa were calculated for each of the possible ways to define DSM-V PTSD. Ninety-five percent of the sample reported an event that met both DSM-IV PTSD Criterion A1 and A2, but only 89% reported a trauma that met Criterion A on DSM-V. Results examining concordance between DSM-IV and DSM-V algorithms indicated that several of the algorithms had AUCs above 0.90. The requirement of two symptoms from both Clusters D and E provided strong concordance to DSM-IV (AUC = 0.93; Kappa = 0.86) and a greater balance between sensitivity and specificity than requiring three symptoms in both Clusters D and E. Despite several significant changes to the diagnostic criteria for PTSD for DSM-V, several possible classification rules provided good concordance with DSM-IV. The magnitude of the impact of DSM-V decision rules on prevalence will be largely affected by the DSM-IV PTSD base rate in the population of interest. © 2012 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  9. [Joint endoprosthesis pathology. Histopathological diagnostics and classification].

    PubMed

    Krenn, V; Morawietz, L; Jakobs, M; Kienapfel, H; Ascherl, R; Bause, L; Kuhn, H; Matziolis, G; Skutek, M; Gehrke, T

    2011-05-01

    Prosthesis durability has steadily increased with high 10-year rates of 88-95%. However, four pathogenetic groups of diseases can decrease prosthesis durability: (1) periprosthetic wear particle disease (aseptic loosening) (2) bacterial infection (septic loosening) (3) periprosthetic ossification, and (4) arthrofibrosis. The histopathological "extended consensus classification of periprosthetic membranes" includes four types of membranes, arthrofibrosis, and osseous diseases of endoprosthetics: The four types of neosynovia are: wear particle-induced type (type I), mean prosthesis durability (MPD) in years 12.0; infectious type (type II), MPD 2.5; combined type (type III) MPD 4.2; and indeterminate type (type IV), MPD 5.5. Arthrofibrosis can be determined in three grades: grade 1 needs clinical information to be differentiated from a type IV membrane, and grades 2 & 3 can be diagnosed histopathologically. Periprosthetic ossification, osteopenia-induced fractures, and aseptic osteonecrosis can be histopathologically diagnosed safely with clinical information. The extended consensus classification of periprosthetic membranes may be a diagnostic groundwork for a future national endoprosthesis register.

  10. MeMoVolc report on classification and dynamics of volcanic explosive eruptions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bonadonna, C.; Cioni, R.; Costa, A.; Druitt, T.; Phillips, J.; Pioli, L.; Andronico, D.; Harris, A.; Scollo, S.; Bachmann, O.; Bagheri, G.; Biass, S.; Brogi, F.; Cashman, K.; Dominguez, L.; Dürig, T.; Galland, O.; Giordano, G.; Gudmundsson, M.; Hort, M.; Höskuldsson, A.; Houghton, B.; Komorowski, J. C.; Küppers, U.; Lacanna, G.; Le Pennec, J. L.; Macedonio, G.; Manga, M.; Manzella, I.; Vitturi, M. de'Michieli; Neri, A.; Pistolesi, M.; Polacci, M.; Ripepe, M.; Rossi, E.; Scheu, B.; Sulpizio, R.; Tripoli, B.; Valade, S.; Valentine, G.; Vidal, C.; Wallenstein, N.

    2016-11-01

    Classifications of volcanic eruptions were first introduced in the early twentieth century mostly based on qualitative observations of eruptive activity, and over time, they have gradually been developed to incorporate more quantitative descriptions of the eruptive products from both deposits and observations of active volcanoes. Progress in physical volcanology, and increased capability in monitoring, measuring and modelling of explosive eruptions, has highlighted shortcomings in the way we classify eruptions and triggered a debate around the need for eruption classification and the advantages and disadvantages of existing classification schemes. Here, we (i) review and assess existing classification schemes, focussing on subaerial eruptions; (ii) summarize the fundamental processes that drive and parameters that characterize explosive volcanism; (iii) identify and prioritize the main research that will improve the understanding, characterization and classification of volcanic eruptions and (iv) provide a roadmap for producing a rational and comprehensive classification scheme. In particular, classification schemes need to be objective-driven and simple enough to permit scientific exchange and promote transfer of knowledge beyond the scientific community. Schemes should be comprehensive and encompass a variety of products, eruptive styles and processes, including for example, lava flows, pyroclastic density currents, gas emissions and cinder cone or caldera formation. Open questions, processes and parameters that need to be addressed and better characterized in order to develop more comprehensive classification schemes and to advance our understanding of volcanic eruptions include conduit processes and dynamics, abrupt transitions in eruption regime, unsteadiness, eruption energy and energy balance.

  11. Influence of Texture and Colour in Breast TMA Classification

    PubMed Central

    Fernández-Carrobles, M. Milagro; Bueno, Gloria; Déniz, Oscar; Salido, Jesús; García-Rojo, Marcial; González-López, Lucía

    2015-01-01

    Breast cancer diagnosis is still done by observation of biopsies under the microscope. The development of automated methods for breast TMA classification would reduce diagnostic time. This paper is a step towards the solution for this problem and shows a complete study of breast TMA classification based on colour models and texture descriptors. The TMA images were divided into four classes: i) benign stromal tissue with cellularity, ii) adipose tissue, iii) benign and benign anomalous structures, and iv) ductal and lobular carcinomas. A relevant set of features was obtained on eight different colour models from first and second order Haralick statistical descriptors obtained from the intensity image, Fourier, Wavelets, Multiresolution Gabor, M-LBP and textons descriptors. Furthermore, four types of classification experiments were performed using six different classifiers: (1) classification per colour model individually, (2) classification by combination of colour models, (3) classification by combination of colour models and descriptors, and (4) classification by combination of colour models and descriptors with a previous feature set reduction. The best result shows an average of 99.05% accuracy and 98.34% positive predictive value. These results have been obtained by means of a bagging tree classifier with combination of six colour models and the use of 1719 non-correlated (correlation threshold of 97%) textural features based on Statistical, M-LBP, Gabor and Spatial textons descriptors. PMID:26513238

  12. Classification of natural formations based on their optical characteristics using small volumes of samples

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Abramovich, N. S.; Kovalev, A. A.; Plyuta, V. Y.

    1986-02-01

    A computer algorithm has been developed to classify the spectral bands of natural scenes on Earth according to their optical characteristics. The algorithm is written in FORTRAN-IV and can be used in spectral data processing programs requiring small data loads. The spectral classifications of some different types of green vegetable canopies are given in order to illustrate the effectiveness of the algorithm.

  13. Pattern of Cortical Fracture following Corticotomy for Distraction Osteogenesis.

    PubMed

    Luvan, M; Kanthan, S R; Roshan, G; Saw, A

    2015-11-01

    Corticotomy is an essential procedure for deformity correction and there are many techniques described. However there is no proper classification of the fracture pattern resulting from corticotomies to enable any studies to be conducted. We performed a retrospective study of corticotomy fracture patterns in 44 patients (34 tibias and 10 femurs) performed for various indications. We identified four distinct fracture patterns, Type I through IV classification based on the fracture propagation following percutaneous corticotomy. Type I transverse fracture, Type II transverse fracture with a winglet, Type III presence of butterfly fragment and Type IV fracture propagation to a fixation point. No significant correlation was noted between the fracture pattern and the underlying pathology or region of corticotomy.

  14. Bosniak Classification for Complex Renal Cysts Reevaluated: A Systematic Review.

    PubMed

    Schoots, Ivo G; Zaccai, Keren; Hunink, Myriam G; Verhagen, Paul C M S

    2017-07-01

    We systematically evaluated the Bosniak classification system with malignancy rates of each Bosniak category, and assessed the effectiveness related to surgical treatment and oncologic outcome based on recurrence and/or metastasis. In a systematic review according to PRISMA (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses) statement and the QUADAS-2 (Quality Assessment of Diagnostic Accuracy Studies) criteria, we selected 39 publications for inclusion in this analysis and categorized them into 1) surgical cohorts-all cysts treated surgically and 2) radiological cohorts-cysts with surgical treatment or radiological followup. A total of 3,036 complex renal cysts were categorized into Bosniak II, IIF, III and IV. In surgical and radiological cohorts pooled estimates showed a malignancy prevalence of 0.51 (0.44, 0.58) in Bosniak III and 0.89 (0.83, 0.92) in Bosniak IV cysts, respectively. Stable Bosniak IIF cysts showed a malignancy rate of less than 1% during radiological followup (surveillance). Bosniak IIF cysts, which showed reclassification to the Bosniak III/IV category during radiological followup (12%), showed malignancy in 85%, comparable to Bosniak IV cysts. The estimated surgical number needed to treat to avoid metastatic disease of Bosniak III and IV cysts was 140 and 40, respectively. The effectiveness of the Bosniak classification system for complex renal cysts was high in categories II, IIF and IV, but low in category III, and 49% of Bosniak III cysts was overtreated because of a benign outcome. This surgical overtreatment combined with the excellent outcome for Bosniak III cysts may suggest that surveillance is a rational alternative to surgery. This will require further study to assess whether surveillance of Bosniak III cysts will prove safe. Copyright © 2017 American Urological Association Education and Research, Inc. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  15. Proposal for a new classification of variations in the iliac venous system based on internal iliac veins: a case series and a review of double and left inferior vena cava.

    PubMed

    Hayashi, Shogo; Naito, Munekazu; Hirai, Shuichi; Terayama, Hayato; Miyaki, Takayoshi; Itoh, Masahiro; Fukuzawa, Yoshitaka; Nakano, Takashi

    2013-09-01

    There are many reports on variations in the inferior vena cava (IVC), particularly double IVC (DIVC) and left IVC (LIVC). However, no systematic report has recorded iliac vein (IV) flow patterns in the DIVC and LIVC. In this study, we examined IV flow patterns in both DIVC and LIVC observed during gross anatomy courses conducted for medical students and in previously reported cases. During the gross anatomy courses, three cases of DIVC and one case of LIVC were found in 618 cadavers. The IV flow pattern from these four cases and all other previously reported cases can be classified into one of the following three types according to the vein into which the internal iliac vein drained: the ipsilateral external IV; confluence of the ipsilateral external IV and IVC; and the communicating vein, which connects the IVC and the contralateral IVC or its iliac branch. This classification, which is based on the internal IV course, is considered to be useful because IV variations have the potential to cause clinical problems during related retroperitoneal surgery, venous interventional radiology, and diagnostic procedures for pelvic cancer.

  16. The use of old and recent DSM definitions of premature ejaculation in observational studies: a contribution to the present debate for a new classification of PE in the DSM-V.

    PubMed

    Waldinger, Marcel D; Schweitzer, Dave H

    2008-05-01

    The DSM-III definition of premature ejaculation (PE) contains the criterion "control" but not that of "ejaculation time." In contrast, the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (4th edition, Text Revision) (DSM-IV-TR) contains the criterion "short ejaculation time," while it lacks "control." To review the adequacy and consequent use of all criteria of the DSM-IV-TR definition in previously published PE Internet surveys. Reviewing all published cohort studies on PE from 2004 to 2007. MEDLINE and EMBASE computer bibliographies were used. Definitions of DSM-III, DSM-IV-TR, and International Classification of Diseases. Five papers, of which three are original studies, reported inclusion of men with PE according to DSM-IV-TR definition but omitted to apply the required "short ejaculation time" criterion. These studies, which have defined PE according to subjective criteria such as control, actually referred to the DSM-III definition. Using DSM-III-like definitions in three different studies revealed a highly variable prevalence of PE (32.5%, 27.6%, and 13.0%). In contrast, based on studies using a 1-minute cutoff point, being the time that is required to call ejaculation time "short" or using the criterion "persistent occurrence," PE revealed to be far less prevalent (5-6%). Unacceptable discrepancies of PE definitions according to DSM-III (abandoned but still used) and DSM-IV-TR argue strongly in favor of a multidimensional new classification of PE for the DSM-V.

  17. Measurement of the center edge angle and determination of the Severin classification using digital radiography, computer-assisted measurement tools, and a Severin algorithm: intraobserver and interobserver reliability revisited.

    PubMed

    Carroll, Kristen L; Murray, Kathleen A; MacLeod, Lynne M; Hennessey, Theresa A; Woiczik, Marcella R; Roach, James W

    2011-06-01

    Numerous studies underscore the poor intraobserver and interobserver reliability of both the center edge angle (CEA) and the Severin classification using plain film measurements. In this study, experienced observers applied a computer-assisted measurement program to determine the CEA in digital pelvic radiographs of adults who had been previously treated for dysplasia of the hip (DDH). Using a teaching aid/algorithm of the Severin classification, the observers then assigned a Severin rating to these hips. Intraobserver and interobserver errors were then calculated on both the CEA measurements and the Severin classifications. Four pediatric orthopaedic surgeons and 1 pediatric radiologist calculated the CEAs using the OrthoView TM planning system and then determined the Severin classification on 41 blinded digital pelvic radiographs. The radiographs were evaluated by each examiner twice, with evaluations separated by 2 months. All examiners reviewed a Severin classification algorithm before making their Severin assignments. The intraobserver and interobserver reliability for both the CEA and the Severin classification were calculated using the interclass correlation coefficients and Cohen and Fleiss κ scores, respectively. The intraobserver and interobserver reliability for CEA measurement was moderate to almost perfect. When we separated the Severin classification into 3 clinically relevant groups of good (Severin I and II), dysplastic (Severin III), and poor (Severin IV and above), our interobserver reliability neared almost perfect. The Severin classification is an extremely useful and oft-used radiographic measure for the success of DDH treatment. Our research found digital radiography, computer-aided measurement tools, the use of a Severin algorithm, and separating the Severin classification into 3 clinically relevant groups significantly increased the intraobserver and interobserver reliability of both the CEA and Severin classification. This finding will assist future studies using the CEA and Severin classification in the radiographic assessment of DDH treatment outcomes.

  18. Italian consensus conference on guidelines for conservative treatment on lower limb muscle injuries in athlete

    PubMed Central

    Bisciotti, Gian Nicola; Volpi, Piero; Amato, Maurizio; Alberti, Giampietro; Allegra, Francesco; Aprato, Alessandro; Artina, Matteo; Auci, Alessio; Bait, Corrado; Bastieri, Gian Matteo; Balzarini, Luca; Belli, Andrea; Bellini, Gianandrea; Bettinsoli, Pierfrancesco; Bisciotti, Alessandro; Bisciotti, Andrea; Bona, Stefano; Brambilla, Lorenzo; Bresciani, Marco; Buffoli, Michele; Calanna, Filippo; Canata, Gian Luigi; Cardinali, Davide; Carimati, Giulia; Cassaghi, Gabriella; Cautero, Enrico; Cena, Emanuele; Corradini, Barbara; D'Agostino, Cristina; De Donato, Massimo; Delle Rose, Giacomo; Di Marzo, Francesco; Di Pietto, Francesco; Enrica, Drapchind; Eirale, Cristiano; Febbrari, Luigi; Ferrua, Paolo; Foglia, Andrea; Galbiati, Alberto; Gheza, Alberto; Giammattei, Carlo; Masia, Francesco; Melegati, Gianluca; Moretti, Biagio; Moretti, Lorenzo; Niccolai, Roberto; Orgiani, Antonio; Orizio, Claudio; Pantalone, Andrea; Parra, Federica; Patroni, Paolo; Pereira Ruiz, Maria Teresa; Perri, Marzio; Petrillo, Stefano; Pulici, Luca; Quaglia, Alessandro; Ricciotti, Luca; Rosa, Francesco; Sasso, Nicola; Sprenger, Claudio; Tarantola, Chiara; Tenconi, Fabio Gianpaolo; Tosi, Fabio; Trainini, Michele; Tucciarone, Agostino; Yekdah, Ali; Vuckovic, Zarko; Zini, Raul; Chamari, Karim

    2018-01-01

    Provide the state of the art concerning (1) biology and aetiology, (2) classification, (3) clinical assessment and (4) conservative treatment of lower limb muscle injuries (MI) in athletes. Seventy international experts with different medical backgrounds participated in the consensus conference. They discussed and approved a consensus composed of four sections which are presented in these documents. This paper represents a synthesis of the consensus conference, the following four sections are discussed: (i) The biology and aetiology of MIs. A definition of MI was formulated and some key points concerning physiology and pathogenesis of MIs were discussed. (ii) The MI classification. A classification of MIs was proposed. (iii) The MI clinical assessment, in which were discussed anamnesis, inspection and clinical examination and are provided the relative guidelines. (iv) The MI conservative treatment, in which are provided the guidelines for conservative treatment based on the severity of the lesion. Furthermore, instrumental therapy and pharmacological treatment were discussed. Knowledge of the aetiology and biology of MIs is an essential prerequisite in order to plan and conduct a rehabilitation plan. Another important aspect is the use of a rational MI classification on prognostic values. We propose a classification based on radiological investigations performed by ultrasonography and MRI strongly linked to prognostic factors. Furthermore, the consensus conference results will able to provide fundamental guidelines for diagnostic and rehabilitation practice, also considering instrumental therapy and pharmacological treatment of MI. Expert opinion, level IV. PMID:29862040

  19. Classification and correlates of eating disorders among Blacks: findings from the National Survey of American Life.

    PubMed

    Taylor, Jacquelyn Y; Caldwell, Cleopatra Howard; Baser, Raymond E; Matusko, Niki; Faison, Nakesha; Jackson, James S

    2013-02-01

    To assess classification adjustments and examine correlates of eating disorders among Blacks. The National Survey of American Life (NSAL) was conducted from 2001-2003 and consisted of adults (n=5,191) and adolescents (n=1,170). The World Mental Health Composite International Diagnostic Interview (WMH-CIDI-World Health Organization 2004-modified) and DSM-IV-TR eating disorder criteria were used. Sixty-six percent of African American and 59% Caribbean Black adults were overweight or obese, while 30% and 29% of adolescents were overweight or obese. Although lifetime rates of anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa were low, binge eating disorder was high for both ethnic groups among adults and adolescents. Eliminating certain classification criteria resulted in higher rates of eating disorders for all groups. Culturally sensitive criteria should be incorporated into future versions of Diagnostic Statistical Manual (DSM) classifications for eating disorders that consider within-group ethnic variations.

  20. Comparison of citrus orchard inventory using LISS-III and LISS-IV data

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Singh, Niti; Chaudhari, K. N.; Manjunath, K. R.

    2016-04-01

    In India, in terms of area under cultivation, citrus is the third most cultivated fruit crop after Banana and Mango. Among citrus group, lime is one of the most important horticultural crops in India as the demand for its consumption is very high. Hence, preparing citrus crop inventories using remote sensing techniques would help in maintaining a record of its area and production statistics. This study shows how accurately citrus orchard can be classified using both IRS Resourcesat-2 LISS-III and LISS-IV data and depicts the optimum bio-widow for procuring satellite data to achieve high classification accuracy required for maintaining inventory of crop. Findings of the study show classification accuracy increased from 55% (using LISS-III) to 77% (using LISS-IV). Also, according to classified outputs and NDVI values obtained, April and May months were identified as optimum bio-window for citrus crop identification.

  1. [Crops: Classifying, Selecting, Harvesting, Grading, and Packing.] Student Materials. V.A. III. [IV-B-1 through IV-B-2; IV-C-1 through IV-C-2].

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Texas A and M Univ., College Station. Vocational Instructional Services.

    Part of a series of eight student learning modules in vocational agriculture, this booklet deals with crop-related activities. The first section is on harvesting methods and equipment. The following portions address the handling, grading, and packing of crops; and the classification and selection of fruits, vegetables, and ornamental plants. There…

  2. Classifying psychosis--challenges and opportunities.

    PubMed

    Gaebel, Wolfgang; Zielasek, Jürgen; Cleveland, Helen-Rose

    2012-12-01

    Within the efforts to revise ICD-10 and DSM-IV-TR, work groups on the classification of psychotic disorders appointed by the World Health Organization (WHO) and the American Psychiatric Association (APA) have proposed several changes to the corresponding classification criteria of schizophrenia and other psychotic disorders in order to increase the clinical utility, reliability and validity of these diagnoses. These proposed revisions are subject to field trials with the objective of studying whether they will lead to an improvement of the classification systems in comparison to their previous versions. Both a challenge and an opportunity, the APA and WHO have also considered harmonizing between the two classifications. The current status of both suggests that this goal can only be met in part. The main proposed revisions include changes to the number and types of symptoms of schizophrenia, the replacement of existing schizophrenia subtypes with dimensional assessments or symptom specifiers, different modifications of the criteria for schizoaffective disorder, a reorganization of the delusional disorders and the acute and transient psychotic disorders in ICD-11, as well as the revision of course and psychomotor symptoms/catatonia specifiers in both classification systems.

  3. Comparison of rates of reported adverse events associated with i.v. iron products in the United States.

    PubMed

    Bailie, George R

    2012-02-15

    An analysis of reported adverse events (AEs) among patients using i.v. iron products, including the newer agent ferumoxytol, is presented. All AE reports to the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) citing iron sucrose, ferric gluconate, high- and low-molecular-weight iron dextran products, or ferumoxytol from October 2009 through June 2010 were evaluated. The rates of various classifications of reported AEs were calculated on a per-unit-sold basis and, for comparison of products supplied in different unit sizes, also in terms of 100-mg dose equivalents (DEq) of iron. A total of 197 reported AEs were identified (a cumulative rate of 14.1 AEs per million units sold). The rates of all AE classifications combined ranged from 5.25 to 746 per million units sold for iron sucrose and ferumoxytol, respectively; using the other method of calculation, the rates ranged from 5.24 per million DEq (iron sucrose) to 147 per million DEq (ferumoxytol). Relative to iron sucrose and sodium ferric gluconate, ferumoxytol was associated with significantly elevated risks of death (odds ratio [OR], 475 and 156, respectively; p < 0.0001), serious nonfatal AEs (OR, 263 and 121, respectively; p < 0.0001), and all evaluated AE classifications combined (OR, 142 and 109, respectively; p < 0.05). Analysis of reports submitted to FDA revealed large differences among i.v. iron products in reported deaths, serious AEs, other major AEs, and other AEs. Iron sucrose and sodium ferric gluconate were associated with much lower rates of AEs per million units sold than iron dextran or ferumoxytol, which were associated with the highest rates of all reported AE classifications.

  4. The Biopharmaceutics Classification System: subclasses for in vivo predictive dissolution (IPD) methodology and IVIVC.

    PubMed

    Tsume, Yasuhiro; Mudie, Deanna M; Langguth, Peter; Amidon, Greg E; Amidon, Gordon L

    2014-06-16

    The Biopharmaceutics Classification System (BCS) has found widespread utility in drug discovery, product development and drug product regulatory sciences. The classification scheme captures the two most significant factors influencing oral drug absorption; solubility and intestinal permeability and it has proven to be a very useful and a widely accepted starting point for drug product development and drug product regulation. The mechanistic base of the BCS approach has, no doubt, contributed to its wide spread acceptance and utility. Nevertheless, underneath the simplicity of BCS are many detailed complexities, both in vitro and in vivo which must be evaluated and investigated for any given drug and drug product. In this manuscript we propose a simple extension of the BCS classes to include sub-specification of acid (a), base (b) and neutral (c) for classes II and IV. Sub-classification for Classes I and III (high solubility drugs as currently defined) is generally not needed except perhaps in border line solubility cases. It is well known that the , pKa physical property of a drug (API) has a significant impact on the aqueous solubility dissolution of drug from the drug product both in vitro and in vivo for BCS Class II and IV acids and bases, and is the basis, we propose for a sub-classification extension of the original BCS classification. This BCS sub-classification is particularly important for in vivo predictive dissolution methodology development due to the complex and variable in vivo environment in the gastrointestinal tract, with its changing pH, buffer capacity, luminal volume, surfactant luminal conditions, permeability profile along the gastrointestinal tract and variable transit and fasted and fed states. We believe this sub-classification is a step toward developing a more science-based mechanistic in vivo predictive dissolution (IPD) methodology. Such a dissolution methodology can be used by development scientists to assess the likelihood of a formulation and dosage form functioning as desired in humans, can be optimized along with parallel human pharmacokinetic studies to set a dissolution methodology for Quality by Design (QbD) and in vitro-in vivo correlations (IVIVC) and ultimately can be used as a basis for a dissolution standard that will ensure continued in vivo product performance. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  5. The Biopharmaceutics Classification System: Subclasses for in vivo predictive dissolution (IPD) methodology and IVIVC

    PubMed Central

    Tsume, Yasuhiro; Mudie, Deanna M.; Langguth, Peter; Amidon, Greg E.; Amidon, Gordon L.

    2014-01-01

    The Biopharmaceutics Classification System (BCS) has found widespread utility in drug discovery, product development and drug product regulatory sciences. The classification scheme captures the two most significant factors influencing oral drug absorption; solubility and intestinal permeability and it has proven to be a very useful and a widely accepted starting point for drug product development and drug product regulation. The mechanistic base of the BCS approach has, no doubt, contributed to its wide spread acceptance and utility. Nevertheless, underneath the simplicity of BCS are many detailed complexities, both in vitro and in vivo which must be evaluated and investigated for any given drug and drug product. In this manuscript we propose a simple extension of the BCS classes to include subspecification of acid (a), base (b) and neutral (c) for classes II and IV. Sub-classification for Classes I and III (high solubility drugs as currently defined) is generally not needed except perhaps in border line solubility cases. It is well known that the , pKa physical property of a drug (API) has a significant impact on the aqueous solubility dissolution of drug from the drug product both in vitro and in vivo for BCS Class II and IV acids and bases, and is the basis, we propose for a sub-classification extension of the original BCS classification. This BCS sub-classification is particularly important for in vivo predictive dissolution methodology development due to the complex and variable in vivo environment in the gastrointestinal tract, with its changing pH, buffer capacity, luminal volume, surfactant luminal conditions, permeability profile along the gastrointestinal tract and variable transit and fasted and fed states. We believe this sub-classification is a step toward developing a more science-based mechanistic in vivo predictive dissolution (IPD) methodology. Such a dissolution methodology can be used by development scientists to assess the likelihood of a formulation and dosage form functioning as desired in humans, can be optimized along with parallel human pharmacokinetic studies to set a dissolution methodology for Quality by Design (QbD) and in vitro–in vivo correlations (IVIVC) and ultimately can be used as a basis for a dissolution standard that will ensure continued in vivo product performance. PMID:24486482

  6. The DSM-5: Classification and criteria changes.

    PubMed

    Regier, Darrel A; Kuhl, Emily A; Kupfer, David J

    2013-06-01

    The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition (DSM-5) marks the first significant revision of the publication since the DSM-IV in 1994. Changes to the DSM were largely informed by advancements in neuroscience, clinical and public health need, and identified problems with the classification system and criteria put forth in the DSM-IV. Much of the decision-making was also driven by a desire to ensure better alignment with the International Classification of Diseases and its upcoming 11th edition (ICD-11). In this paper, we describe select revisions in the DSM-5, with an emphasis on changes projected to have the greatest clinical impact and those that demonstrate efforts to enhance international compatibility, including integration of cultural context with diagnostic criteria and changes that facilitate DSM-ICD harmonization. It is anticipated that this collaborative spirit between the American Psychiatric Association (APA) and the World Health Organization (WHO) will continue as the DSM-5 is updated further, bringing the field of psychiatry even closer to a singular, cohesive nosology. Copyright © 2013 World Psychiatric Association.

  7. Investigating the Capability of IRS-P6-LISS IV Satellite Image for Pistachio Forests Density Mapping (case Study: Northeast of Iran)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hoseini, F.; Darvishsefat, A. A.; Zargham, N.

    2012-07-01

    In order to investigate the capability of satellite images for Pistachio forests density mapping, IRS-P6-LISS IV data were analyzed in an area of 500 ha in Iran. After geometric correction, suitable training areas were determined based on fieldwork. Suitable spectral transformations like NDVI, PVI and PCA were performed. A ground truth map included of 34 plots (each plot 1 ha) were prepared. Hard and soft supervised classifications were performed with 5 density classes (0-5%, 5-10%, 10-15%, 15-20% and > 20%). Because of low separability of classes, some classes were merged and classifications were repeated with 3 classes. Finally, the highest overall accuracy and kappa coefficient of 70% and 0.44, respectively, were obtained with three classes (0-5%, 5-20%, and > 20%) by fuzzy classifier. Considering the low kappa value obtained, it could be concluded that the result of the classification was not desirable. Therefore, this approach is not appropriate for operational mapping of these valuable Pistachio forests.

  8. Meta-Analysis of Human Factors Engineering Studies Comparing Individual Differences, Practice Effects and Equipment Design Variations.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1985-02-21

    Approvoid foT public 90Ieleol, 2* . tJni7nited " - . - o . - ’--. * . -... . 1 UNCLASSIFIED S, E CURITY CLASSIFICATION OF THIS PAGE-" REPORT DOCUMENTATION...ACCESSION NO. 11. TITLE (Include Security Classification) . Veta -Analysis of Human Factors Engineering Studies Comparing Individual Differences, Practice...Background C Opportunity D Significance E History III. PHASE I FINAL REPORT A Literature Review B Formal Analysis C Results D Implications for Phase II IV

  9. A Chemical Monitoring Program of the Explosion Products in Underwater Explosion Tests

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1975-04-04

    CLASSIFICATION QF THIS PAGE- (When Date Entered) UNCLASSIFIED tL,URJTY CLASSIFICATION OF THIS PAGE(Then Data Entered) 20.and determination of various explosion...to institute a chemical monitoring program of the explosion products in underwater explosion tests, to determine monitoring parameters, and to...27 3.2.3 Samplers 28 3.2.4 Storage of Sediment Samples 32 IV. DETERMINATION OF EXPLOSION PRODUCTS 32 4.1 DESIGN OF MEASUREMENT SYSTEM 32 4.1.1

  10. Interrelationship between Autism Diagnostic Observation Schedule-Generic (ADOS-G), Autism Diagnostic Interview-Revised (ADI-R), and the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-IV-TR) Classification in Children and Adolescents with Mental Retardation

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    de Bildt, Annelies; Sytema, Sjoerd; Ketelaars, Cees; Kraijer, Dirk; Mulder, Erik; Volkmar, Fred; Minderaa, Ruud

    2004-01-01

    The interrelationship between the Autism Diagnostic Interview-Revised (ADI-R), Autism Diagnostic Observation Schedule-Generic (ADOS-G) and clinical classification was studied in 184 children and adolescents with Mental Retardation (MR). The agreement between the ADI-R and ADOS-G was fair, with a substantial difference between younger and older…

  11. Trainer Engineering Report (Final) for MILES. Volume 2. Revision

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1981-04-22

    formerly a separate document, Data Item AOOX. iii/iv 1A , SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF THIS PAGE (Uhen Deaa Enterecd) ... __ . ....... REPORT DOCUMENTATION...NAVTRAEQUIPCEN, Orlando, FL 32813 3 14. MON’TORING AGENCY NAME & ADDRESS(II dilletent from CoftrollIn OGlue*) IS. SECURITY CLASS. (of thie twoot...OBSOLETE UNCLASSIFIED S/N 0102蓞-6601 I SECURITY CL.ASSIFICATION OF THIS iPAGE fUlses Data EaieteE i • CONTENTS .I * INTRODUCTION 1-1 1.1 1980 MILES 1-1

  12. Pattern of Cortical Fracture following Corticotomy for Distraction Osteogenesis

    PubMed Central

    Luvan, M; Roshan, G; Saw, A

    2015-01-01

    Corticotomy is an essential procedure for deformity correction and there are many techniques described. However there is no proper classification of the fracture pattern resulting from corticotomies to enable any studies to be conducted. We performed a retrospective study of corticotomy fracture patterns in 44 patients (34 tibias and 10 femurs) performed for various indications. We identified four distinct fracture patterns, Type I through IV classification based on the fracture propagation following percutaneous corticotomy. Type I transverse fracture, Type II transverse fracture with a winglet, Type III presence of butterfly fragment and Type IV fracture propagation to a fixation point. No significant correlation was noted between the fracture pattern and the underlying pathology or region of corticotomy. PMID:28611907

  13. Bimanual Capacity of Children With Cerebral Palsy: Intra- and Interrater Reliability of a Revised Edition of the Bimanual Fine Motor Function Classification.

    PubMed

    Elvrum, Ann-Kristin G; Beckung, Eva; Sæther, Rannei; Lydersen, Stian; Vik, Torstein; Himmelmann, Kate

    2017-08-01

    To develop a revised edition of the Bimanual Fine Motor Function (BFMF 2), as a classification of fine motor capacity in children with cerebral palsy (CP), and establish intra- and interrater reliability of this edition. The content of the original BFMF was discussed by an expert panel, resulting in a revised edition comprising the original description of the classification levels, but in addition including figures with specific explanatory text. Four professionals classified fine motor function of 79 children (3-17 years; 45 boys) who represented all subtypes of CP and Manual Ability Classification levels (I-V). Intra- and inter-rater reliability was assessed using overall intra-class correlation coefficient (ICC), and Cohen's quadratic weighted kappa. The overall ICC was 0.86. Cohen's weighted kappa indicated high intra-rater (к w : >0.90) and inter-rater (к w : >0.85) reliability. The revised BFMF 2 had high intra- and interrater reliability. The classification levels could be determined from short video recordings (<5 minutes), using the figures and precise descriptions of the fine motor function levels included in the BFMF 2. Thus, the BFMF 2 may be a feasible and useful classification of fine motor capacity both in research and in clinical practice.

  14. Adenocarcinoma of the lung with scattered consolidation: radiological-pathological correlation and prognosis.

    PubMed

    Jiang, Binghu; Takashima, Shodayu; Hakucho, Tomoaki; Hodaka, Numasaki; Yasuhiko, Tomita; Masahiko, Higashiyama

    2013-10-01

    To investigate the clinicopathological features and prognosis in patients with adenocarcinoma of the lung with scattered consolidation (ALSC). Between January 2006 and March 2010, 139 consecutive patients with lung adenocarcinoma of ≤3 cm, who underwent pulmonary resection for lung cancer, were investigated retrospectively. Radiologic classification was based on the findings of thin-section CT such as the presence of consolidation or ground-glass opacity (GGO). Type I (n=15) and Type II (n=14), showed a pure GGO and a mixed GGO with consolidation <50%, respectively. Type IV (n=38) and Type V (n=52) showed a mixed GGO with consolidation ≥50% and a pure consolidation, respectively. Type III (n=20) was the adenocarcinoma of the lung with scattered consolidation (ALSC). The clinicopathological features and prognosis of ALSC was investigated with comparative analysis and survival analysis. Because of the similar recurrence rate for Type I and Type II (P=1.000), Type IV and Type V (P=0.343), we merged Type I and Type II as Type I+II, Type IV and Type V as Type IV+V, respectively. In the 20 (14.4%) patients with ALSC, lymph node metastasis was not observed, and it was rare in lymphatic invasion and vascular invasion. On the basis of IASLC/ATS/ERS 2011 classification, 80% of the ALSC were preinvasive lesions. In Noguchi classification, there was no significant difference between Type I+II and ALSC (P=0.260). The prognosis of ALSC was similar to Type I+II (P=0.408), but better than Type IV+V (P=0.040). Adenocarcinoma of the lung with scattered consolidation (ALSC) on thin-section CT was a relatively favorable prognostic factor. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Ireland Ltd. All rights reserved.

  15. CSP-TSM: Optimizing the performance of Riemannian tangent space mapping using common spatial pattern for MI-BCI.

    PubMed

    Kumar, Shiu; Mamun, Kabir; Sharma, Alok

    2017-12-01

    Classification of electroencephalography (EEG) signals for motor imagery based brain computer interface (MI-BCI) is an exigent task and common spatial pattern (CSP) has been extensively explored for this purpose. In this work, we focused on developing a new framework for classification of EEG signals for MI-BCI. We propose a single band CSP framework for MI-BCI that utilizes the concept of tangent space mapping (TSM) in the manifold of covariance matrices. The proposed method is named CSP-TSM. Spatial filtering is performed on the bandpass filtered MI EEG signal. Riemannian tangent space is utilized for extracting features from the spatial filtered signal. The TSM features are then fused with the CSP variance based features and feature selection is performed using Lasso. Linear discriminant analysis (LDA) is then applied to the selected features and finally classification is done using support vector machine (SVM) classifier. The proposed framework gives improved performance for MI EEG signal classification in comparison with several competing methods. Experiments conducted shows that the proposed framework reduces the overall classification error rate for MI-BCI by 3.16%, 5.10% and 1.70% (for BCI Competition III dataset IVa, BCI Competition IV Dataset I and BCI Competition IV Dataset IIb, respectively) compared to the conventional CSP method under the same experimental settings. The proposed CSP-TSM method produces promising results when compared with several competing methods in this paper. In addition, the computational complexity is less compared to that of TSM method. Our proposed CSP-TSM framework can be potentially used for developing improved MI-BCI systems. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  16. sA Comparison of DSM-IV-TR and DSM-5 Diagnostic Classifications in the Clinical Diagnosis of Autistic Spectrum Disorder

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Yaylaci, Ferhat; Miral, Suha

    2017-01-01

    Aim of this study was to compare children diagnosed with Pervasive Developmental Disorder (PDD) according to DSM-IV-TR and DSM-5 diagnostic systems. One hundred fifty children aged between 3 and 15 years diagnosed with PDD by DSM-IV-TR were included. PDD symptoms were reviewed through psychiatric assessment based on DSM-IV-TR and DSM-5 criteria.…

  17. Analysis of A Drug Target-based Classification System using Molecular Descriptors.

    PubMed

    Lu, Jing; Zhang, Pin; Bi, Yi; Luo, Xiaomin

    2016-01-01

    Drug-target interaction is an important topic in drug discovery and drug repositioning. KEGG database offers a drug annotation and classification using a target-based classification system. In this study, we gave an investigation on five target-based classes: (I) G protein-coupled receptors; (II) Nuclear receptors; (III) Ion channels; (IV) Enzymes; (V) Pathogens, using molecular descriptors to represent each drug compound. Two popular feature selection methods, maximum relevance minimum redundancy and incremental feature selection, were adopted to extract the important descriptors. Meanwhile, an optimal prediction model based on nearest neighbor algorithm was constructed, which got the best result in identifying drug target-based classes. Finally, some key descriptors were discussed to uncover their important roles in the identification of drug-target classes.

  18. Classification of Computer-Aided Design-Computer-Aided Manufacturing Applications for the Reconstruction of Cranio-Maxillo-Facial Defects.

    PubMed

    Wauters, Lauri D J; Miguel-Moragas, Joan San; Mommaerts, Maurice Y

    2015-11-01

    To gain insight into the methodology of different computer-aided design-computer-aided manufacturing (CAD-CAM) applications for the reconstruction of cranio-maxillo-facial (CMF) defects. We reviewed and analyzed the available literature pertaining to CAD-CAM for use in CMF reconstruction. We proposed a classification system of the techniques of implant and cutting, drilling, and/or guiding template design and manufacturing. The system consisted of 4 classes (I-IV). These classes combine techniques used for both the implant and template to most accurately describe the methodology used. Our classification system can be widely applied. It should facilitate communication and immediate understanding of the methodology of CAD-CAM applications for the reconstruction of CMF defects.

  19. New DSM-V neurocognitive disorders criteria and their impact on diagnostic classifications of mild cognitive impairment and dementia in a memory clinic setting.

    PubMed

    Tay, Laura; Lim, Wee Shiong; Chan, Mark; Ali, Noorhazlina; Mahanum, Shariffah; Chew, Pamela; Lim, June; Chong, Mei Sian

    2015-08-01

    To examine diagnostic agreement between Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition (DSM-V) Neurocognitive Disorders (NCDs) criteria and DSM, Fourth Edition (DSM-IV) criteria for dementia and International Working Group (IWG) criteria for mild cognitive impairment (MCI) and DSM-V's impact on diagnostic classifications of NCDs. The authors further examined clinical factors for discrepancy in diagnostic classifications between the different operational definitions. Using a cross-sectional study in tertiary memory clinic, the authors studied consecutive new patients aged 55 years or older who presented with cognitive symptoms. Dementia severity was scored based on the Clinical Dementia Rating scale (CDR). All patients completed neuropsychological evaluation. Agreement in diagnostic classifications between DSM-IV/IWG and DSM-V was examined using the kappa test and AC1 statistic, with multinomial logistic regression for factors contributing to MCI reclassification as major NCDs as opposed to diagnostically concordant MCI and dementia groups. Of 234 patients studied, 166 patients achieved concordant diagnostic classifications, with overall kappa of 0.41. Eighty-six patients (36.7%) were diagnosed with MCI and 131 (56.0%) with DSM-IV-defined dementia. With DSM-V, 40 patients (17.1%) were classified as mild NCDs and 183 (78.2%) as major NCDs, representing a 39.7% increase in frequency of dementia diagnoses. CDR sum-of-boxes score contributed independently to differentiation of MCI patients reclassified as mild versus major NCDs (OR: 0.01; 95% CI: 0-0.09). CDR sum-of-boxes score (OR: 5.18; 95% CI: 2.04-13.15), performance in amnestic (OR: 0.14; 95% CI: 0.06-0.34) and language (Boston naming: OR: 0.52; 95% CI: 0.29-0.94) tests, were independent determinants of diagnostically concordant dementia diagnosis. The authors observed moderate agreement between the different operational definitions and a 40% increase in dementia diagnoses with operationalization of the DSM-V criteria. Copyright © 2015 American Association for Geriatric Psychiatry. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  20. Applicability of the ICD-11 proposal for PTSD: a comparison of prevalence and comorbidity rates with the DSM-IV PTSD classification in two post-conflict samples

    PubMed Central

    Stammel, Nadine; Abbing, Eva M.; Heeke, Carina; Knaevelsrud, Christine

    2015-01-01

    Background The World Health Organization recently proposed significant changes to the posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) diagnostic criteria in the 11th edition of the International Classification of Diseases (ICD-11). Objective The present study investigated the impact of these changes in two different post-conflict samples. Method Prevalence and rates of concurrent depression and anxiety, socio-demographic characteristics, and indicators of clinical severity according to ICD-11 in 1,075 Cambodian and 453 Colombian civilians exposed to civil war and genocide were compared to those according to the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth Edition (DSM-IV). Results Results indicated significantly lower prevalence rates under the ICD-11 proposal (8.1% Cambodian sample and 44.4% Colombian sample) compared to the DSM-IV (11.2% Cambodian sample and 55.0% Colombian sample). Participants meeting a PTSD diagnosis only under the ICD-11 proposal had significantly lower rates of concurrent depression and a lower concurrent total score (depression and anxiety) compared to participants meeting only DSM-IV diagnostic criteria. There were no significant differences in socio-demographic characteristics and indicators of clinical severity between these two groups. Conclusions The lower prevalence of PTSD according to the ICD-11 proposal in our samples of persons exposed to a high number of traumatic events may counter criticism of previous PTSD classifications to overuse the PTSD diagnosis in populations exposed to extreme stressors. Also another goal, to better distinguish PTSD from comorbid disorders could be supported with our data. PMID:25989951

  1. Applicability of the ICD-11 proposal for PTSD: a comparison of prevalence and comorbidity rates with the DSM-IV PTSD classification in two post-conflict samples.

    PubMed

    Stammel, Nadine; Abbing, Eva M; Heeke, Carina; Knaevelsrud, Christine

    2015-01-01

    The World Health Organization recently proposed significant changes to the posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) diagnostic criteria in the 11th edition of the International Classification of Diseases (ICD-11). The present study investigated the impact of these changes in two different post-conflict samples. Prevalence and rates of concurrent depression and anxiety, socio-demographic characteristics, and indicators of clinical severity according to ICD-11 in 1,075 Cambodian and 453 Colombian civilians exposed to civil war and genocide were compared to those according to the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth Edition (DSM-IV). Results indicated significantly lower prevalence rates under the ICD-11 proposal (8.1% Cambodian sample and 44.4% Colombian sample) compared to the DSM-IV (11.2% Cambodian sample and 55.0% Colombian sample). Participants meeting a PTSD diagnosis only under the ICD-11 proposal had significantly lower rates of concurrent depression and a lower concurrent total score (depression and anxiety) compared to participants meeting only DSM-IV diagnostic criteria. There were no significant differences in socio-demographic characteristics and indicators of clinical severity between these two groups. The lower prevalence of PTSD according to the ICD-11 proposal in our samples of persons exposed to a high number of traumatic events may counter criticism of previous PTSD classifications to overuse the PTSD diagnosis in populations exposed to extreme stressors. Also another goal, to better distinguish PTSD from comorbid disorders could be supported with our data.

  2. Predictive Validity of DSM-IV and ICD-10 Criteria for ADHD and Hyperkinetic Disorder

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Lee, Soyoung I.; Schachar, Russell J.; Chen, Shirley X.; Ornstein, Tisha J.; Charach, Alice; Barr, Cathy; Ickowicz, Abel

    2008-01-01

    Background: The goal of this study was to compare the predictive validity of the two main diagnostic schemata for childhood hyperactivity--attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD; "Diagnostic and Statistical Manual"-IV) and hyperkinetic disorder (HKD; "International Classification of Diseases"-10th Edition). Methods: Diagnostic criteria for…

  3. Rapid identification and classification of bacteria by 16S rDNA restriction fragment melting curve analyses (RFMCA).

    PubMed

    Rudi, Knut; Kleiberg, Gro H; Heiberg, Ragnhild; Rosnes, Jan T

    2007-08-01

    The aim of this work was to evaluate restriction fragment melting curve analyses (RFMCA) as a novel approach for rapid classification of bacteria during food production. RFMCA was evaluated for bacteria isolated from sous vide food products, and raw materials used for sous vide production. We identified four major bacterial groups in the material analysed (cluster I-Streptococcus, cluster II-Carnobacterium/Bacillus, cluster III-Staphylococcus and cluster IV-Actinomycetales). The accuracy of RFMCA was evaluated by comparison with 16S rDNA sequencing. The strains satisfying the RFMCA quality filtering criteria (73%, n=57), with both 16S rDNA sequence information and RFMCA data (n=45) gave identical group assignments with the two methods. RFMCA enabled rapid and accurate classification of bacteria that is database compatible. Potential application of RFMCA in the food or pharmaceutical industry will include development of classification models for the bacteria expected in a given product, and then to build an RFMCA database as a part of the product quality control.

  4. Psychologists’ perspectives on the diagnostic classification of mental disorders: Results from the WHO-IUPsyS Global Survey

    PubMed Central

    Evans, Spencer C.; Reed, Geoffrey M.; Roberts, Michael C.; Esparza, Patricia; Watts, Ann D.; Correia, João Mendonça; Ritchie, Pierre; Maj, Mario; Saxena, Shekhar

    2013-01-01

    This study examined psychologists’ views and practices regarding diagnostic classification systems for mental and behavioral disorders so as to inform the development of the ICD-11 by the World Health Organization (WHO). WHO and the International Union of Psychological Science (IUPsyS) conducted a multilingual survey of 2155 psychologists from 23 countries, recruited through their national psychological associations. Sixty percent of global psychologists routinely used a formal classification system, with ICD-10 used most frequently by 51% and DSM-IV by 44%. Psychologists viewed informing treatment decisions and facilitating communication as the most important purposes of classification, and preferred flexible diagnostic guidelines to strict criteria. Clinicians favorably evaluated most diagnostic categories, but identified a number of problematic diagnoses. Substantial percentages reported problems with crosscultural applicability and cultural bias, especially among psychologists outside the USA and Europe. Findings underscore the priority of clinical utility and professional and cultural differences in international psychology. Implications for ICD-11 development and dissemination are discussed. PMID:23750927

  5. A latent discriminative model-based approach for classification of imaginary motor tasks from EEG data.

    PubMed

    Saa, Jaime F Delgado; Çetin, Müjdat

    2012-04-01

    We consider the problem of classification of imaginary motor tasks from electroencephalography (EEG) data for brain-computer interfaces (BCIs) and propose a new approach based on hidden conditional random fields (HCRFs). HCRFs are discriminative graphical models that are attractive for this problem because they (1) exploit the temporal structure of EEG; (2) include latent variables that can be used to model different brain states in the signal; and (3) involve learned statistical models matched to the classification task, avoiding some of the limitations of generative models. Our approach involves spatial filtering of the EEG signals and estimation of power spectra based on autoregressive modeling of temporal segments of the EEG signals. Given this time-frequency representation, we select certain frequency bands that are known to be associated with execution of motor tasks. These selected features constitute the data that are fed to the HCRF, parameters of which are learned from training data. Inference algorithms on the HCRFs are used for the classification of motor tasks. We experimentally compare this approach to the best performing methods in BCI competition IV as well as a number of more recent methods and observe that our proposed method yields better classification accuracy.

  6. Temporally-aware algorithms for the classification of anuran sounds.

    PubMed

    Luque, Amalia; Romero-Lemos, Javier; Carrasco, Alejandro; Gonzalez-Abril, Luis

    2018-01-01

    Several authors have shown that the sounds of anurans can be used as an indicator of climate change. Hence, the recording, storage and further processing of a huge number of anuran sounds, distributed over time and space, are required in order to obtain this indicator. Furthermore, it is desirable to have algorithms and tools for the automatic classification of the different classes of sounds. In this paper, six classification methods are proposed, all based on the data-mining domain, which strive to take advantage of the temporal character of the sounds. The definition and comparison of these classification methods is undertaken using several approaches. The main conclusions of this paper are that: (i) the sliding window method attained the best results in the experiments presented, and even outperformed the hidden Markov models usually employed in similar applications; (ii) noteworthy overall classification performance has been obtained, which is an especially striking result considering that the sounds analysed were affected by a highly noisy background; (iii) the instance selection for the determination of the sounds in the training dataset offers better results than cross-validation techniques; and (iv) the temporally-aware classifiers have revealed that they can obtain better performance than their non-temporally-aware counterparts.

  7. Temporally-aware algorithms for the classification of anuran sounds

    PubMed Central

    Gonzalez-Abril, Luis

    2018-01-01

    Several authors have shown that the sounds of anurans can be used as an indicator of climate change. Hence, the recording, storage and further processing of a huge number of anuran sounds, distributed over time and space, are required in order to obtain this indicator. Furthermore, it is desirable to have algorithms and tools for the automatic classification of the different classes of sounds. In this paper, six classification methods are proposed, all based on the data-mining domain, which strive to take advantage of the temporal character of the sounds. The definition and comparison of these classification methods is undertaken using several approaches. The main conclusions of this paper are that: (i) the sliding window method attained the best results in the experiments presented, and even outperformed the hidden Markov models usually employed in similar applications; (ii) noteworthy overall classification performance has been obtained, which is an especially striking result considering that the sounds analysed were affected by a highly noisy background; (iii) the instance selection for the determination of the sounds in the training dataset offers better results than cross-validation techniques; and (iv) the temporally-aware classifiers have revealed that they can obtain better performance than their non-temporally-aware counterparts. PMID:29740517

  8. Functional Class in Children with Idiopathic Dilated Cardiomyopathy. A pilot Study

    PubMed Central

    Tavares, Aline Cristina; Bocchi, Edimar Alcides; Guimarães, Guilherme Veiga

    2016-01-01

    Background Idiopathic dilated cardiomyopathy (IDCM), most common cardiac cause of pediatric deaths, mortality descriptor: a low left ventricular ejection fraction (LVEF) and low functional capacity (FC). FC is never self reported by children. Objective The aims of this study were (i) To evaluate whether functional classifications according to the children, parents and medical staff were associated. (iv) To evaluate whether there was correlation between VO2 max and Weber's classification. Method Prepubertal children with IDCM and HF (by previous IDCM and preserved LVEF) were selected, evaluated and compared. All children were assessed by testing, CPET and functional class classification. Results Chi-square test showed association between a CFm and CFp (1, n = 31) = 20.6; p = 0.002. There was no significant association between CFp and CFc (1, n = 31) = 6.7; p = 0.4. CFm and CFc were not associated as well (1, n = 31) = 1.7; p = 0.8. Weber's classification was associated to CFm (1, n = 19) = 11.8; p = 0.003, to CFp (1, n = 19) = 20.4; p = 0.0001and CFc (1, n = 19) = 6.4; p = 0.04). Conclusion Drawing were helpful for children's self NYHA classification, which were associated to Weber's stratification. PMID:27168472

  9. Initial Interpretation and Evaluation of a Profile-Based Classification System for the Anxiety and Mood Disorders: Incremental Validity Compared to DSM-IV Categories

    PubMed Central

    Rosellini, Anthony J.; Brown, Timothy A.

    2014-01-01

    Limitations in anxiety and mood disorder diagnostic reliability and validity due to the categorical approach to classification used by the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) have been long recognized. Although these limitations have led researchers to forward alternative classification schemes, few have been empirically evaluated. In a sample of 1,218 outpatients with anxiety and mood disorders, the present study examined the validity of Brown and Barlow's (2009) proposal to classify the anxiety and mood disorders using an integrated dimensional-categorical approach based on transdiagnostic emotional disorder vulnerabilities and phenotypes. Latent class analyses of seven transdiagnostic dimensional indicators suggested that a six-class (i.e., profile) solution provided the best model fit and was the most conceptually interpretable. Interpretation of the classes was further supported when compared with DSM-IV diagnoses (i.e., within-class prevalence of diagnoses, using diagnoses to predict class membership). In addition, hierarchical multiple regression models were used to demonstrate the incremental validity of the profiles; class probabilities consistently accounted for unique variance in anxiety and mood disorder outcomes above and beyond DSM diagnoses. These results provide support for the potential development and utility of a hybrid dimensional-categorical profile approach to anxiety and mood disorder classification. In particular, the availability of dimensional indicators and corresponding profiles may serve as a useful complement to DSM diagnoses for both researchers and clinicians. PMID:25265416

  10. Development of DSM-V and ICD-11: tendencies and potential of new classifications in psychiatry at the current state of knowledge.

    PubMed

    Möller, Hans-Jürgen

    2009-10-01

    A reason for the necessity to revise ICD-10 and DSM-IV is the increase of knowledge in the past 20 years, especially neurobiological knowledge. But is this increase of knowledge, for example in the field of neurogenetics, of such magnitude that a revision of the psychiatric classification is necessary and promises to be fruitful? The current plans for DSM-V or ICD-11, respectively, focus on different improvements. In this context also the introduction of a purely syndromatic/dimensional approach without including etiopathogenetic hypotheses, is discussed. A switch to such a dimensional approach, which was discussed among others in the DSM-V task force Deconstructing Psychosis, would be the most radical development. It could avoid many theoretical pre-assumptions about causal hypotheses, which are still associated with ICD-10 and DSM-IV. This would indeed increase the validity of psychiatric classification, but it would also reduce the information as compared to traditional diagnostic categories with all the current implications concerning etiopathogenesis, therapy and prognosis. Such a dimensional approach would also mean that the syndromes would have to be assessed in a standardized way for each person seeking help from the psychiatric service system or for each person undergoing psychiatric research. This would have to be a multi-dimensional assessment covering all syndromes existing within different psychiatric disorders. Based on the different aspects that must be considered in this context, a careful revision seems more advisable than a radical change of classification.

  11. A Proposal for a Dimensional Classification System Based on the Shared Features of the "DSM-IV" Anxiety and Mood Disorders: Implications for Assessment and Treatment

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Brown, Timothy A.; Barlow, David H.

    2009-01-01

    A wealth of evidence attests to the extensive current and lifetime diagnostic comorbidity of the "Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders" (4th ed., "DSM-IV") anxiety and mood disorders. Research has shown that the considerable cross-sectional covariation of "DSM-IV" emotional disorders is accounted for by common higher order…

  12. Effect of e-learning program on risk assessment and pressure ulcer classification - A randomized study.

    PubMed

    Bredesen, Ida Marie; Bjøro, Karen; Gunningberg, Lena; Hofoss, Dag

    2016-05-01

    Pressure ulcers (PUs) are a problem in health care. Staff competency is paramount to PU prevention. Education is essential to increase skills in pressure ulcer classification and risk assessment. Currently, no pressure ulcer learning programs are available in Norwegian. Develop and test an e-learning program for assessment of pressure ulcer risk and pressure ulcer classification. Forty-four nurses working in acute care hospital wards or nursing homes participated and were assigned randomly into two groups: an e-learning program group (intervention) and a traditional classroom lecture group (control). Data was collected immediately before and after training, and again after three months. The study was conducted at one nursing home and two hospitals between May and December 2012. Accuracy of risk assessment (five patient cases) and pressure ulcer classification (40 photos [normal skin, pressure ulcer categories I-IV] split in two sets) were measured by comparing nurse evaluations in each of the two groups to a pre-established standard based on ratings by experts in pressure ulcer classification and risk assessment. Inter-rater reliability was measured by exact percent agreement and multi-rater Fleiss kappa. A Mann-Whitney U test was used for continuous sum score variables. An e-learning program did not improve Braden subscale scoring. For pressure ulcer classification, however, the intervention group scored significantly higher than the control group on several of the categories in post-test immediately after training. However, after three months there were no significant differences in classification skills between the groups. An e-learning program appears to have a greater effect on the accuracy of pressure ulcer classification than classroom teaching in the short term. For proficiency in Braden scoring, no significant effect of educational methods on learning results was detected. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  13. Binge eating disorder should be included in DSM-IV: a reply to Fairburn et al.'s "the classification of recurrent overeating: the binge eating disorder proposal".

    PubMed

    Spitzer, R L; Stunkard, A; Yanovski, S; Marcus, M D; Wadden, T; Wing, R; Mitchell, J; Hasin, D

    1993-03-01

    Extensive recent research supports a proposal that a new eating disorder, binge eating disorder (BED), be included in DSM-IV. BED criteria define a relatively pure group of individuals who are distressed by recurrent binge eating who do not exhibit the compensatory features of bulimia nervosa. This large number of patients currently can only be diagnosed as eating disorder not otherwise specified (EDNOS). Recognizing this new disorder will help stimulate research and clinical programs for these patients. Fairburn et al.'s critique of BED fails to acknowledge the large body of knowledge that indicates that BED represents a distinct and definable subgroup of eating disordered patients and that the diagnosis provides useful information about psychopathology, prognosis, and outcome (Fairburn, Welch, & Hay [in press]. The classification of recurrent overeating: The "binge eating disorder" proposal. International Journal of Eating Disorders.) Against any reasonable standard for adding a new diagnosis to DSM-IV, BED meets the test.

  14. Classification of underwater targets from autonomous underwater vehicle sampled bistatic acoustic scattered fields.

    PubMed

    Fischell, Erin M; Schmidt, Henrik

    2015-12-01

    One of the long term goals of autonomous underwater vehicle (AUV) minehunting is to have multiple inexpensive AUVs in a harbor autonomously classify hazards. Existing acoustic methods for target classification using AUV-based sensing, such as sidescan and synthetic aperture sonar, require an expensive payload on each outfitted vehicle and post-processing and/or image interpretation. A vehicle payload and machine learning classification methodology using bistatic angle dependence of target scattering amplitudes between a fixed acoustic source and target has been developed for onboard, fully autonomous classification with lower cost-per-vehicle. To achieve the high-quality, densely sampled three-dimensional (3D) bistatic scattering data required by this research, vehicle sampling behaviors and an acoustic payload for precision timed data acquisition with a 16 element nose array were demonstrated. 3D bistatic scattered field data were collected by an AUV around spherical and cylindrical targets insonified by a 7-9 kHz fixed source. The collected data were compared to simulated scattering models. Classification and confidence estimation were shown for the sphere versus cylinder case on the resulting real and simulated bistatic amplitude data. The final models were used for classification of simulated targets in real time in the LAMSS MOOS-IvP simulation package [M. Benjamin, H. Schmidt, P. Newman, and J. Leonard, J. Field Rob. 27, 834-875 (2010)].

  15. Automated database-guided expert-supervised orientation for immunophenotypic diagnosis and classification of acute leukemia

    PubMed Central

    Lhermitte, L; Mejstrikova, E; van der Sluijs-Gelling, A J; Grigore, G E; Sedek, L; Bras, A E; Gaipa, G; Sobral da Costa, E; Novakova, M; Sonneveld, E; Buracchi, C; de Sá Bacelar, T; te Marvelde, J G; Trinquand, A; Asnafi, V; Szczepanski, T; Matarraz, S; Lopez, A; Vidriales, B; Bulsa, J; Hrusak, O; Kalina, T; Lecrevisse, Q; Martin Ayuso, M; Brüggemann, M; Verde, J; Fernandez, P; Burgos, L; Paiva, B; Pedreira, C E; van Dongen, J J M; Orfao, A; van der Velden, V H J

    2018-01-01

    Precise classification of acute leukemia (AL) is crucial for adequate treatment. EuroFlow has previously designed an AL orientation tube (ALOT) to guide towards the relevant classification panel (T-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia (T-ALL), B-cell precursor (BCP)-ALL and/or acute myeloid leukemia (AML)) and final diagnosis. Now we built a reference database with 656 typical AL samples (145 T-ALL, 377 BCP-ALL, 134 AML), processed and analyzed via standardized protocols. Using principal component analysis (PCA)-based plots and automated classification algorithms for direct comparison of single-cells from individual patients against the database, another 783 cases were subsequently evaluated. Depending on the database-guided results, patients were categorized as: (i) typical T, B or Myeloid without or; (ii) with a transitional component to another lineage; (iii) atypical; or (iv) mixed-lineage. Using this automated algorithm, in 781/783 cases (99.7%) the right panel was selected, and data comparable to the final WHO-diagnosis was already provided in >93% of cases (85% T-ALL, 97% BCP-ALL, 95% AML and 87% mixed-phenotype AL patients), even without data on the full-characterization panels. Our results show that database-guided analysis facilitates standardized interpretation of ALOT results and allows accurate selection of the relevant classification panels, hence providing a solid basis for designing future WHO AL classifications. PMID:29089646

  16. A new classification of a preovulatory oocyte maturation stage suitable for the synchronization of ovulation in controlled reproduction of Eurasian perch Perca fluviatilis L.

    PubMed

    Zarski, Daniel; Bokor, Zoltán; Kotrik, László; Urbanyi, Béla; Horváth, Akos; Targońska, Katarzyna; Krejszeff, Sławomir; Palińska, Katarzyna; Kucharczyk, Dariusz

    2011-11-01

    To improve controlled reproduction of Eurasian perch Perca fluviatilis, the criteria for the evaluation of final oocyte maturation stages were revised. The new classification covers six preovulatory maturational stages (I -VI) from the end of vitellogenesis to germinal vesicle breakdown (GVBD) and was based on macroscopic changes of preovulatory oocytes (position of the germinal vesicle, GVBD, oil droplets coalescence). The observation was performed during out-of-season artificial reproduction with the use of a single hCG injection (500 IU/kg). The classification was subsequently verified with the controlled reproduction of wild female perch with the use of hormonal stimulation (500 IU hCG/kg of body weight at 12°C). The females were at different maturational stages and constituted respective experimental groups (I-VI). During the experiment, ovulation appeared to be considerably synchronized within particular groups. Statistical differences in latency time (time between hormonal treatment and ovulation) were found between experimental groups (mean latency time: 110, 92, 68, 49, 29 and 18 h in groups representing VI, V, IV, III, II and I stage of the proposed classification, respectively). The proposed classification and the results presented in the study allowed for effective synchronisation of ovulation. The use of our new oocyte maturation classification may positively influence the effectiveness of Eurasian perch production.

  17. The Shock Index revisited – a fast guide to transfusion requirement? A retrospective analysis on 21,853 patients derived from the TraumaRegister DGU®

    PubMed Central

    2013-01-01

    Introduction Isolated vital signs (for example, heart rate or systolic blood pressure) have been shown unreliable in the assessment of hypovolemic shock. In contrast, the Shock Index (SI), defined by the ratio of heart rate to systolic blood pressure, has been advocated to better risk-stratify patients for increased transfusion requirements and early mortality. Recently, our group has developed a novel and clinical reliable classification of hypovolemic shock based upon four classes of worsening base deficit (BD). The objective of this study was to correlate this classification to corresponding strata of SI for the rapid assessment of trauma patients in the absence of laboratory parameters. Methods Between 2002 and 2011, data for 21,853 adult trauma patients were retrieved from the TraumaRegister DGU® database and divided into four strata of worsening SI at emergency department arrival (group I, SI <0.6; group II, SI ≥0.6 to <1.0; group III, SI ≥1.0 to <1.4; and group IV, SI ≥1.4) and were assessed for demographics, injury characteristics, transfusion requirements, fluid resuscitation and outcomes. The four strata of worsening SI were compared with our recently suggested BD-based classification of hypovolemic shock. Results Worsening of SI was associated with increasing injury severity scores from 19.3 (± 12) in group I to 37.3 (± 16.8) in group IV, while mortality increased from 10.9% to 39.8%. Increments in SI paralleled increasing fluid resuscitation, vasopressor use and decreasing hemoglobin, platelet counts and Quick’s values. The number of blood units transfused increased from 1.0 (± 4.8) in group I to 21.4 (± 26.2) in group IV patients. Of patients, 31% in group III and 57% in group IV required ≥10 blood units until ICU admission. The four strata of SI discriminated transfusion requirements and massive transfusion rates equally with our recently introduced BD-based classification of hypovolemic shock. Conclusion SI upon emergency department arrival may be considered a clinical indicator of hypovolemic shock in respect to transfusion requirements, hemostatic resuscitation and mortality. The four SI groups have been shown to equal our recently suggested BD-based classification. In daily clinical practice, SI may be used to assess the presence of hypovolemic shock if point-of-care testing technology is not available. PMID:23938104

  18. Site classification for National Strong Motion Observation Network System (NSMONS) stations in China using an empirical H/V spectral ratio method

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ji, Kun; Ren, Yefei; Wen, Ruizhi

    2017-10-01

    Reliable site classification of the stations of the China National Strong Motion Observation Network System (NSMONS) has not yet been assigned because of lacking borehole data. This study used an empirical horizontal-to-vertical (H/V) spectral ratio (hereafter, HVSR) site classification method to overcome this problem. First, according to their borehole data, stations selected from KiK-net in Japan were individually assigned a site class (CL-I, CL-II, or CL-III), which is defined in the Chinese seismic code. Then, the mean HVSR curve for each site class was computed using strong motion recordings captured during the period 1996-2012. These curves were compared with those proposed by Zhao et al. (2006a) for four types of site classes (SC-I, SC-II, SC-III, and SC-IV) defined in the Japanese seismic code (JRA, 1980). It was found that an approximate range of the predominant period Tg could be identified by the predominant peak of the HVSR curve for the CL-I and SC-I sites, CL-II and SC-II sites, and CL-III and SC-III + SC-IV sites. Second, an empirical site classification method was proposed based on comprehensive consideration of peak period, amplitude, and shape of the HVSR curve. The selected stations from KiK-net were classified using the proposed method. The results showed that the success rates of the proposed method in identifying CL-I, CL-II, and CL-III sites were 63%, 64%, and 58% respectively. Finally, the HVSRs of 178 NSMONS stations were computed based on recordings from 2007 to 2015 and the sites classified using the proposed method. The mean HVSR curves were re-calculated for three site classes and compared with those from KiK-net data. It was found that both the peak period and the amplitude were similar for the mean HVSR curves derived from NSMONS classification results and KiK-net borehole data, implying the effectiveness of the proposed method in identifying different site classes. The classification results have good agreement with site classes based on borehole data of 81 stations in China, which indicates that our site classification results are acceptable and that the proposed method is practicable.

  19. Classification and Short-Term Course of DSM-IV Cannabis, Hallucinogen, Cocaine, and Opioid Disorders in Treated Adolescents

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Chung, Tammy; Martin, Christoper S.

    2005-01-01

    This study examined the latent class structure of Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (text rev.; DSM-IV; American Psychiatric Association, 2000) symptoms used to diagnose cannabis, hallucinogen, cocaine, and opiate disorders among 501 adolescents recruited from addictions treatment. Latent class results were compared with the…

  20. The Brief Child and Family Phone Interview (BCFPI): 2. Usefulness in Screening for Child and Adolescent Psychopathology

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Boyle, Michael H.; Cunningham, Charles E.; Georgiades, Katholiki; Cullen, John; Racine, Yvonne; Pettingill, Peter

    2009-01-01

    Background: This study examines the use of the Brief Child and Family Phone Interview (BCFPI) to screen for childhood psychiatric disorder based on Diagnostic Interview Schedule for Children Version IV (DISC-IV) classifications of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), oppositional defiant disorder (ODD), conduct disorder (CD),…

  1. 78 FR 68714 - Medical Devices; Ophthalmic Devices; Classification of the Scleral Plug

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2013-11-15

    ... the device materials must be performed; (iv) Performance data must demonstrate acceptable mechanical properties under simulated clinical use conditions including insertion and removal of the device; (v...

  2. Post-operative rotator cuff integrity, based on Sugaya's classification, can reflect abduction muscle strength of the shoulder.

    PubMed

    Yoshida, Masahito; Collin, Phillipe; Josseaume, Thierry; Lädermann, Alexandre; Goto, Hideyuki; Sugimoto, Katumasa; Otsuka, Takanobu

    2018-01-01

    Magnetic resonance (MR) imaging is common in structural and qualitative assessment of the rotator cuff post-operatively. Rotator cuff integrity has been thought to be associated with clinical outcome. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the inter-observer reliability of cuff integrity (Sugaya's classification) and assess the correlation between Sugaya's classification and the clinical outcome. It was hypothesized that Sugaya's classification would show good reliability and good correlation with the clinical outcome. Post-operative MR images were taken two years post-operatively, following arthroscopic rotator cuff repair. For assessment of inter-rater reliability, all radiographic evaluations for the supraspinatus muscle were done by two orthopaedic surgeons and one radiologist. Rotator cuff integrity was classified into five categories, according to Sugaya's classification. Fatty infiltration was graded into four categories, based on the Fuchs' classification grading system. Muscle hypotrophy was graded as four grades, according to the scale proposed by Warner. The clinical outcome was assessed according to the constant scoring system pre-operatively and 2 years post-operatively. Of the sixty-two consecutive patients with full-thickness rotator cuff tears, fifty-two patients were reviewed in this study. These subjects included twenty-three men and twenty-nine women, with an average age of fifty-seven years. In terms of the inter-rater reliability between orthopaedic surgeons, Sugaya's classification showed the highest agreement [ICC (2.1) = 0.82] for rotator cuff integrity. The grade of fatty infiltration and muscle atrophy demonstrated good agreement, respectively (0.722 and 0.758). With regard to the inter-rater reliability between orthopaedic surgeon and radiologist, Sugaya's classification showed good reliability [ICC (2.1) = 0.70]. On the other hand, fatty infiltration and muscle hypotrophy classifications demonstrated fair and moderate agreement [ICC (2.1) = 0.39 and 0.49]. Although no significant correlation was found between overall post-operative constant score and Sugaya's classification, Sugaya's classification indicated significant correlation with the muscle strength score. Sugaya's classification showed repeatability and good agreement between the orthopaedist and radiologist, who are involved in the patient care for the rotator cuff tear. Common classification of rotator cuff integrity with good reliability will give appropriate information for clinicians to improve the patient care of the rotator cuff tear. This classification also would be helpful to predict the strength of arm abduction in the scapular plane. IV.

  3. Classification of mood disorders in DSM-V and DSM-VI.

    PubMed

    Joyce, Peter R

    2008-10-01

    For any diagnostic system to be clinically useful, and go beyond description, it must provide an understanding that informs about aetiology and/or outcome. DSM-III and DSM-IV have provided reliability; the challenge for DSM-V and DSM-VI will be to provide validity. For DSM-V this will not be achieved. Believers in DSM-III and DSM-IV have impeded progress towards a valid classification system, so DSM-V needs to retain continuity with its predecessors to retain reliability and enhance research, but position itself to inform a valid diagnostic system by DSM-VI. This review examines the features of a diagnostic system and summarizes what is really known about mood disorders. The review also questions whether what are called mood disorders are primarily disorders of mood. Finally, it provides suggestions for DSM-VI.

  4. Mechanistic Physiologically Based Pharmacokinetic Modeling of the Dissolution and Food Effect of a Biopharmaceutics Classification System IV Compound-The Venetoclax Story.

    PubMed

    Emami Riedmaier, Arian; Lindley, David J; Hall, Jeffrey A; Castleberry, Steven; Slade, Russell T; Stuart, Patricia; Carr, Robert A; Borchardt, Thomas B; Bow, Daniel A J; Nijsen, Marjoleen

    2018-01-01

    Venetoclax, a selective B-cell lymphoma-2 inhibitor, is a biopharmaceutics classification system class IV compound. The aim of this study was to develop a physiologically based pharmacokinetic (PBPK) model to mechanistically describe absorption and disposition of an amorphous solid dispersion formulation of venetoclax in humans. A mechanistic PBPK model was developed incorporating measured amorphous solubility, dissolution, metabolism, and plasma protein binding. A middle-out approach was used to define permeability. Model predictions of oral venetoclax pharmacokinetics were verified against clinical studies of fed and fasted healthy volunteers, and clinical drug interaction studies with strong CYP3A inhibitor (ketoconazole) and inducer (rifampicin). Model verification demonstrated accurate prediction of the observed food effect following a low-fat diet. Ratios of predicted versus observed C max and area under the curve of venetoclax were within 0.8- to 1.25-fold of observed ratios for strong CYP3A inhibitor and inducer interactions, indicating that the venetoclax elimination pathway was correctly specified. The verified venetoclax PBPK model is one of the first examples mechanistically capturing absorption, food effect, and exposure of an amorphous solid dispersion formulated compound. This model allows evaluation of untested drug-drug interactions, especially those primarily occurring in the intestine, and paves the way for future modeling of biopharmaceutics classification system IV compounds. Copyright © 2018 American Pharmacists Association®. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  5. Grade classification of neuroepithelial tumors using high-resolution magic-angle spinning proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy and pattern recognition.

    PubMed

    Chen, WenXue; Lou, HaiYan; Zhang, HongPing; Nie, Xiu; Lan, WenXian; Yang, YongXia; Xiang, Yun; Qi, JianPin; Lei, Hao; Tang, HuiRu; Chen, FenEr; Deng, Feng

    2011-07-01

    Clinical data have shown that survival rates vary considerably among brain tumor patients, according to the type and grade of the tumor. Metabolite profiles of intact tumor tissues measured with high-resolution magic-angle spinning proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (HRMAS (1)H NMRS) can provide important information on tumor biology and metabolism. These metabolic fingerprints can then be used for tumor classification and grading, with great potential value for tumor diagnosis. We studied the metabolic characteristics of 30 neuroepithelial tumor biopsies, including two astrocytomas (grade I), 12 astrocytomas (grade II), eight anaplastic astrocytomas (grade III), three glioblastomas (grade IV) and five medulloblastomas (grade IV) from 30 patients using HRMAS (1)H NMRS. The results were correlated with pathological features using multivariate data analysis, including principal component analysis (PCA). There were significant differences in the levels of N-acetyl-aspartate (NAA), creatine, myo-inositol, glycine and lactate between tumors of different grades (P<0.05). There were also significant differences in the ratios of NAA/creatine, lactate/creatine, myo-inositol/creatine, glycine/creatine, scyllo-inositol/creatine and alanine/creatine (P<0.05). A soft independent modeling of class analogy model produced a predictive accuracy of 87% for high-grade (grade III-IV) brain tumors with a sensitivity of 87% and a specificity of 93%. HRMAS (1)H NMR spectroscopy in conjunction with pattern recognition thus provides a potentially useful tool for the rapid and accurate classification of human brain tumor grades.

  6. A Proposal for a Dimensional Classification System Based on the Shared Features of the DSM-IV Anxiety and Mood Disorders: Implications for Assessment and Treatment

    PubMed Central

    Brown, Timothy A.; Barlow, David H.

    2010-01-01

    A wealth of evidence attests to the extensive current and lifetime diagnostic comorbidity of the DSM-IV anxiety and mood disorders. Research has shown that the considerable cross-sectional covariation of DSM-IV emotional disorders is accounted for by common higher-order dimensions such as neuroticism/behavioral inhibition (N/BI) and low positive affect/behavioral activation. Longitudinal studies have indicated that the temporal covariation of these disorders can be explained by changes in N/BI and in some cases, initial levels of N/BI are predictive of the temporal course of emotional disorders. Moreover, the marked phenotypal overlap of the DSM-IV anxiety and mood disorder constructs is a frequent source of diagnostic unreliability (e.g., temporal overlap in the shared features of generalized anxiety disorder and mood disorders, situation specificity of panic attacks in panic disorder and specific phobia). Although dimensional approaches have been considered as a method to address the drawbacks associated with the extant prototypical nosology (e.g., inadequate assessment of individual differences in disorder severity), these proposals do not reconcile key problems in current classification such as modest reliability and high comorbidity. The current paper considers an alternative approach that emphasizes empirically supported common dimensions of emotional disorders over disorder-specific criteria sets. The selection and assessment of these dimensions are discussed along with how these methods could be implemented to promote more reliable and valid diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment planning. For instance, the advantages of this classification system are discussed in context of current transdiagnostic treatment protocols that are efficaciously applied to a variety of disorders by targeting their shared features. PMID:19719339

  7. [Electroencephalogram Feature Selection Based on Correlation Coefficient Analysis].

    PubMed

    Zhou, Jinzhi; Tang, Xiaofang

    2015-08-01

    In order to improve the accuracy of classification with small amount of motor imagery training data on the development of brain-computer interface (BCD systems, we proposed an analyzing method to automatically select the characteristic parameters based on correlation coefficient analysis. Throughout the five sample data of dataset IV a from 2005 BCI Competition, we utilized short-time Fourier transform (STFT) and correlation coefficient calculation to reduce the number of primitive electroencephalogram dimension, then introduced feature extraction based on common spatial pattern (CSP) and classified by linear discriminant analysis (LDA). Simulation results showed that the average rate of classification accuracy could be improved by using correlation coefficient feature selection method than those without using this algorithm. Comparing with support vector machine (SVM) optimization features algorithm, the correlation coefficient analysis can lead better selection parameters to improve the accuracy of classification.

  8. Classification of TP53 Mutations and HPV Predict Survival in Advanced Larynx Cancer

    PubMed Central

    Scheel, Adam; Bellile, Emily; McHugh, Jonathan B.; Walline, Heather M.; Prince, Mark E.; Urba, Susan; Wolf, Gregory T.; Eisbruch, Avraham; Worden, Francis; Carey, Thomas E.; Bradford, Carol

    2016-01-01

    OBJECTIVE Assess TP53 functional mutations in the context of other biomarkers in advanced larynx cancer. STUDY DESIGN Prospective analysis of pretreatment tumor TP53, HPV, Bcl-xL and cyclin D1 status in stage III and IV larynx cancer patients in a clinical trial. METHODS TP53 exons 4-9 from 58 tumors were sequenced. Mutations were grouped using three classifications based on their expected function. Each functional group was analyzed for response to induction chemotherapy, time to surgery, survival, HPV status, p16INK4a, Bcl-xl and cyclin D1 expression. RESULTS TP53 Mutations were found in 22/58 (37.9%) patients with advanced larynx cancer, including missense mutations in 13/58 (22.4%) patients, nonsense mutations in 4/58 (6.9%), and deletions in 5/58 (8.6%). High risk HPV was found in 20/52 (38.5%) tumors. A classification based on crystal Evolutionary Action score of p53 (EAp53) distinguished missense mutations with high risk for decreased survival from low risk mutations (p=0.0315). A model including this TP53 classification, HPV status, cyclin D1 and Bcl-xL staining significantly predicts survival (p=0.0017). CONCLUSION EAp53 functional classification of TP53 mutants and biomarkers predict survival in advanced larynx cancer. PMID:27345657

  9. A developmental and genetic classification for midbrain-hindbrain malformations

    PubMed Central

    Millen, Kathleen J.; Dobyns, William B.

    2009-01-01

    Advances in neuroimaging, developmental biology and molecular genetics have increased the understanding of developmental disorders affecting the midbrain and hindbrain, both as isolated anomalies and as part of larger malformation syndromes. However, the understanding of these malformations and their relationships with other malformations, within the central nervous system and in the rest of the body, remains limited. A new classification system is proposed, based wherever possible, upon embryology and genetics. Proposed categories include: (i) malformations secondary to early anteroposterior and dorsoventral patterning defects, or to misspecification of mid-hindbrain germinal zones; (ii) malformations associated with later generalized developmental disorders that significantly affect the brainstem and cerebellum (and have a pathogenesis that is at least partly understood); (iii) localized brain malformations that significantly affect the brain stem and cerebellum (pathogenesis partly or largely understood, includes local proliferation, cell specification, migration and axonal guidance); and (iv) combined hypoplasia and atrophy of putative prenatal onset degenerative disorders. Pertinent embryology is discussed and the classification is justified. This classification will prove useful for both physicians who diagnose and treat patients with these disorders and for clinical scientists who wish to understand better the perturbations of developmental processes that produce them. Importantly, both the classification and its framework remain flexible enough to be easily modified when new embryologic processes are described or new malformations discovered. PMID:19933510

  10. Which method of posttraumatic stress disorder classification best predicts psychosocial function in children with traumatic brain injury?

    PubMed

    Iselin, Greg; Le Brocque, Robyne; Kenardy, Justin; Anderson, Vicki; McKinlay, Lynne

    2010-10-01

    Controversy surrounds the classification of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), particularly in children and adolescents with traumatic brain injury (TBI). In these populations, it is difficult to differentiate TBI-related organic memory loss from dissociative amnesia. Several alternative PTSD classification algorithms have been proposed for use with children. This paper investigates DSM-IV-TR and alternative PTSD classification algorithms, including and excluding the dissociative amnesia item, in terms of their ability to predict psychosocial function following pediatric TBI. A sample of 184 children aged 6-14 years were recruited following emergency department presentation and/or hospital admission for TBI. PTSD was assessed via semi-structured clinical interview (CAPS-CA) with the child at 3 months post-injury. Psychosocial function was assessed using the parent report CHQ-PF50. Two alternative classification algorithms, the PTSD-AA and 2 of 3 algorithms, reached statistical significance. While the inclusion of the dissociative amnesia item increased prevalence rates across algorithms, it generally resulted in weaker associations with psychosocial function. The PTSD-AA algorithm appears to have the strongest association with psychosocial function following TBI in children and adolescents. Removing the dissociative amnesia item from the diagnostic algorithm generally results in improved validity. Copyright 2010 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  11. Development and Psychometric Evaluation of the Brief Adolescent Gambling Screen (BAGS)

    PubMed Central

    Stinchfield, Randy; Wynne, Harold; Wiebe, Jamie; Tremblay, Joel

    2017-01-01

    The purpose of this study was to develop and evaluate the initial reliability, validity and classification accuracy of a new brief screen for adolescent problem gambling. The three-item Brief Adolescent Gambling Screen (BAGS) was derived from the nine-item Gambling Problem Severity Subscale (GPSS) of the Canadian Adolescent Gambling Inventory (CAGI) using a secondary analysis of existing CAGI data. The sample of 105 adolescents included 49 females and 56 males from Canada who completed the CAGI, a self-administered measure of DSM-IV diagnostic criteria for Pathological Gambling, and a clinician-administered diagnostic interview including the DSM-IV diagnostic criteria for Pathological Gambling (both of which were adapted to yield DSM-5 Gambling Disorder diagnosis). A stepwise multivariate discriminant function analysis selected three GPSS items as the best predictors of a diagnosis of Gambling Disorder. The BAGS demonstrated satisfactory estimates of reliability, validity and classification accuracy and was equivalent to the nine-item GPSS of the CAGI and the BAGS was more accurate than the SOGS-RA. The BAGS estimates of classification accuracy include hit rate = 0.95, sensitivity = 0.88, specificity = 0.98, false positive rate = 0.02, and false negative rate = 0.12. Since these classification estimates are preliminary, derived from a relatively small sample size, and based upon the same sample from which the items were selected, it will be important to cross-validate the BAGS with larger and more diverse samples. The BAGS should be evaluated for use as a screening tool in both clinical and school settings as well as epidemiological surveys. PMID:29312064

  12. Verification of the Robin and Graham classification system of hip disease in cerebral palsy using three-dimensional computed tomography.

    PubMed

    Gose, Shinichi; Sakai, Takashi; Shibata, Toru; Akiyama, Keisuke; Yoshikawa, Hideki; Sugamoto, Kazuomi

    2011-12-01

    We evaluated the validity of the Robin and Graham classification system of hip disease in cerebral palsy (CP) using three-dimensional computed tomography in young people with CP. A total of 91 hips in 91 consecutive children with bilateral spastic CP (57 males, 34 females; nine classified at Gross Motor Function Classification System level II, 42 at level III, 32 at level IV, and eight at level V; mean age 5 y 2 mo, SD 11 mo; range 2-6 y) were investigated retrospectively using anteroposterior plain radiographs and three-dimensional computed tomography (3D-CT) of the hip. The migration percentage was calculated on plain radiographs and all participants were classified into four groups according to migration percentage: grade II, migration percentage ≥ 10% but ≤ 15%, (four hips), grade III, migration percentage >15% but ≤ 30%, (20 hips); grade IV, migration percentage >30% but <100%, (63 hips); and grade V, migration percentage ≥ 100%, (four hips). The lateral opening angle and the sagittal inclination angle of the acetabulum, the neck-shaft angle, and the femoral anteversion of the femur were measured on 3D-CT. The three-dimensional quantitative evaluation indicated that there were significant differences in the lateral opening angle and the neck-shaft angle between the four groups (Kruskal-Wallis test, p ≤ 0.001). This three-dimensional evaluation supports the validation of the Robin and Graham classification system for hip disease in 2- to 7-year-olds with CP. © The Authors. Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology © 2011 Mac Keith Press.

  13. Reliability and Validity of the Brief Insomnia Questionnaire in the America Insomnia Survey

    PubMed Central

    Kessler, Ronald C.; Coulouvrat, Catherine; Hajak, Goeran; Lakoma, Matthew D.; Roth, Thomas; Sampson, Nancy; Shahly, Victoria; Shillington, Alicia; Stephenson, Judith J.; Walsh, James K.; Zammit, Gary K.

    2010-01-01

    Study Objectives: To evaluate the reliability and validity of the Brief Insomnia Questionnaire (BIQ), a fully structured questionnaire developed to diagnose insomnia according to hierarchy-free Diagnostic and Statistical Manual, Fourth Edition, Text Revision (DSM-IV-TR), International Classification of Diseases-10 (ICD-10), and research diagnostic criteria/International Classification of Sleep Disorders-2 (RDC/ICSD-2) general criteria without organic exclusions in the America Insomnia Survey (AIS). Design: Probability subsamples of AIS respondents, oversampling BIQ positives, completed short-term test-retest interviews (n = 59) or clinical reappraisal interviews (n = 203) to assess BIQ reliability and validity. Setting: The AIS is a large (n = 10,094) epidemiologic survey of the prevalence and correlates of insomnia. Participants: Adult subscribers to a national managed healthcare plan. Intervention: None Measurements and Results: BIQ test-retest correlations were 0.47-0.94 for nature of the sleep problems (initiation, maintenance, nonrestorative sleep [NRS]), 0.72-0.95 for problem frequency, 0.66-0.88 for daytime impairment/distress, and 0.62 for duration of sleep. Good individual-level concordance was found between BIQ diagnoses and diagnoses based on expert interviews for meeting hierarchy-free inclusion criteria for diagnoses in any of the diagnostic systems, with area under the receiver operating characteristic curve (AUC, a measure of classification accuracy insensitive to disorder prevalence) of 0.86 for dichotomous classifications. The AUC increased to 0.94 when symptom-level data were added to generate continuous predicted-probability of diagnosis measures. The AUC was lower for dichotomous classifications based on RDC/ICSD-2 (0.68) and ICD-10 (0.70) than for DSM-IV-TR (0.83) criteria but increased consistently when symptom-level data were added to generate continuous predicted-probability measures of RDC/ICSD-2, ICD-10, and DSM-IV-TR diagnoses (0.92-0.95). Conclusions: These results show that the BIQ generates accurate estimates of the prevalence and correlates of hierarchy-free insomnia in the America Insomnia Survey. Citation: Kessler RC; Coulouvrat C; Hajak G; Lakoma MD; Roth T; Sampson N; Shahly V; Shillington A; Stephenson JJ; Walsh JK; Zammit GK. Reliability and validity of the brief insomnia questionnaire in the america insomnia survey. SLEEP 2010;33(11):1539-1549. PMID:21102996

  14. Information Security Program Regulation

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1986-06-01

    above. When an alarmed area is used for the storage of Top Secret material, the physical barrier must be adequate to prevent (a) surreptitious removal ...IV-9 4-304 Removable ADP and Word Processing Storage Media ---------- IV-10 4-305 Documents Produced by ADP Equipment...with a removal or cancellation of the classification designation. 1-315 Declassification Event An event that eliminates the need for continued

  15. Hierarchical subdivisions of the Columbia Plateau and Blue Mountains ecoregions, Oregon and Washington.

    Treesearch

    Sharon E. Clarke; Sandra A. Bryce

    1997-01-01

    This document presents two spatial scales of a hierarchical, ecoregional framework and provides a connection to both larger and smaller scale ecological classifications. The two spatial scales are subregions (1:250,000) and landscape-level ecoregions (1:100,000), or Level IV and Level V ecoregions. Level IV ecoregions were developed by the Environmental Protection...

  16. Improving Generalization Based on l1-Norm Regularization for EEG-Based Motor Imagery Classification

    PubMed Central

    Zhao, Yuwei; Han, Jiuqi; Chen, Yushu; Sun, Hongji; Chen, Jiayun; Ke, Ang; Han, Yao; Zhang, Peng; Zhang, Yi; Zhou, Jin; Wang, Changyong

    2018-01-01

    Multichannel electroencephalography (EEG) is widely used in typical brain-computer interface (BCI) systems. In general, a number of parameters are essential for a EEG classification algorithm due to redundant features involved in EEG signals. However, the generalization of the EEG method is often adversely affected by the model complexity, considerably coherent with its number of undetermined parameters, further leading to heavy overfitting. To decrease the complexity and improve the generalization of EEG method, we present a novel l1-norm-based approach to combine the decision value obtained from each EEG channel directly. By extracting the information from different channels on independent frequency bands (FB) with l1-norm regularization, the method proposed fits the training data with much less parameters compared to common spatial pattern (CSP) methods in order to reduce overfitting. Moreover, an effective and efficient solution to minimize the optimization object is proposed. The experimental results on dataset IVa of BCI competition III and dataset I of BCI competition IV show that, the proposed method contributes to high classification accuracy and increases generalization performance for the classification of MI EEG. As the training set ratio decreases from 80 to 20%, the average classification accuracy on the two datasets changes from 85.86 and 86.13% to 84.81 and 76.59%, respectively. The classification performance and generalization of the proposed method contribute to the practical application of MI based BCI systems. PMID:29867307

  17. A Visual mining based framework for classification accuracy estimation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Arun, Pattathal Vijayakumar

    2013-12-01

    Classification techniques have been widely used in different remote sensing applications and correct classification of mixed pixels is a tedious task. Traditional approaches adopt various statistical parameters, however does not facilitate effective visualisation. Data mining tools are proving very helpful in the classification process. We propose a visual mining based frame work for accuracy assessment of classification techniques using open source tools such as WEKA and PREFUSE. These tools in integration can provide an efficient approach for getting information about improvements in the classification accuracy and helps in refining training data set. We have illustrated framework for investigating the effects of various resampling methods on classification accuracy and found that bilinear (BL) is best suited for preserving radiometric characteristics. We have also investigated the optimal number of folds required for effective analysis of LISS-IV images. Techniki klasyfikacji są szeroko wykorzystywane w różnych aplikacjach teledetekcyjnych, w których poprawna klasyfikacja pikseli stanowi poważne wyzwanie. Podejście tradycyjne wykorzystujące różnego rodzaju parametry statystyczne nie zapewnia efektywnej wizualizacji. Wielce obiecujące wydaje się zastosowanie do klasyfikacji narzędzi do eksploracji danych. W artykule zaproponowano podejście bazujące na wizualnej analizie eksploracyjnej, wykorzystujące takie narzędzia typu open source jak WEKA i PREFUSE. Wymienione narzędzia ułatwiają korektę pół treningowych i efektywnie wspomagają poprawę dokładności klasyfikacji. Działanie metody sprawdzono wykorzystując wpływ różnych metod resampling na zachowanie dokładności radiometrycznej i uzyskując najlepsze wyniki dla metody bilinearnej (BL).

  18. 20 CFR 627.440 - Classification of costs.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... to: (A) Salaries, fringe benefits, equipment, supplies, space, staff training, transportation, and... participants; (iii) Equipment and materials used in providing training to participants; (iv) Classroom space... work experience, vocational exploration, limited internships, and entry employment. (2) Direct training...

  19. 20 CFR 627.440 - Classification of costs.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ... to: (A) Salaries, fringe benefits, equipment, supplies, space, staff training, transportation, and... participants; (iii) Equipment and materials used in providing training to participants; (iv) Classroom space... work experience, vocational exploration, limited internships, and entry employment. (2) Direct training...

  20. 20 CFR 627.440 - Classification of costs.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ... to: (A) Salaries, fringe benefits, equipment, supplies, space, staff training, transportation, and... participants; (iii) Equipment and materials used in providing training to participants; (iv) Classroom space... work experience, vocational exploration, limited internships, and entry employment. (2) Direct training...

  1. Who is MADD? Mixed anxiety depressive disorder in the general population.

    PubMed

    Spijker, Jan; Batelaan, Neeltje; de Graaf, Ron; Cuijpers, Pim

    2010-02-01

    Diagnostic criteria for (subthreshold) mixed anxiety depression (MADD) were proposed in DSM-IV. Yet the usefulness of this classification is questioned. We therefore assessed the prevalence of MADD, and investigated whether MADD adds to separate classifications of pure subthreshold depression and anxiety. Data of the Netherlands Mental Health and Incidence Study were used. The 12-month prevalence of MADD was 0.6%. Between the three subthreshold categories few differences were found with regard to socio-demographic variables, care utilisation and functioning. Course in MADD seems more favourable and MADD is not a stable diagnosis over time. The MADD criteria used in the present study differed slightly from the proposed criteria in DSM-IV and sample sizes were small. Given these results, MADD is not a relevant diagnosis in terms of prevalence and consequences when classified according to the currently proposed criteria. 2009 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  2. Comparing Canadian and American normative scores on the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale-Fourth Edition.

    PubMed

    Harrison, Allyson G; Armstrong, Irene T; Harrison, Laura E; Lange, Rael T; Iverson, Grant L

    2014-12-01

    Psychologists practicing in Canada must decide which set of normative data to use for the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale-Fourth Edition (WAIS-IV). The purpose of this study was to compare the interpretive effects of applying American versus Canadian normative systems in a sample of 432 Canadian postsecondary-level students who were administered the WAIS-IV as part of an evaluation for a learning disability, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, or other mental health problems. Employing the Canadian normative system yielded IQ, Index, and subtest scores that were systematically lower than those obtained using the American norms. Furthermore, the percentage agreement in normative classifications, defined as American and Canadian index scores within five points or within the same classification range, was between 49% and 76%. Substantial differences are present between the American and Canadian WAIS-IV norms. Clinicians should consider carefully the implications regarding which normative system is most appropriate for specific types of evaluations. © The Author 2014. Published by Oxford University Press. All rights reserved. For permissions, please e-mail: journals.permissions@oup.com.

  3. Inter- and intraobserver reliability of the Rockwood classification in acute acromioclavicular joint dislocations.

    PubMed

    Schneider, M M; Balke, M; Koenen, P; Fröhlich, M; Wafaisade, A; Bouillon, B; Banerjee, M

    2016-07-01

    The reliability of the Rockwood classification, the gold standard for acute acromioclavicular (AC) joint separations, has not yet been tested. The purpose of this study was to investigate the reliability of visual and measured AC joint lesion grades according to the Rockwood classification. Four investigators (two shoulder specialists and two second-year residents) examined radiographs (bilateral panoramic stress and axial views) in 58 patients and graded the injury according to the Rockwood classification using the following sequence: (1) visual classification of the AC joint lesion, (2) digital measurement of the coracoclavicular distance (CCD) and the horizontal dislocation (HD) with Osirix Dicom Viewer (Pixmeo, Switzerland), (3) classification of the AC joint lesion according to the measurements and (4) repetition of (1) and (2) after repeated anonymization by an independent physician. Visual and measured Rockwood grades as well as the CCD and HD of every patient were documented, and a CC index was calculated (CCD injured/CCD healthy). All records were then used to evaluate intra- and interobserver reliability. The disagreement between visual and measured diagnosis ranged from 6.9 to 27.6 %. Interobserver reliability for visual diagnosis was good (0.72-0.74) and excellent (0.85-0.93) for measured Rockwood grades. Intraobserver reliability was good to excellent (0.67-0.93) for visual diagnosis and excellent for measured diagnosis (0.90-0.97). The correlations between measurements of the axial view varied from 0.68 to 0.98 (good to excellent) for interobserver reliability and from 0.90 to 0.97 (excellent) for intraobserver reliability. Bilateral panoramic stress and axial radiographs are reliable examinations for grading AC joint injuries according to Rockwood's classification. Clinicians of all experience levels can precisely classify AC joint lesions according to the Rockwood classification. We recommend to grade acute ACG lesions by performing a digital measurement instead of a sole visual diagnosis because of the higher intra- and interobserver reliability. Case series, Level IV.

  4. Do mental health professionals use diagnostic classifications the way we think they do? A global survey.

    PubMed

    First, Michael B; Rebello, Tahilia J; Keeley, Jared W; Bhargava, Rachna; Dai, Yunfei; Kulygina, Maya; Matsumoto, Chihiro; Robles, Rebeca; Stona, Anne-Claire; Reed, Geoffrey M

    2018-06-01

    We report on a global survey of diagnosing mental health professionals, primarily psychiatrists, conducted as a part of the development of the ICD-11 mental and behavioural disorders classification. The survey assessed these professionals' use of various components of the ICD-10 and the DSM, their attitudes concerning the utility of these systems, and usage of "residual" (i.e., "other" or "unspecified") categories. In previous surveys, most mental health professionals reported they often use a formal classification system in everyday clinical work, but very little is known about precisely how they are using those systems. For example, it has been suggested that most clinicians employ only the diagnostic labels or codes from the ICD-10 in order to meet administrative requirements. The present survey was conducted with clinicians who were members of the Global Clinical Practice Network (GCPN), established by the World Health Organization as a tool for global participation in ICD-11 field studies. A total of 1,764 GCPN members from 92 countries completed the survey, with 1,335 answering the questions with reference to the ICD-10 and 429 to the DSM (DSM-IV, DSM-IV-TR or DSM-5). The most frequent reported use of the classification systems was for administrative or billing purposes, with 68.1% reporting often or routinely using them for that purpose. A bit more than half (57.4%) of respondents reported often or routinely going through diagnostic guidelines or criteria systematically to determine whether they apply to individual patients. Although ICD-10 users were more likely than DSM-5 users to utilize the classification for administrative purposes, other differences were either slight or not significant. Both classifications were rated to be most useful for assigning a diagnosis, communicating with other health care professionals and teaching, and least useful for treatment selection and determining prognosis. ICD-10 was rated more useful than DSM-5 for administrative purposes. A majority of clinicians reported using "residual" categories at least sometimes, with around 12% of ICD-10 users and 19% of DSM users employing them often or routinely, most commonly for clinical presentations that do not conform to a specific diagnostic category or when there is insufficient information to make a more specific diagnosis. These results provide the most comprehensive available information about the use of diagnostic classifications of mental disorders in ordinary clinical practice. © 2018 World Psychiatric Association.

  5. Diagnostic Classification of Eating Disorders in Children and Adolescents: How Does DSM-IV-TR Compare to Empirically-Derived Categories?

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Eddy, Kamryn T.; Le Grange, Daniel; Crosby, Ross D.; Hoste, Renee Rienecke; Doyle, Angela Celio; Smyth, Angela; Herzog, David B.

    2010-01-01

    Objective: The purpose of this study was to empirically derive eating disorder phenotypes in a clinical sample of children and adolescents using latent profile analysis (LPA), and to compare these latent profile (LP) groups to the DSM-IV-TR eating disorder categories. Method: Eating disorder symptom data collected from 401 youth (aged 7 through 19…

  6. [Clinical Implications of Changes in Child Psychiatry in the DSM-5. Strengths and Weaknesses of the Changes].

    PubMed

    Botero-Franco, Diana; Palacio-Ortíz, Juan David; Arroyave-Sierra, Pilar; Piñeros-Ortíz, Sandra

    2016-01-01

    The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) and the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and related health problems (ICD) integrate the diagnostic criteria commonly used in psychiatric practice, but the DSM-IV-TR was insufficient for current clinical work. The DSM-5 was first made public in May at the Congress of the American Psychiatric Association, and it includes changes to some aspects of Child Psychiatry, as many of the conditions that were at the beginning in chapter of infancy, childhood and adolescence disorders have been transferred to other chapters and there are new diagnostic criteria or new terms are added. It is therefore important to provide it to Psychiatrists who attend children in order to assess the changes they will be facing in the nomenclature and classification in pursuit of a better classification of the childhood psychopathology. Copyright © 2016. Publicado por Elsevier España.

  7. Management of colorectal trauma: a review.

    PubMed

    Cheong, Ju Yong; Keshava, Anil

    2017-07-01

    Traumatic colorectal injuries are common during times of military conflict, and major improvements in their care have arisen in such periods. Since World War II, many classification systems for colorectal trauma have been proposed, including (i) Flint Grading System; (ii) Penetrating Abdominal Trauma Index; (iii) Colonic/Rectal Injury Scale; and (iv) destructive/non-destructive colonic injuries. The primary goal of these classifications was to aid surgical management and, more particularly, to determine whether a primary repair or faecal diversion should be performed. Primary repair is now the preferred surgical option. Patients who have been identified as having destructive injuries have been found to have higher anastomotic leak rates after a primary repair. Damage control principles need to be adhered to in surgical decision-making. In this review, we discuss the mechanisms of injury, classifications, clinical presentation and current recommendations for the management of colorectal trauma. © 2017 Royal Australasian College of Surgeons.

  8. Approximation-based common principal component for feature extraction in multi-class brain-computer interfaces.

    PubMed

    Hoang, Tuan; Tran, Dat; Huang, Xu

    2013-01-01

    Common Spatial Pattern (CSP) is a state-of-the-art method for feature extraction in Brain-Computer Interface (BCI) systems. However it is designed for 2-class BCI classification problems. Current extensions of this method to multiple classes based on subspace union and covariance matrix similarity do not provide a high performance. This paper presents a new approach to solving multi-class BCI classification problems by forming a subspace resembled from original subspaces and the proposed method for this approach is called Approximation-based Common Principal Component (ACPC). We perform experiments on Dataset 2a used in BCI Competition IV to evaluate the proposed method. This dataset was designed for motor imagery classification with 4 classes. Preliminary experiments show that the proposed ACPC feature extraction method when combining with Support Vector Machines outperforms CSP-based feature extraction methods on the experimental dataset.

  9. Comprehensive classification test of scapular dyskinesis: A reliability study.

    PubMed

    Huang, Tsun-Shun; Huang, Han-Yi; Wang, Tyng-Guey; Tsai, Yung-Shen; Lin, Jiu-Jenq

    2015-06-01

    Assessment of scapular dyskinesis (SD) is of clinical interest, as SD is believed to be related to shoulder pathology. However, no clinical assessment with sufficient reliability to identify SD and provide treatment strategies is available. The purpose of this study was to investigate the reliability of the comprehensive SD classification method. Cross-sectional reliability study. Sixty subjects with unilateral shoulder pain were evaluated by two independent physiotherapists with a visual-based palpation method. SD was classified as single abnormal scapular pattern [inferior angle (pattern I), medial border (pattern II), superior border of scapula prominence or abnormal scapulohumeral rhythm (pattern III)], a mixture of the above abnormal scapular patterns, or normal pattern (pattern IV). The assessment of SD was evaluated as subjects performed bilateral arm raising/lowering movements with a weighted load in the scapular plane. Percentage of agreement and kappa coefficients were calculated to determine reliability. Agreement between the 2 independent physiotherapists was 83% (50/60, 6 subjects as pattern III and 44 subjects as pattern IV) in the raising phase and 68% (41/60, 5 subjects as pattern I, 12 subjects as pattern II, 12 subjects as pattern IV, 12 subjects as mixed patterns I and II) in the lowering phase. The kappa coefficients were 0.49-0.64. We concluded that the visual-based palpation classification method for SD had moderate to substantial inter-rater reliability. The appearance of different types of SD was more pronounced in the lowering phase than in the raising phase of arm movements. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  10. Prognostic Relevance of Histomolecular Classification of Diffuse Adult High-Grade Gliomas with Necrosis.

    PubMed

    Figarella-Branger, Dominique; Mokhtari, Karima; Colin, Carole; Uro-Coste, Emmanuelle; Jouvet, Anne; Dehais, Caroline; Carpentier, Catherine; Villa, Chiara; Maurage, Claude-Alain; Eimer, Sandrine; Polivka, Marc; Vignaud, Jean-Michel; Laquerriere, Annie; Sevestre, Henri; Lechapt-Zalcman, Emmanuelle; Quintin-Roué, Isabelle; Aubriot-Lorton, Marie-Hélène; Diebold, Marie-Danièle; Viennet, Gabriel; Adam, Clovis; Loussouarn, Delphine; Michalak, Sophie; Rigau, Valérie; Heitzmann, Anne; Vandenbos, Fanny; Forest, Fabien; Chiforeanu, Danchristian; Tortel, Marie-Claire; Labrousse, François; Chenard, Marie-Pierre; Nguyen, Anh Tuan; Varlet, Pascale; Kemeny, Jean Louis; Levillain, Pierre-Marie; Cazals-Hatem, Dominique; Richard, Pomone; Delattre, Jean-Yves

    2015-07-01

    Diffuse adult high-grade gliomas (HGGs) with necrosis encompass anaplastic oligodendrogliomas (AOs) with necrosis (grade III), glioblastomas (GBM, grade IV) and glioblastomas with an oligodendroglial component (GBMO, grade IV). Here, we aimed to search for prognostic relevance of histological classification and molecular alterations of these tumors. About 210 patients were included (63 AO, 56 GBM and 91 GBMO). GBMO group was split into "anaplastic oligoastrocytoma (AOA) with necrosis grade IV/GBMO," restricted to tumors showing intermingled astrocytic and oligodendroglial component, and "GBM/GBMO" based on tumors presenting oligodendroglial foci and features of GBM. Genomic arrays, IDH1 R132H expression analyses and IDH direct sequencing were performed. 1p/19q co-deletion characterized AO, whereas no IDH1 R132H expression and intact 1p/19q characterized both GBM and GBM/GBMO. AOA with necrosis/GBMO mainly demonstrated IDH1 R132H expression and intact 1p/19q. Other IDH1 or IDH2 mutations were extremely rare. Both histological and molecular classifications were predictive of progression free survival (PFS) and overall survival (OS) (P < 10(-4) ). Diffuse adult HGGs with necrosis can be split into three histomolecular groups of prognostic relevance: 1p/19q co-deleted AO, IDH1 R132H-GBM and 1p/19q intact IDH1 R132H+ gliomas that might be classified as IDH1 R132H+ GBM. Because of histomolecular heterogeneity, we suggest to remove the name GBMO. © 2014 International Society of Neuropathology.

  11. Digital overlaying of the Universal Transverse Mercator Grid with LANDSAT-data derived products

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Pendleton, T. W.

    1976-01-01

    Software has been written in FORTRAN IV for a Varian 73 computer which reformats LANDSAT-data-derived surface classifications and pictorial representations into a digital array which corresponds to the Universal Transverse Mercator Grid.

  12. Perforator chimerism for the reconstruction of complex defects: A new chimeric free flap classification system.

    PubMed

    Kim, Jeong Tae; Kim, Youn Hwan; Ghanem, Ali M

    2015-11-01

    Complex defects present structural and functional challenges to reconstructive surgeons. When compared to multiple free flaps or staged reconstruction, the use of chimeric flaps to reconstruct such defects have many advantages such as reduced number of operative procedures and donor site morbidity as well as preservation of recipient vessels. With increased popularity of perforator flaps, chimeric flaps' harvest and design has benefited from 'perforator concept' towards more versatile and better reconstruction solutions. This article discusses perforator based chimeric flaps and presents a practice based classification system that incorporates the perforator flap concept into "Perforator Chimerism". The authors analyzed a variety of chimeric patterns used in 31 consecutive cases to present illustrative case series and their new classification system. Accordingly, chimeric flaps are classified into four types. Type I: Classical Chimerism, Type II: Anastomotic Chimerism, Type III: Perforator Chimerism and Type IV Mixed Chimerism. Types I on specific source vessel anatomy whilst Type II requires microvascular anastomosis to create the chimeric reconstructive solution. Type III chimeric flaps utilizes the perforator concept to raise two components of tissues without microvascular anastomosis between them. Type IV chimeric flaps are mixed type flaps comprising any combination of Types I to III. Incorporation of the perforator concept in planning and designing chimeric flaps has allowed safe, effective and aesthetically superior reconstruction of complex defects. The new classification system aids reconstructive surgeons and trainees to understand chimeric flaps design, facilitating effective incorporation of this important reconstructive technique into the armamentarium of the reconstruction toolbox. Copyright © 2015 British Association of Plastic, Reconstructive and Aesthetic Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  13. Classification of human coronary atherosclerotic plaques using ex vivo high-resolution multicontrast-weighted MRI compared with histopathology.

    PubMed

    Li, Tao; Li, Xin; Zhao, Xihai; Zhou, Weihua; Cai, Zulong; Yang, Li; Guo, Aitao; Zhao, Shaohong

    2012-05-01

    The objective of our study was to evaluate the feasibility of ex vivo high-resolution multicontrast-weighted MRI to accurately classify human coronary atherosclerotic plaques according to the American Heart Association classification. Thirteen human cadaver heart specimens were imaged using high-resolution multicontrast-weighted MR technique (T1-weighted, proton density-weighted, and T2-weighted). All MR images were matched with histopathologic sections according to the landmark of the bifurcation of the left main coronary artery. The sensitivity and specificity of MRI for the classification of plaques were determined, and Cohen's kappa analysis was applied to evaluate the agreement between MRI and histopathology in the classification of atherosclerotic plaques. One hundred eleven MR cross-sectional images obtained perpendicular to the long axis of the proximal left anterior descending artery were successfully matched with the histopathologic sections. For the classification of plaques, the sensitivity and specificity of MRI were as follows: type I-II (near normal), 60% and 100%; type III (focal lipid pool), 80% and 100%; type IV-V (lipid, necrosis, fibrosis), 96.2% and 88.2%; type VI (hemorrhage), 100% and 99.0%; type VII (calcification), 93% and 100%; and type VIII (fibrosis without lipid core), 100% and 99.1%, respectively. Isointensity, which indicates lipid composition on histopathology, was detected on MRI in 48.8% of calcified plaques. Agreement between MRI and histopathology for plaque classification was 0.86 (p < 0.001). Ex vivo high-resolution multicontrast-weighted MRI can accurately classify advanced atherosclerotic plaques in human coronary arteries.

  14. A neural network approach for enhancing information extraction from multispectral image data

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Liu, J.; Shao, G.; Zhu, H.; Liu, S.

    2005-01-01

    A back-propagation artificial neural network (ANN) was applied to classify multispectral remote sensing imagery data. The classification procedure included four steps: (i) noisy training that adds minor random variations to the sampling data to make the data more representative and to reduce the training sample size; (ii) iterative or multi-tier classification that reclassifies the unclassified pixels by making a subset of training samples from the original training set, which means the neural model can focus on fewer classes; (iii) spectral channel selection based on neural network weights that can distinguish the relative importance of each channel in the classification process to simplify the ANN model; and (iv) voting rules that adjust the accuracy of classification and produce outputs of different confidence levels. The Purdue Forest, located west of Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana, was chosen as the test site. The 1992 Landsat thematic mapper imagery was used as the input data. High-quality airborne photographs of the same Lime period were used for the ground truth. A total of 11 land use and land cover classes were defined, including water, broadleaved forest, coniferous forest, young forest, urban and road, and six types of cropland-grassland. The experiment, indicated that the back-propagation neural network application was satisfactory in distinguishing different land cover types at US Geological Survey levels II-III. The single-tier classification reached an overall accuracy of 85%. and the multi-tier classification an overall accuracy of 95%. For the whole test, region, the final output of this study reached an overall accuracy of 87%. ?? 2005 CASI.

  15. CLARIPED: a new tool for risk classification in pediatric emergencies.

    PubMed

    Magalhães-Barbosa, Maria Clara de; Prata-Barbosa, Arnaldo; Alves da Cunha, Antonio José Ledo; Lopes, Cláudia de Souza

    2016-09-01

    To present a new pediatric risk classification tool, CLARIPED, and describe its development steps. Development steps: (i) first round of discussion among experts, first prototype; (ii) pre-test of reliability, 36 hypothetical cases; (iii) second round of discussion to perform adjustments; (iv) team training; (v) pre-test with patients in real time; (vi) third round of discussion to perform new adjustments; (vii) final pre-test of validity (20% of medical treatments in five days). CLARIPED features five urgency categories: Red (Emergency), Orange (very urgent), Yellow (urgent), Green (little urgent) and Blue (not urgent). The first classification step includes the measurement of four vital signs (Vipe score); the second step consists in the urgency discrimination assessment. Each step results in assigning a color, selecting the most urgent one for the final classification. Each color corresponds to a maximum waiting time for medical care and referral to the most appropriate physical area for the patient's clinical condition. The interobserver agreement was substantial (kappa=0.79) and the final pre-test, with 82 medical treatments, showed good correlation between the proportion of patients in each urgency category and the number of used resources (p<0.001). CLARIPED is an objective and easy-to-use tool for simple risk classification, of which pre-tests suggest good reliability and validity. Larger-scale studies on its validity and reliability in different health contexts are ongoing and can contribute to the implementation of a nationwide pediatric risk classification system. Copyright © 2016 Sociedade de Pediatria de São Paulo. Publicado por Elsevier Editora Ltda. All rights reserved.

  16. Comparisons of severity classification systems for oropharyngeal dysfunction in children with cerebral palsy: Relations with other functional profiles.

    PubMed

    Goh, Yu-Ra; Choi, Ja Young; Kim, Seon Ah; Park, Jieun; Park, Eun Sook

    2018-01-01

    This study aimed to investigate the relationships between various classification systems assessing the severity of oropharyngeal dysphagia and communication function and other functional profiles in children with cerebral palsy (CP). This is a prospective, cross-sectional, study in a university-affiliated, tertiary-care hospital. We recruited 151 children with CP (mean age 6.11 years, SD 3.42, range 3-18yr). The Eating and Drinking Ability Classification System (EDACS) and the dysphagia scales of Functional Oral Intake Scale (FOIS), Swallow Function Scales (SFS), and Food Intake Level Scale (FILS) were used. The Communication Function Classification System (CFCS) and Viking Speech Scale (VSS) were employed to classify communication function and speech intelligibility, respectively. The Pediatric Evaluation of Disability Inventory (PEDI) with the Gross Motor Function Classification System (GFMCS) and the Manual Ability Classification System (MACS) level were also assessed. Spearman correlation analysis to investigate the associations between measures and univariate and multivariate logistic regression models to identify significant factors were used. Median GMFCS level of participants was III (interquartile range II-IV). Significant dysphagia based on EDACS level III-V was noted in 23 children (15.2%). There were strong to very strong relationships between the EDACS level with the dysphagia scales. The EDACS presented strong associations with MACS, CFCS, and VSS, a moderate association with GMFCS level, and a moderate to strong association with each domain of the PEDI. In multivariate analysis, poor functioning in EDACS were associated with poor functioning in gross motor and communication functions. Copyright © 2017. Published by Elsevier Ltd.

  17. A novel deep learning approach for classification of EEG motor imagery signals.

    PubMed

    Tabar, Yousef Rezaei; Halici, Ugur

    2017-02-01

    Signal classification is an important issue in brain computer interface (BCI) systems. Deep learning approaches have been used successfully in many recent studies to learn features and classify different types of data. However, the number of studies that employ these approaches on BCI applications is very limited. In this study we aim to use deep learning methods to improve classification performance of EEG motor imagery signals. In this study we investigate convolutional neural networks (CNN) and stacked autoencoders (SAE) to classify EEG Motor Imagery signals. A new form of input is introduced to combine time, frequency and location information extracted from EEG signal and it is used in CNN having one 1D convolutional and one max-pooling layers. We also proposed a new deep network by combining CNN and SAE. In this network, the features that are extracted in CNN are classified through the deep network SAE. The classification performance obtained by the proposed method on BCI competition IV dataset 2b in terms of kappa value is 0.547. Our approach yields 9% improvement over the winner algorithm of the competition. Our results show that deep learning methods provide better classification performance compared to other state of art approaches. These methods can be applied successfully to BCI systems where the amount of data is large due to daily recording.

  18. [The clinical classification of acute otitis media with special reference to tympanometry].

    PubMed

    Subbotina, M V

    We have developed a new clinical classification of acute otitis media (AOM) based on the previously proposed classifications of V.T. Palchun with co-workers (1997) and J. Jeger (1970) in which the letter near the stage of the pathological process roughly corresponds to the type of the tympanogram as follows: stage I (acute tubootitis): A, B, C; stage II (acute catarrhal otitis media): A, B, C; stage III (acute purulent otitis media, perforation stage); stage IV (acute purulent otitis media, post-perforation stage); stage V (resolution of otitis media): A - convalescence or recovery, B1 - exudate present in the tympanic cavity; B2 - persisting perforation; C - block of the auditory tube, O - the development of complications. This classification implies the necessity of tympanometry at the stage of diagnostics of AOM although it is not mandatory because the detection of exudate as a result of paracentesis at any of the stages of otitis media will allow to designate the stage of otitis either by letter A, B or C. The application of the new classification described in this article permits to more accurately than before determine the character of the pathological process in the middle ear during the course of acute otitis media which is of special importance in the clinical pediatric practice for the timely and adequate treatment of the children.

  19. Histopathological classification criteria of rat model of chronic prostatitis/chronic pelvic pain syndrome.

    PubMed

    Wang, Xianjin; Zhong, Shan; Xu, Tianyuan; Xia, Leilei; Zhang, Xiaohua; Zhu, Zhaowei; Zhang, Minguang; Shen, Zhoujun

    2015-02-01

    A variety of murine models of experimental prostatitis that mimic the phenotype of human chronic prostatitis/chronic pelvic pain syndrome (CP/CPPS) have been developed. However, there is still a lack of explicit diagnosis criteria about those animal model. Our study is to establish histopathological classification criteria, which will be conducive to evaluate the animal models. We firstly established a rat model of experimental autoimmune prostatitis that is considered a valid model for CP/CPPS. For modelling, male Sprague-Dawley rats were immunized with autologous prostate tissue homogenate supernatant emulsified with complete Freund's adjuvant by subcutaneous injection into abdominal flank and simultaneously immunized with pertussis-diphtheria-tetanus vaccine by intraperitoneal injection. Three immunizations were administered semimonthly. At the 45th day, animals were killed, and prostate tissues were examined for morphology. Histologically, the prostate tissues were characterized by lymphoproliferation, atrophy of acini, and chronic inflammatory cells infiltration in the stromal connective tissue around the acini or ducts. Finally, we built histopathological classification criteria incorporating inflammation locations (mesenchyme, glands, periglandular tissues), ranges (focal, multifocal, diffuse), and grades (grade I-IV). To verify the effectiveness and practicability of the histopathological classification criteria, we conducted the treatment study with one of the alpha blockers, tamsulosin. The histopathological classification criteria of rat model of CP/CPPS will serve for further research of the pathogenesis and treatment strategies of the disease.

  20. [Medulloblastoma. Pathology].

    PubMed

    Siegfried, A; Delisle, M-B

    2018-04-24

    Medulloblastomas, embryonal neuroepithelial tumors developed in the cerebellum or brain stem, are mainly observed in childhood. The treatment of WHO-Grade IV tumors depends on stratifications that are usually based on postoperative data, histopathological subtype, tumor extension and presence of MYC or NMYC amplifications. Recently, molecular biology studies, based on new technologies (i.e. sequencing, transcriptomic, methylomic) have introduced genetic subtypes integrated into the latest WHO-2016 neuropathological classification. According to this classification, the three genetic groups WNT, SHH, with or without mutated TP53 gene, and non-WNT/non-SHH, comprising subgroups 3 and 4, are recalled in this review. The contribution of immunohistochemistry to define these groups is specified. The four histopathological groups are detailed in comparison to the WHO-2007 classification and the molecular data: classic medulloblastoma, desmoplastic/nodular medulloblastoma, medulloblastoma with extensive nodularity, and large cell/anaplastic medulloblastoma. The groups defined on genetic and histopathological grounds are not strictly concordant. Depending on the age of the patients, their correlations are different, as well as their role in the management and prognosis of these tumors. Other embryonal tumors, for which new classifications are in progress and gliomas may be confused with a medulloblastoma and the elements of the differential diagnosis of these entities are discussed. This evolution in classification fully justifies ongoing structuring procedures such as histopathological review (RENOCLIP) and the organization of molecular biology platforms. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier Masson SAS. All rights reserved.

  1. Revision of the International Society of Nephrology/Renal Pathology Society classification for lupus nephritis: clarification of definitions, and modified National Institutes of Health activity and chronicity indices.

    PubMed

    Bajema, Ingeborg M; Wilhelmus, Suzanne; Alpers, Charles E; Bruijn, Jan A; Colvin, Robert B; Cook, H Terence; D'Agati, Vivette D; Ferrario, Franco; Haas, Mark; Jennette, J Charles; Joh, Kensuke; Nast, Cynthia C; Noël, Laure-Hélène; Rijnink, Emilie C; Roberts, Ian S D; Seshan, Surya V; Sethi, Sanjeev; Fogo, Agnes B

    2018-04-01

    We present a consensus report pertaining to the improved clarity of definitions and classification of glomerular lesions in lupus nephritis that derived from a meeting of 18 members of an international nephropathology working group in Leiden, Netherlands, in 2016. Here we report detailed recommendations on issues for which we can propose adjustments based on existing evidence and current consensus opinion (phase 1). New definitions are provided for mesangial hypercellularity and for cellular, fibrocellular, and fibrous crescents. The term "endocapillary proliferation" is eliminated and the definition of endocapillary hypercellularity considered in some detail. We also eliminate the class IV-S and IV-G subdivisions of class IV lupus nephritis. The active and chronic designations for class III/IV lesions are replaced by a proposal for activity and chronicity indices that should be applied to all classes. In the activity index, we include fibrinoid necrosis as a specific descriptor. We also make recommendations on issues for which there are limited data at present and that can best be addressed in future studies (phase 2). We propose to proceed to these investigations, with clinicopathologic studies and tests of interobserver reproducibility to evaluate the applications of the proposed definitions and to classify lupus nephritis lesions. Copyright © 2018 International Society of Nephrology. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  2. 5 CFR 900.706 - Employment practices.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ... changes in compensation; (iv) Job assignments, job classifications, organizational structures, position descriptions, lines of progression, and seniority lists; (v) Leaves of absence, sick leave, or any other leave..., conferences, and other related activities, and selection for leaves of absence to pursue training; (viii...

  3. 5 CFR 900.706 - Employment practices.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... changes in compensation; (iv) Job assignments, job classifications, organizational structures, position descriptions, lines of progression, and seniority lists; (v) Leaves of absence, sick leave, or any other leave..., conferences, and other related activities, and selection for leaves of absence to pursue training; (viii...

  4. 5 CFR 900.706 - Employment practices.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... changes in compensation; (iv) Job assignments, job classifications, organizational structures, position descriptions, lines of progression, and seniority lists; (v) Leaves of absence, sick leave, or any other leave..., conferences, and other related activities, and selection for leaves of absence to pursue training; (viii...

  5. The craving withdrawal model for alcoholism: towards the DSM-V. Improving the discriminant validity of alcohol use disorder diagnosis.

    PubMed

    de Bruijn, Carla; van den Brink, Wim; de Graaf, Ron; Vollebergh, Wilma A M

    2005-01-01

    To compare the discriminant validity of the DSM-IV and the ICD-10 classification of alcohol use disorders (AUD) with an alternative classification, the craving withdrawal model (CWM). CWM requires craving and withdrawal for the diagnosis of alcohol dependence and raises the alcohol abuse threshold to two DSM-IV AUD criteria. Data were derived from The Netherlands Mental Health Survey and Incidence Study, a large representative sample of the general Dutch population. In the present study, only non-abstinent subjects were included (n=6041). Three diagnostic systems (DSM-IV, ICD-10, and CWM) were compared using the following discriminant variables: alcohol intake, psychiatric comorbidity, functional status, familial alcohol problems, and treatment sought. The year prevalence of CWM alcohol dependence was lower than the prevalence of ICD-10 and DSM-IV dependence (0.3% vs 1.4% and 1.4%). The year prevalence of abuse was similar for CWM and DSM-IV (4.7 and 4.9%), but lower for ICD-10 harmful use (1.7%). DSM-IV resulted in a poor distinction between normality and abuse and ICD-10 resulted in a poor distinction between harmful use and dependence. In contrast, the CWM distinctions between normality and abuse, and between abuse, and dependence were significant for most of the discriminant variables. This study indicates that CWM improves the discriminant validity of AUD diagnoses. The predictive validity of the CWM for alcohol and other substance use disorders remain to be studied.

  6. Optimizing spatial patterns with sparse filter bands for motor-imagery based brain-computer interface.

    PubMed

    Zhang, Yu; Zhou, Guoxu; Jin, Jing; Wang, Xingyu; Cichocki, Andrzej

    2015-11-30

    Common spatial pattern (CSP) has been most popularly applied to motor-imagery (MI) feature extraction for classification in brain-computer interface (BCI) application. Successful application of CSP depends on the filter band selection to a large degree. However, the most proper band is typically subject-specific and can hardly be determined manually. This study proposes a sparse filter band common spatial pattern (SFBCSP) for optimizing the spatial patterns. SFBCSP estimates CSP features on multiple signals that are filtered from raw EEG data at a set of overlapping bands. The filter bands that result in significant CSP features are then selected in a supervised way by exploiting sparse regression. A support vector machine (SVM) is implemented on the selected features for MI classification. Two public EEG datasets (BCI Competition III dataset IVa and BCI Competition IV IIb) are used to validate the proposed SFBCSP method. Experimental results demonstrate that SFBCSP help improve the classification performance of MI. The optimized spatial patterns by SFBCSP give overall better MI classification accuracy in comparison with several competing methods. The proposed SFBCSP is a potential method for improving the performance of MI-based BCI. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  7. Comparison of diagnostic classification systems for delirium with new research criteria that incorporate the three core domains.

    PubMed

    Trzepacz, Paula T; Meagher, David J; Franco, José G

    2016-05-01

    Diagnostic classification systems do not incorporate phenomenological research findings about the three core symptom domains of delirium (Attentional/Cognitive, Circadian, Higher Level Thinking). We evaluated classification performances of novel Trzepacz, Meagher, and Franco research diagnostic criteria (TMF) that incorporate those domains and ICD-10, DSM-III-R, DSM-IV, and DSM-5. Primary data analysis of 641 patients with mixed neuropsychiatric profiles. Delirium (n=429) and nondelirium (n=212) reference standard groups were identified using cluster analysis of symptoms assessed using the Delirium Rating Scale-Revised-98. Accuracy, sensitivity, specificity, positive and negative predictive values (PPV, NPV), and likelihood ratios (LR+, LR-) are reported. TMF criteria had high sensitivity and specificity (87.4% and 89.2%), more balanced than DSM-III-R (100% and 31.6%), DSM-IV (97.7% and 74.1%), DSM-5 (97.7% and 72.6%), and ICD-10 (66.2% and 100%). PPV of DSM-III-R, DSM-IV, and DSM-5 were <90.0%, while PPV for ICD-10 and TMF were >90%. ICD-10 had the lowest NPV (59.4%). TMF had the highest LR+ (8.06) and DSM-III-R the lowest LR- (0.0). Overall, values for DSM-IV and DSM-5 were similar, whereas for ICD-10 and DSM-III-R were inverse of each other. In the pre-existing cognitive impairment/dementia subsample (n=128), TMF retained its highest LR+ though specificity (58.3%) became less well balanced with sensitivity (87.9%), which still exceeded that of DSM. TMF research diagnostic criteria performed well, with more balanced sensitivity and specificity and the highest likelihood ratio for delirium identification. Reflecting the three core domains of delirium, TMF criteria may have advantages in biological research where delineation of this syndrome is important. Copyright © 2016. Published by Elsevier Inc.

  8. Comparison of severity classification in Japanese patients with antineutrophil cytoplasmic antibody-associated vasculitis in a nationwide, prospective, inception cohort study.

    PubMed

    Sada, Ken-Ei; Harigai, Masayoshi; Amano, Koichi; Atsumi, Tatsuya; Fujimoto, Shouichi; Yuzawa, Yukio; Takasaki, Yoshinari; Banno, Shogo; Sugihara, Takahiko; Kobayashi, Masaki; Usui, Joichi; Yamagata, Kunihiro; Homma, Sakae; Dobashi, Hiroaki; Tsuboi, Naotake; Ishizu, Akihiro; Sugiyama, Hitoshi; Okada, Yasunori; Arimura, Yoshihiro; Matsuo, Seiichi; Makino, Hirofumi

    2016-09-01

    To compare disease severity classification systems for six-month outcome prediction in patients with antineutrophil cytoplasmic antibody (ANCA)-associated vasculitis (AAV). Patients with newly diagnosed AAV from 53 tertiary institutions were enrolled. Six-month remission, overall survival, and end-stage renal disease (ESRD)-free survival were evaluated. According to the European Vasculitis Study Group (EUVAS)-defined disease severity, the 321 enrolled patients were classified as follows: 14, localized; 71, early systemic; 170, generalized; and 66, severe disease. According to the rapidly progressive glomerulonephritis (RPGN) clinical grading system, the patients were divided as follows: 60, grade I; 178, grade II; 66, grade III; and 12, grade IV. According to the Five-Factor Score (FFS) 2009, 103, 109, and 109 patients had ≤1, 2, and ≥3 points, respectively. No significant difference in remission rates was found in any severity classification. The overall and ESRD-free survival rates significantly differed between grades I/II, III, and IV, regardless of renal involvement. Severe disease was a good predictor of six-month overall and ESRD-free survival. The FFS 2009 was useful to predict six-month ESRD-free survival but not overall survival. The RPGN grading system was more useful to predict six-month overall and ESRD-free survival than the EUVAS-defined severity or FFS 2009.

  9. Pelvic Arterial Anatomy Relevant to Prostatic Artery Embolisation and Proposal for Angiographic Classification

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Assis, André Moreira de, E-mail: andre.maa@gmail.com; Moreira, Airton Mota, E-mail: motamoreira@gmail.com; Paula Rodrigues, Vanessa Cristina de, E-mail: vanessapaular@yahoo.com.br

    PurposeTo describe and categorize the angiographic findings regarding prostatic vascularization, propose an anatomic classification, and discuss its implications for the PAE procedure.MethodsAngiographic findings from 143 PAE procedures were reviewed retrospectively, and the origin of the inferior vesical artery (IVA) was classified into five subtypes as follows: type I: IVA originating from the anterior division of the internal iliac artery (IIA), from a common trunk with the superior vesical artery (SVA); type II: IVA originating from the anterior division of the IIA, inferior to the SVA origin; type III: IVA originating from the obturator artery; type IV: IVA originating from themore » internal pudendal artery; and type V: less common origins of the IVA. Incidences were calculated by percentage.ResultsTwo hundred eighty-six pelvic sides (n = 286) were analyzed, and 267 (93.3 %) were classified into I–IV types. Among them, the most common origin was type IV (n = 89, 31.1 %), followed by type I (n = 82, 28.7 %), type III (n = 54, 18.9 %), and type II (n = 42, 14.7 %). Type V anatomy was seen in 16 cases (5.6 %). Double vascularization, defined as two independent prostatic branches in one pelvic side, was seen in 23 cases (8.0 %).ConclusionsDespite the large number of possible anatomical variations of male pelvis, four main patterns corresponded to almost 95 % of the cases. Evaluation of anatomy in a systematic fashion, following a standard classification, will make PAE a faster, safer, and more effective procedure.« less

  10. Feature Extraction and Classification of Magnetic and EMI Data, Camp Beale, CA

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2012-05-01

    and non-specialists. However, as part of ESTCP 1004 we are presently working on transitioning our inversion algorithms to an API that will be...10 0 Time (ms) Cell 663 - Target 1965 - Model 1 (SOI) ISO IVS 0.001 0.005 10 0 Time (ms) Cell 1104 - Target 2532 - Model 1 (SOI) ISO IVS...0.0 1 0.005 10 0 Time (ms) Cell 663 - Target 1965 - Model 1 (SOI) ISO IVS 0.0 1 0.005 10 0 Time (ms) Cell 1104 - Target 2532 - Model 1 (SOI

  11. The new intra-articular calcaneal fracture classification system in term of sustentacular fragment configurations and incorporation of posterior calcaneal facet fractures with fracture components of the calcaneal body.

    PubMed

    Harnroongroj, Thossart; Harnroongroj, Thos; Suntharapa, Thongchai; Arunakul, Marut

    2016-10-01

    The aim of this study was to develop a new calcaneal fracture classification system which will consider sustentacular fragment configuration and relation of posterior calcaneal facet to calcaneal body. The new classification system used sustentacular fragment configuration and relation of posterior calcaneal facet fracture with fracture components of calcaneal body as key aspects of main types and subtypes. Between 2000 and 2014, 126 intraarticular calcaneal fractures were classified according to the new classification system by using computed tomography images. The new classification system was studied in term of reliability, correlation to choices of treatment, implant fixation and quality of fracture reduction. Types of sustentacular fragment comprised type A, B and C. Type A sustentacular fragment included sustentacular tali containing middle calcaneal facet. In Type B and C fractures sustentacular fragment included medial aspect and entire posterior calcaneal facet as a single unit, respectively. The fractures with type A, B and C sustentacular fragments were classified as main type A, B and C intra-articular calcaneal fractures. The main type A and B comprised 4 subtypes. Subtypes A1, A3, B1, and B3 associated with avulsion and bending fragments of calcaneal body. Subtype A2, B2, and B4 associated with burst calcaneal body. Subtype B4 was not found in the study. Main type C had no subtype and associated with burst calcaneal body. The data showed good reliability. The study showed that our new intra-articular calcaneal fracture classification system correlates to choices of treatment, implant fixation and quality of fracture reduction. Level IV, Study of Diagnostic Test. Copyright © 2016 Turkish Association of Orthopaedics and Traumatology. Production and hosting by Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  12. Assessment of sexual orientation using the hemodynamic brain response to visual sexual stimuli.

    PubMed

    Ponseti, Jorge; Granert, Oliver; Jansen, Olav; Wolff, Stephan; Mehdorn, Hubertus; Bosinski, Hartmut; Siebner, Hartwig

    2009-06-01

    The assessment of sexual orientation is of importance to the diagnosis and treatment of sex offenders and paraphilic disorders. Phallometry is considered gold standard in objectifying sexual orientation, yet this measurement has been criticized because of its intrusiveness and limited reliability. To evaluate whether the spatial response pattern to sexual stimuli as revealed by a change in blood oxygen level-dependent (BOLD) signal can be used for individual classification of sexual orientation. We used a preexisting functional MRI (fMRI) data set that had been acquired in a nonclinical sample of 12 heterosexual men and 14 homosexual men. During fMRI, participants were briefly exposed to pictures of same-sex and opposite-sex genitals. Data analysis involved four steps: (i) differences in the BOLD response to female and male sexual stimuli were calculated for each subject; (ii) these contrast images were entered into a group analysis to calculate whole-brain difference maps between homosexual and heterosexual participants; (iii) a single expression value was computed for each subject expressing its correspondence to the group result; and (iv) based on these expression values, Fisher's linear discriminant analysis and the kappa-nearest neighbor classification method were used to predict the sexual orientation of each subject. Sensitivity and specificity of the two classification methods in predicting individual sexual orientation. Both classification methods performed well in predicting individual sexual orientation with a mean accuracy of >85% (Fisher's linear discriminant analysis: 92% sensitivity, 85% specificity; kappa-nearest neighbor classification: 88% sensitivity, 92% specificity). Despite the small sample size, the functional response patterns of the brain to sexual stimuli contained sufficient information to predict individual sexual orientation with high accuracy. These results suggest that fMRI-based classification methods hold promise for the diagnosis of paraphilic disorders (e.g., pedophilia).

  13. Alignment of classification paradigms for communication abilities in children with cerebral palsy.

    PubMed

    Hustad, Katherine C; Oakes, Ashley; McFadd, Emily; Allison, Kristen M

    2016-06-01

    We examined three communication ability classification paradigms for children with cerebral palsy (CP): the Communication Function Classification System (CFCS), the Viking Speech Scale (VSS), and the Speech Language Profile Groups (SLPG). Questions addressed interjudge reliability, whether the VSS and the CFCS captured impairments in speech and language, and whether there were differences in speech intelligibility among levels within each classification paradigm. Eighty children (42 males, 38 females) with a range of types and severity levels of CP participated (mean age 60mo, range 50-72mo [SD 5mo]). Two speech-language pathologists classified each child via parent-child interaction samples and previous experience with the children for the CFCS and VSS, and using quantitative speech and language assessment data for the SLPG. Intelligibility scores were obtained using standard clinical intelligibility measurement. Kappa values were 0.67 (95% confidence interval [CI] 0.55-0.79) for the CFCS, 0.82 (95% CI 0.72-0.92) for the VSS, and 0.95 (95% CI 0.72-0.92) for the SLPG. Descriptively, reliability within levels of each paradigm varied, with the lowest agreement occurring within the CFCS at levels II (42%), III (40%), and IV (61%). Neither the CFCS nor the VSS were sensitive to language impairments captured by the SLPG. Significant differences in speech intelligibility were found among levels for all classification paradigms. Multiple tools are necessary to understand speech, language, and communication profiles in children with CP. Characterization of abilities at all levels of the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health will advance our understanding of the ways that speech, language, and communication abilities present in children with CP. © 2015 Mac Keith Press.

  14. How Well Do Molecular and Pedigree Relatedness Correspond, in Populations with Diverse Mating Systems, and Various Types and Quantities of Molecular and Demographic Data?

    PubMed

    Kopps, Anna M; Kang, Jungkoo; Sherwin, William B; Palsbøll, Per J

    2015-06-30

    Kinship analyses are important pillars of ecological and conservation genetic studies with potentially far-reaching implications. There is a need for power analyses that address a range of possible relationships. Nevertheless, such analyses are rarely applied, and studies that use genetic-data-based-kinship inference often ignore the influence of intrinsic population characteristics. We investigated 11 questions regarding the correct classification rate of dyads to relatedness categories (relatedness category assignments; RCA) using an individual-based model with realistic life history parameters. We investigated the effects of the number of genetic markers; marker type (microsatellite, single nucleotide polymorphism SNP, or both); minor allele frequency; typing error; mating system; and the number of overlapping generations under different demographic conditions. We found that (i) an increasing number of genetic markers increased the correct classification rate of the RCA so that up to >80% first cousins can be correctly assigned; (ii) the minimum number of genetic markers required for assignments with 80 and 95% correct classifications differed between relatedness categories, mating systems, and the number of overlapping generations; (iii) the correct classification rate was improved by adding additional relatedness categories and age and mitochondrial DNA data; and (iv) a combination of microsatellite and single-nucleotide polymorphism data increased the correct classification rate if <800 SNP loci were available. This study shows how intrinsic population characteristics, such as mating system and the number of overlapping generations, life history traits, and genetic marker characteristics, can influence the correct classification rate of an RCA study. Therefore, species-specific power analyses are essential for empirical studies. Copyright © 2015 Kopps et al.

  15. Can the Ni classification of vessels predict neoplasia? A systematic review and meta-analysis.

    PubMed

    Mehlum, Camilla S; Rosenberg, Tine; Dyrvig, Anne-Kirstine; Groentved, Aagot Moeller; Kjaergaard, Thomas; Godballe, Christian

    2018-01-01

    The Ni classification of vascular change from 2011 is well documented for evaluating pharyngeal and laryngeal lesions, primarily focusing on cancer. In the planning of surgery it may be more relevant to differentiate neoplasia from non-neoplasia. We aimed to evaluate the ability of the Ni classification to predict laryngeal or hypopharyngeal neoplasia and to investigate if a changed cutoff value would support the recent European Laryngological Society (ELS) proposal of perpendicular vascular changes as indicative of neoplasia. PubMed, Embase, Cochrane, and Scopus databases. A systematic review and meta-analysis was performed according to the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analysis statement. We systematically searched for publications from 2011 until 2016. All retrieved studies were reviewed and qualitatively assessed. The pooled sensitivity and specificity of the Ni classification with two different cutoffs were calculated, and bubble and summary receiver operating characteristics plots were created. The combined sensitivity of five studies (n = 687) with Ni type IV-V defined as test-positive was 0.89 (95% confidence interval [CI]: 0.76-0.95), and specificity was 0.82 (95% CI: 0.72-0.89). The equivalent combined sensitivity of four studies (n = 624) with Ni type V defined as test-positive was 0.82 (95% CI: 0.75-0.87), and specificity was 0.93 (95% CI: 0.82-0.97). The diagnostic accuracy of the Ni classification in predicting neoplasia was high, without significant difference between the two analyzed cutoff values. Implementation of the proposed ELS classification of vascular changes seems reasonable from a clinical perspective, with comparable accuracy. Attention must be drawn to the accompanying risk of exposing patients to unnecessary surgery. Laryngoscope, 128:168-176, 2018. © 2017 The American Laryngological, Rhinological and Otological Society, Inc.

  16. Surgical management of morbidity due to lymphatic filariasis: the usefulness of a standardized international clinical classification of hydroceles.

    PubMed

    Capuano, G P; Capuano, C

    2012-03-01

    The objective of this work is to evaluate the usefulness of a standardized clinical classification of hydroceles in lymphatic filariasis endemic countries to guide their surgical management. 64 patients with hydroceles were operated in 2009-2010, in Level II hospitals (WHO classification), during two visits to Fiji, by the same mobile surgical team. The number of hydroceles treated was 83. We developed and evaluated a much needed clinical classification of hydroceles based on four criteria: Type (uni/bilateral); Side (left/right); Stage of enlargement of the scrotum rated from I to VI; Grade of burial of the penis rated from 0 to 4. It lead to the conclusion that 1) A Stage I or II hydrocele, associated with Grade 0 or 1 penis burial could be considered a "Simple Hydrocele". The surgical treatment is simple with no anticipated early complication. WHO Level II of health care structure seems adapted. 2) A Stage III or IV hydrocele associated with Grade 2, 3 or 4 penis burial could be considered a "Complicated Hydrocele". The operation is longer, more complicated and the possibility of occurrence of complications seems greater. A level III health care facility would be more adapted under the normal functioning of the health system. We conclude that a standardized clinical classification of hydroceles based on the Stage of enlargement of the scrotum and the Grade of burial of the penis appears to be a useful tool to guide the decision about the level of care and the surgical technique required. We use the same classification for penoscrotal lymphoedema. A decision tree is presented for the management of hydroceles in lymphatic filariasis endemic countries which could usefully complement the "Algorithm for management of scrotal swelling" proposed by WHO in 2002. An international classification system of hydroceles would also allow standardization and facilitate study design and comparisons of their results.

  17. Object oriented classification of high resolution data for inventory of horticultural crops

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hebbar, R.; Ravishankar, H. M.; Trivedi, S.; Subramoniam, S. R.; Uday, R.; Dadhwal, V. K.

    2014-11-01

    High resolution satellite images are associated with large variance and thus, per pixel classifiers often result in poor accuracy especially in delineation of horticultural crops. In this context, object oriented techniques are powerful and promising methods for classification. In the present study, a semi-automatic object oriented feature extraction model has been used for delineation of horticultural fruit and plantation crops using Erdas Objective Imagine. Multi-resolution data from Resourcesat LISS-IV and Cartosat-1 have been used as source data in the feature extraction model. Spectral and textural information along with NDVI were used as inputs for generation of Spectral Feature Probability (SFP) layers using sample training pixels. The SFP layers were then converted into raster objects using threshold and clump function resulting in pixel probability layer. A set of raster and vector operators was employed in the subsequent steps for generating thematic layer in the vector format. This semi-automatic feature extraction model was employed for classification of major fruit and plantations crops viz., mango, banana, citrus, coffee and coconut grown under different agro-climatic conditions. In general, the classification accuracy of about 75-80 per cent was achieved for these crops using object based classification alone and the same was further improved using minimal visual editing of misclassified areas. A comparison of on-screen visual interpretation with object oriented approach showed good agreement. It was observed that old and mature plantations were classified more accurately while young and recently planted ones (3 years or less) showed poor classification accuracy due to mixed spectral signature, wider spacing and poor stands of plantations. The results indicated the potential use of object oriented approach for classification of high resolution data for delineation of horticultural fruit and plantation crops. The present methodology is applicable at local levels and future development is focused on up-scaling the methodology for generation of fruit and plantation crop maps at regional and national level which is important for creation of database for overall horticultural crop development.

  18. 40 CFR 68.65 - Process safety information.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... to the technology of the process, and information pertaining to the equipment in the process. (b...) Information pertaining to the technology of the process. (1) Information concerning the technology of the...) Electrical classification; (iv) Relief system design and design basis; (v) Ventilation system design; (vi...

  19. 5 CFR 1312.5 - Authority to classify.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ... classify information or material under this part shall be limited to those officials concerned with matters..., to assign original classifications as indicated to information or material that is originated by OMB... International Affairs. (iv) Associate Director for Natural Resources, Energy and Science. (2) Secret and below...

  20. 5 CFR 1312.5 - Authority to classify.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... classify information or material under this part shall be limited to those officials concerned with matters..., to assign original classifications as indicated to information or material that is originated by OMB... International Affairs. (iv) Associate Director for Natural Resources, Energy and Science. (2) Secret and below...

  1. 5 CFR 1312.5 - Authority to classify.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... classify information or material under this part shall be limited to those officials concerned with matters..., to assign original classifications as indicated to information or material that is originated by OMB... International Affairs. (iv) Associate Director for Natural Resources, Energy and Science. (2) Secret and below...

  2. 32 CFR 56.8 - Guidelines for determining discriminatory practices.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... changes in compensation. (iv) Job assignments, job classifications, organizational structures, position... means as the acquisition or redesign of equipment, such as telecommunication or other telephonic devices... decision to grant a modification or waiver shall be based on consideration of the following: (1) Scale of...

  3. 40 CFR 68.65 - Process safety information.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... to the technology of the process, and information pertaining to the equipment in the process. (b...) Information pertaining to the technology of the process. (1) Information concerning the technology of the...) Electrical classification; (iv) Relief system design and design basis; (v) Ventilation system design; (vi...

  4. 40 CFR 68.65 - Process safety information.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... to the technology of the process, and information pertaining to the equipment in the process. (b...) Information pertaining to the technology of the process. (1) Information concerning the technology of the...) Electrical classification; (iv) Relief system design and design basis; (v) Ventilation system design; (vi...

  5. Executive functions as a potential neurocognitive endophenotype in anxiety disorders: A systematic review considering DSM-IV and DSM-5 diagnostic criteria classification.

    PubMed

    Muller, Juliana de Lima; Torquato, Kamilla Irigaray; Manfro, Gisele Gus; Trentini, Clarissa Marceli

    2015-01-01

    Evidence in the literature indicates that neurocognitive impairments may represent endophenotypes in psychiatric disorders. This study aimed to conduct a systematic review on executive functions as a potential neurocognitive endophenotype in anxiety disorder diagnosis according to the DSM-IV and DSM-5 classifications. A literature search of the LILACS, Cochrane Library, Index Psi Periódicos Técnico-Científicos, PubMed and PsycInfo databases was conducted, with no time limits. Of the 259 studies found, 14 were included in this review. Only studies on obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) were found. The executive function components of decision-making, planning, response inhibition, behavioral reversal/alternation, reversal learning and set-shifting/cognitive flexibility were considered to be a neurocognitive endophenotypes in OCD. Further studies on executive functions as a neurocognitive endophenotype in other anxiety disorders are needed since these may have different neurocognitive endophenotypes and require other prevention and treatment approaches.

  6. ICD-11 and DSM-5 personality trait domains capture categorical personality disorders: Finding a common ground.

    PubMed

    Bach, Bo; Sellbom, Martin; Skjernov, Mathias; Simonsen, Erik

    2018-05-01

    The five personality disorder trait domains in the proposed International Classification of Diseases, 11th edition and the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th edition are comparable in terms of Negative Affectivity, Detachment, Antagonism/Dissociality and Disinhibition. However, the International Classification of Diseases, 11th edition model includes a separate domain of Anankastia, whereas the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th edition model includes an additional domain of Psychoticism. This study examined associations of International Classification of Diseases, 11th edition and Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th edition trait domains, simultaneously, with categorical personality disorders. Psychiatric outpatients ( N = 226) were administered the Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV Axis II Personality Disorders Interview and the Personality Inventory for DSM-5. International Classification of Diseases, 11th edition and Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th edition trait domain scores were obtained using pertinent scoring algorithms for the Personality Inventory for DSM-5. Associations between categorical personality disorders and trait domains were examined using correlation and multiple regression analyses. Both the International Classification of Diseases, 11th edition and the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th edition domain models showed relevant continuity with categorical personality disorders and captured a substantial amount of their information. As expected, the International Classification of Diseases, 11th edition model was superior in capturing obsessive-compulsive personality disorder, whereas the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th edition model was superior in capturing schizotypal personality disorder. These preliminary findings suggest that little information is 'lost' in a transition to trait domain models and potentially adds to narrowing the gap between Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th edition and the proposed International Classification of Diseases, 11th edition model. Accordingly, the International Classification of Diseases, 11th edition and Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th edition domain models may be used to delineate one another as well as features of familiar categorical personality disorder types. A preliminary category-to-domain 'cross walk' is provided in the article.

  7. Classification of TP53 mutations and HPV predict survival in advanced larynx cancer.

    PubMed

    Scheel, Adam; Bellile, Emily; McHugh, Jonathan B; Walline, Heather M; Prince, Mark E; Urba, Susan; Wolf, Gregory T; Eisbruch, Avraham; Worden, Francis; Carey, Thomas E; Bradford, Carol

    2016-09-01

    Assess tumor suppressor p53 (TP53) functional mutations in the context of other biomarkers in advanced larynx cancer. Prospective analysis of pretreatment tumor TP53, human papillomavirus (HPV), Bcl-xL, and cyclin D1 status in stage III and IV larynx cancer patients in a clinical trial. TP53 exons 4 through 9 from 58 tumors were sequenced. Mutations were grouped using three classifications based on their expected function. Each functional group was analyzed for response to induction chemotherapy, time to surgery, survival, HPV status, p16INK4a, Bcl-xl, and cyclin D1 expression. TP53 mutations were found in 22 of 58 (37.9%) patients with advanced larynx cancer, including missense mutations in 13 of 58 (22.4%) patients, nonsense mutations in four of 58 (6.9%), and deletions in five of 58 (8.6%). High-risk HPV was found in 20 of 52 (38.5%) tumors. A classification based on Evolutionary Action score of p53 (EAp53) distinguished missense mutations with high risk for decreased survival from low-risk mutations (P = 0.0315). A model including this TP53 classification, HPV status, cyclin D1, and Bcl-xL staining significantly predicts survival (P = 0.0017). EAp53 functional classification of TP53 mutants and biomarkers predict survival in advanced larynx cancer. NA. Laryngoscope, 126:E292-E299, 2016. © 2016 The American Laryngological, Rhinological and Otological Society, Inc.

  8. A clinical perspective on the 2016 WHO brain tumor classification and routine molecular diagnostics.

    PubMed

    van den Bent, Martin J; Weller, Michael; Wen, Patrick Y; Kros, Johan M; Aldape, Ken; Chang, Susan

    2017-05-01

    The 2007 World Health Organization (WHO) classification of brain tumors did not use molecular abnormalities as diagnostic criteria. Studies have shown that genotyping allows a better prognostic classification of diffuse glioma with improved treatment selection. This has resulted in a major revision of the WHO classification, which is now for adult diffuse glioma centered around isocitrate dehydrogenase (IDH) and 1p/19q diagnostics. This revised classification is reviewed with a focus on adult brain tumors, and includes a recommendation of genes of which routine testing is clinically useful. Apart from assessment of IDH mutational status including sequencing of R132H-immunohistochemistry negative cases and testing for 1p/19q, several other markers can be considered for routine testing, including assessment of copy number alterations of chromosome 7 and 10 and of TERT promoter, BRAF, and H3F3A mutations. For "glioblastoma, IDH mutated" the term "astrocytoma grade IV" could be considered. It should be considered to treat IDH wild-type grades II and III diffuse glioma with polysomy of chromosome 7 and loss of 10q as glioblastoma. New developments must be more quickly translated into further revised diagnostic categories. Quality control and rapid integration of molecular findings into the final diagnosis and the communication of the final diagnosis to clinicians require systematic attention. © The Author(s) 2017. Published by Oxford University Press on behalf of the Society for Neuro-Oncology. All rights reserved. For permissions, please e-mail: journals.permissions@oup.com.

  9. The utility of rat jejunal permeability for biopharmaceutics classification system.

    PubMed

    Zakeri-Milani, Parvin; Valizadeh, Hadi; Tajerzadeh, Hosnieh; Islambulchilar, Ziba

    2009-12-01

    The biopharmaceutical classification system has been developed to provide a scientific approach for classifying drug compounds based on their dose/solubility ratio and human intestinal permeability. Therefore in this study a new classification is presented, which is based on a correlation between rat and human intestinal permeability values. In situ technique in rat jejunum was used to determine the effective intestinal permeability of tested drugs. Then three dimensionless parameters--dose number, absorption number, and dissolution number (D(o), A(n), and D(n))--were calculated for each drug. Four classes of drugs were defined, that is, class I, D(0) < 0.5, P(eff(rat)) > 5.09 x 10(-5) cm/s; class II, D(o) > 1, P(eff(rat)) > 5.09 x 10( -5) cm/s; class III, D(0) < 0.5, P(eff(rat)) < 4.2 x 10(-5) cm/s; and class IV, D(o) > 1, P(eff(rat)) < 4.2 x 10(-5) cm/s. A region of borderline drugs (0.5 < D(o) < 1, 4.2 x 10(-5) < P(eff(rat)) < 5.09 x 10(-5) cm/s) was also defined. According to obtained results and proposed classification for drugs, it is concluded that drugs could be categorized correctly based on dose number and their intestinal permeability values in rat model using single-pass intestinal perfusion technique. This classification enables us to remark defined characteristics for intestinal absorption of all four classes using suitable cutoff points for both dose number and rat effective intestinal permeability values.

  10. [A magnetoencephalographic study of generalised developmental disorders. A new proposal for their classification].

    PubMed

    Muñoz Yunta, J A; Palau Baduell, M; Salvado Salvado, B; Amo, C; Fernandez Lucas, A; Maestu, F; Ortiz, T

    2004-02-01

    Autistic spectrum disorders (ASD) is a term that is not included in DSM IV or in ICD 10, which are the diagnostic tools most commonly used by clinical professionals but can offer problems in research when it comes to finding homogenous groups. From a neuropaediatric point of view, there is a need for a classification of the generalised disorders affecting development and for this purpose we used Wing's triad, which defines the continuum of the autistic spectrum, and the information provided by magnetoencephalography (MEG) as grouping elements. Specific generalised developmental disorders were taken as being those syndromes that partially expressed some autistic trait, but with their own personality so that they could be considered to be a specific disorder. ASD were classified as being primary, cryptogenic or secondary. The primary disorders, in turn, express a continuum that ranges from Savant syndrome to Asperger's syndrome and the different degrees of early infantile autism. MEG is a functional neuroimaging technique that has enabled us to back up this classification.

  11. Molecular Profiling Reveals Biologically Discrete Subsets and Pathways of Progression in Diffuse Glioma.

    PubMed

    Ceccarelli, Michele; Barthel, Floris P; Malta, Tathiane M; Sabedot, Thais S; Salama, Sofie R; Murray, Bradley A; Morozova, Olena; Newton, Yulia; Radenbaugh, Amie; Pagnotta, Stefano M; Anjum, Samreen; Wang, Jiguang; Manyam, Ganiraju; Zoppoli, Pietro; Ling, Shiyun; Rao, Arjun A; Grifford, Mia; Cherniack, Andrew D; Zhang, Hailei; Poisson, Laila; Carlotti, Carlos Gilberto; Tirapelli, Daniela Pretti da Cunha; Rao, Arvind; Mikkelsen, Tom; Lau, Ching C; Yung, W K Alfred; Rabadan, Raul; Huse, Jason; Brat, Daniel J; Lehman, Norman L; Barnholtz-Sloan, Jill S; Zheng, Siyuan; Hess, Kenneth; Rao, Ganesh; Meyerson, Matthew; Beroukhim, Rameen; Cooper, Lee; Akbani, Rehan; Wrensch, Margaret; Haussler, David; Aldape, Kenneth D; Laird, Peter W; Gutmann, David H; Noushmehr, Houtan; Iavarone, Antonio; Verhaak, Roel G W

    2016-01-28

    Therapy development for adult diffuse glioma is hindered by incomplete knowledge of somatic glioma driving alterations and suboptimal disease classification. We defined the complete set of genes associated with 1,122 diffuse grade II-III-IV gliomas from The Cancer Genome Atlas and used molecular profiles to improve disease classification, identify molecular correlations, and provide insights into the progression from low- to high-grade disease. Whole-genome sequencing data analysis determined that ATRX but not TERT promoter mutations are associated with increased telomere length. Recent advances in glioma classification based on IDH mutation and 1p/19q co-deletion status were recapitulated through analysis of DNA methylation profiles, which identified clinically relevant molecular subsets. A subtype of IDH mutant glioma was associated with DNA demethylation and poor outcome; a group of IDH-wild-type diffuse glioma showed molecular similarity to pilocytic astrocytoma and relatively favorable survival. Understanding of cohesive disease groups may aid improved clinical outcomes. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  12. Multiclass Posterior Probability Twin SVM for Motor Imagery EEG Classification.

    PubMed

    She, Qingshan; Ma, Yuliang; Meng, Ming; Luo, Zhizeng

    2015-01-01

    Motor imagery electroencephalography is widely used in the brain-computer interface systems. Due to inherent characteristics of electroencephalography signals, accurate and real-time multiclass classification is always challenging. In order to solve this problem, a multiclass posterior probability solution for twin SVM is proposed by the ranking continuous output and pairwise coupling in this paper. First, two-class posterior probability model is constructed to approximate the posterior probability by the ranking continuous output techniques and Platt's estimating method. Secondly, a solution of multiclass probabilistic outputs for twin SVM is provided by combining every pair of class probabilities according to the method of pairwise coupling. Finally, the proposed method is compared with multiclass SVM and twin SVM via voting, and multiclass posterior probability SVM using different coupling approaches. The efficacy on the classification accuracy and time complexity of the proposed method has been demonstrated by both the UCI benchmark datasets and real world EEG data from BCI Competition IV Dataset 2a, respectively.

  13. Data-driven classification of bipolar I disorder from longitudinal course of mood.

    PubMed

    Cochran, A L; McInnis, M G; Forger, D B

    2016-10-11

    The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorder (DSM) classification of bipolar disorder defines categories to reflect common understanding of mood symptoms rather than scientific evidence. This work aimed to determine whether bipolar I can be objectively classified from longitudinal mood data and whether resulting classes have clinical associations. Bayesian nonparametric hierarchical models with latent classes and patient-specific models of mood are fit to data from Longitudinal Interval Follow-up Evaluations (LIFE) of bipolar I patients (N=209). Classes are tested for clinical associations. No classes are justified using the time course of DSM-IV mood states. Three classes are justified using the course of subsyndromal mood symptoms. Classes differed in attempted suicides (P=0.017), disability status (P=0.012) and chronicity of affective symptoms (P=0.009). Thus, bipolar I disorder can be objectively classified from mood course, and individuals in the resulting classes share clinical features. Data-driven classification from mood course could be used to enrich sample populations for pharmacological and etiological studies.

  14. Validation of Accelerometer Cut-Points in Children With Cerebral Palsy Aged 4 to 5 Years.

    PubMed

    Keawutan, Piyapa; Bell, Kristie L; Oftedal, Stina; Davies, Peter S W; Boyd, Roslyn N

    2016-01-01

    To derive and validate triaxial accelerometer cut-points in children with cerebral palsy (CP) and compare these with previously established cut-points in children with typical development. Eighty-four children with CP aged 4 to 5 years wore the ActiGraph during a play-based gross motor function measure assessment that was video-taped for direct observation. Receiver operating characteristic and Bland-Altman plots were used for analyses. The ActiGraph had good classification accuracy in Gross Motor Function Classification System (GMFCS) levels III and V and fair classification accuracy in GMFCS levels I, II, and IV. These results support the use of the previously established cut-points for sedentary time of 820 counts per minute in children with CP aged 4 to 5 years across all functional abilities. The cut-point provides an objective measure of sedentary and active time in children with CP. The cut-point is applicable to group data but not for individual children.

  15. The role of identity in the DSM-5 classification of personality disorders

    PubMed Central

    2013-01-01

    In the revised Diagnostic and Statistical Manual DSM-5 the definition of personality disorder diagnoses has not been changed from that in the DSM-IV-TR. However, an alternative model for diagnosing personality disorders where the construct “identity” has been integrated as a central diagnostic criterion for personality disorders has been placed in section III of the manual. The alternative model’s hybrid nature leads to the simultaneous use of diagnoses and the newly developed “Level of Personality Functioning-Scale” (a dimensional tool to define the severity of the disorder). Pathological personality traits are assessed in five broad domains which are divided into 25 trait facets. With this dimensional approach, the new classification system gives, both clinicians and researchers, the opportunity to describe the patient in much more detail than previously possible. The relevance of identity problems in assessing and understanding personality pathology is illustrated using the new classification system applied in two case examples of adolescents with a severe personality disorder. PMID:23902698

  16. The role of identity in the DSM-5 classification of personality disorders.

    PubMed

    Schmeck, Klaus; Schlüter-Müller, Susanne; Foelsch, Pamela A; Doering, Stephan

    2013-07-31

    In the revised Diagnostic and Statistical Manual DSM-5 the definition of personality disorder diagnoses has not been changed from that in the DSM-IV-TR. However, an alternative model for diagnosing personality disorders where the construct "identity" has been integrated as a central diagnostic criterion for personality disorders has been placed in section III of the manual. The alternative model's hybrid nature leads to the simultaneous use of diagnoses and the newly developed "Level of Personality Functioning-Scale" (a dimensional tool to define the severity of the disorder). Pathological personality traits are assessed in five broad domains which are divided into 25 trait facets. With this dimensional approach, the new classification system gives, both clinicians and researchers, the opportunity to describe the patient in much more detail than previously possible. The relevance of identity problems in assessing and understanding personality pathology is illustrated using the new classification system applied in two case examples of adolescents with a severe personality disorder.

  17. 78 FR 29041 - Sulfoxaflor; Pesticide Tolerances

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2013-05-17

    ... Modeling System (PRZM/EXAMS) and Screening Concentration in Ground Water (SCI-GROW) models, the estimated.... The following list of North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes is not intended to... response to these comments is discussed in Unit IV.C. Based upon review of the data supporting the petition...

  18. 21 CFR 866.5360 - Cohn fraction IV immuno-logical test system.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ...-lipoprotein), malnutrition, iron deficiency anemia, red blood cell disorders, and kidney disease. (b) Classification. Class I (general controls). The device is exempt from the premarket notification procedures in... test system is a device that consists of or measures that fraction of plasma proteins, predominantly...

  19. 21 CFR 866.5360 - Cohn fraction IV immuno-logical test system.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ...-lipoprotein), malnutrition, iron deficiency anemia, red blood cell disorders, and kidney disease. (b) Classification. Class I (general controls). The device is exempt from the premarket notification procedures in... test system is a device that consists of or measures that fraction of plasma proteins, predominantly...

  20. 21 CFR 866.5360 - Cohn fraction IV immuno-logical test system.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-04-01

    ...-lipoprotein), malnutrition, iron deficiency anemia, red blood cell disorders, and kidney disease. (b) Classification. Class I (general controls). The device is exempt from the premarket notification procedures in... test system is a device that consists of or measures that fraction of plasma proteins, predominantly...

  1. 21 CFR 866.5360 - Cohn fraction IV immuno-logical test system.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-04-01

    ...-lipoprotein), malnutrition, iron deficiency anemia, red blood cell disorders, and kidney disease. (b) Classification. Class I (general controls). The device is exempt from the premarket notification procedures in... test system is a device that consists of or measures that fraction of plasma proteins, predominantly...

  2. 49 CFR 225.3 - Applicability.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... TRANSPORTATION RAILROAD ACCIDENTS/INCIDENTS: REPORTS CLASSIFICATION, AND INVESTIGATIONS § 225.3 Applicability. (a... is in use; (iii) A bridge over a public road or waters used for commercial navigation; or (iv) A... injuries and illnesses and accountable rail equipment accidents/incidents found in § 225.25(a) through (g...

  3. Morphology of Mesiobuccal Root Canals of Maxillary First Molars: a comparison of CBCT scanning and Cross-sectioning.

    PubMed

    Lyra, Carina Maria; Delai, Débora; Pereira, Keila Cristina Rausch; Pereira, Guy Martins; Pasternak Júnior, Bráulio; Oliveira, César Augusto Pereira

    2015-10-01

    The aim of this study was to evaluate the mesiobuccal root of maxillary first molars, according to the root canal configuration, prevalence and location of isthmuses at 3 and 6 mm from the apex, comparing cone-beam computed tomography (CBCT) analysis and cross sectioning of roots by thirds. Images of the mesiobuccal root of 100 maxillary first molars were acquired by CBCT and then roots were cross-sectioned into two parts, starting at 3 mm from the apex. Data were recorded and analyzed according to Weine's classification for root canal configuration, and Hsu and Kim's classification for isthmuses. In the analysis of CBCT images, 8 root canals were classified as type I, 57 as type II, 35 as type III. In the cross-sectioning technique, 19 root canals were classified as type I, 60 as type II, 20 as type III and 1 as type IV. The classification of isthmuses was predominantly type I in both CBCT and cross-sectioning evaluations for sections at 3 mm from the apex, while for sections at 6 mm from the apex, the classification of isthmuses was predominantly types V and II in CBCT and cross-sectioning evaluations, respectively. The cross-sectioning technique showed better results in detection of the internal morphology of root canals than CBCT scanning.

  4. A method of classification for multisource data in remote sensing based on interval-valued probabilities

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kim, Hakil; Swain, Philip H.

    1990-01-01

    An axiomatic approach to intervalued (IV) probabilities is presented, where the IV probability is defined by a pair of set-theoretic functions which satisfy some pre-specified axioms. On the basis of this approach representation of statistical evidence and combination of multiple bodies of evidence are emphasized. Although IV probabilities provide an innovative means for the representation and combination of evidential information, they make the decision process rather complicated. It entails more intelligent strategies for making decisions. The development of decision rules over IV probabilities is discussed from the viewpoint of statistical pattern recognition. The proposed method, so called evidential reasoning method, is applied to the ground-cover classification of a multisource data set consisting of Multispectral Scanner (MSS) data, Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR) data, and digital terrain data such as elevation, slope, and aspect. By treating the data sources separately, the method is able to capture both parametric and nonparametric information and to combine them. Then the method is applied to two separate cases of classifying multiband data obtained by a single sensor. In each case a set of multiple sources is obtained by dividing the dimensionally huge data into smaller and more manageable pieces based on the global statistical correlation information. By a divide-and-combine process, the method is able to utilize more features than the conventional maximum likelihood method.

  5. The 1-month prevalence of generalized anxiety disorder according to DSM-IV, DSM-V, and ICD-10 among nondemented 75-year-olds in Gothenburg, Sweden.

    PubMed

    Nilsson, Johan; Östling, Svante; Waern, Margda; Karlsson, Björn; Sigström, Robert; Guo, Xinxin; Skoog, Ingmar

    2012-11-01

    To examine the 1-month prevalence of generalized anxiety disorder (GAD) according to Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth Edition (DSM-IV), Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental, Fifth Edition (DSM-V), and International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Revision (ICD-10), and the overlap between these criteria, in a population sample of 75-year-olds. We also aimed to examine comorbidity between GAD and other psychiatric diagnoses, such as depression. During 2005-2006, a comprehensive semistructured psychiatric interview was conducted by trained nurses in a representative population sample of 75-year-olds without dementia in Gothenburg, Sweden (N = 777; 299 men and 478 women). All psychiatric diagnoses were made according to DSM-IV. GAD was also diagnosed according to ICD-10 and DSM-V. The 1-month prevalence of GAD was 4.1% (N = 32) according to DSM-IV, 4.5% (N = 35) according to DSM-V, and 3.7% (N = 29) according to ICD-10. Only 46.9% of those with DSM-IV GAD fulfilled ICD-10 criteria, and only 51.7% and 44.8% of those with ICD-10 GAD fulfilled DSM-IV/V criteria. Instead, 84.4% and 74.3% of those with DSM-IV/V GAD and 89.7% of those with ICD-10 GAD had depression. Also other psychiatric diagnoses were common in those with ICD-10 and DSM-IV GAD. Only a small minority with GAD, irrespective of criteria, had no other comorbid psychiatric disorder. ICD-10 GAD was related to an increased mortality rate. While GAD was common in 75-year-olds, DSM-IV/V and ICD-10 captured different individuals. Current definitions of GAD may comprise two different expressions of the disease. There was greater congruence between GAD in either classification system and depression than between DSM-IV/V GAD and ICD-10 GAD, emphasizing the close link between these entities. 2012 American Association for Geriatric Psychiatry

  6. An improved discriminative filter bank selection approach for motor imagery EEG signal classification using mutual information.

    PubMed

    Kumar, Shiu; Sharma, Alok; Tsunoda, Tatsuhiko

    2017-12-28

    Common spatial pattern (CSP) has been an effective technique for feature extraction in electroencephalography (EEG) based brain computer interfaces (BCIs). However, motor imagery EEG signal feature extraction using CSP generally depends on the selection of the frequency bands to a great extent. In this study, we propose a mutual information based frequency band selection approach. The idea of the proposed method is to utilize the information from all the available channels for effectively selecting the most discriminative filter banks. CSP features are extracted from multiple overlapping sub-bands. An additional sub-band has been introduced that cover the wide frequency band (7-30 Hz) and two different types of features are extracted using CSP and common spatio-spectral pattern techniques, respectively. Mutual information is then computed from the extracted features of each of these bands and the top filter banks are selected for further processing. Linear discriminant analysis is applied to the features extracted from each of the filter banks. The scores are fused together, and classification is done using support vector machine. The proposed method is evaluated using BCI Competition III dataset IVa, BCI Competition IV dataset I and BCI Competition IV dataset IIb, and it outperformed all other competing methods achieving the lowest misclassification rate and the highest kappa coefficient on all three datasets. Introducing a wide sub-band and using mutual information for selecting the most discriminative sub-bands, the proposed method shows improvement in motor imagery EEG signal classification.

  7. Belgian modified classification of Maastricht for donors after circulatory death.

    PubMed

    Evrard, P

    2014-11-01

    "Non-heart-beating donors," or, in a more recent and international definition, "donors after circulatory death," are a potential and additional group of deceased persons who are able to add organs to the pool. A new classification is proposed on the basis of the result of a consensus of experts issued from all Belgian transplant centers. The first level of definition is simple and based on whether the situation is uncontrolled (categories I and II) or controlled (categories III, IV, and V). In category I, the patient is declared "dead on arrival" and, in category II, there is an "unsuccessful resuscitation" whether it occurred out or in the hospital for both situations. Category III is the most usual situation in which the treating physician and family are "awaiting cardiac arrest" to declare the death of the patient. Category IV is always characterized by "cardiac arrest during brain death." The special situation of the Belgian law allowing the euthanasia is elaborated in category V, "euthanasia," and includes patients who grant access to medically assisted circulatory death. Organ donation after euthanasia is allowed under the scope of donation after circulatory death. This classification conserves the skeleton of the Maastricht one, as it is simple and clear, but classifies easily the different donors after circulatory death types by processes for ethical issues and for the non-medical or non-specialized reader interested in the field. This is also an argument for public consideration and trust in the difficult field of organ donation.

  8. [Value of a novel categorization of congenital double-outlet right ventricle on guiding the choice of surgical approaches].

    PubMed

    Pang, Kunjing; Meng, Hong; Wang, Hao; Hu, Shengshou; Hua, Zhongdong; Pan, Xiangbin; Li, Shoujun

    2015-11-01

    To explore the feasibility and value of a new categorization of double outlet right ventricular (DORV) on guiding the optimal choices of surgical approaches. Five hundred and twenty one DORV patients diagnosed by echocardiography, angiocardiography and CT at Fuwai Hospital from May 2003 to September 2014 were enrolled in this retrospective study. Congenital DORV was categorized according to three basic factors as follows: the positional relationships of great arteries (normal relation or abnormal relation), the relationships of the ventricular septal defect (VSD) to the great arteries (committed VSD or remote VSD), the presence or absence of pulmonary outflow tract obstruction (POTO). Eight types of DORV were established: type I (normal relation, committed VSD, without POTO), type II (normal relation, committed VSD, POTO), type III (normal relation, remote VSD, without POTO), type IV (normal relation, remote VSD, POTO), type V (abnormal relation, committed VSD, without POTO), type VI (abnormal relation, committed VSD, POTO), type VII (abnormal relation, remote VSD, without POTO), type VIII (abnormal relation, remote VSD, POTO). Feasibility of this classification and the value of this classification on guiding the choice of surgical approaches were analyzed. Among the five hundred and twenty one patients, there were 90 patients (17.3%) with type I DORV, 94 patients (18.0%) with type II, 33 patients (6.3%) with type III, 34 patients (6.5%) with type IV, 64 patients (12.3%) with type V, 61 patients (11.7%) with type VI, 33 patients (6.3%) with type VII, 112 patients (21.5%) with type VIII. Thus, all patients could be typed by this classification method. The echocardiography diagnosis was consistent with the intra-operative and or cardiac catheterization/CT findings. Excluding the contraindications of bi-ventricular repair, different surgical approaches were performed in every subtype of DORV according the classification, which indicated that this novel categorization could accurately guide the clinic managements. This novel DORV categorization can accurately diagnose DORV lesions, and guide the clinic therapy choice.

  9. [Digital angiography and lipiodol computerized tomography in the anatomopathological framework of hepatocarcinoma].

    PubMed

    Pozzi-Mucelli, R; Pozzi-Mucelli, R; Pagnan, L; Dalla Palma, L

    1994-12-01

    The introduction of therapies other than conventional surgery of hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC) requires an accurate pathologic classification, which is important because it is well known that HCC may have multicentric growth. The Liver Cancer Study Group of Japan has proposed a classification dividing HCCs into three macroscopic forms from the pathologic point of view: nodular, massive and infiltrating HCCs. The nodular type is subdivided into four types: single nodular type, single nodular type with surrounding proliferation, multinodular fused type and multinodular type. Forty-six HCC patients were examined with Lipiodol Computed Tomography (LCT) to investigate the agreement between pathologic and imaging findings. LCT proved to be in close agreement with pathologic findings. Sixteen cases were classified as type I (single nodular type), 8 as type II (single nodular type with limited foci), 1 as type III (multinodular fused type), 18 as type IV (multiple nodular type with diffuse foci) and 3 cases as type V (massive form). No cases of infiltrative forms were observed in our series. Based on LCT findings, the capabilities of digital subtraction angiography (DSA) were studied in the pathologic classification of HCCs. DSA exhibited some limitations in the pathologic classification of HCCs in 5 of 16 patients with type I lesions. In these cases DSA suggested false-positive diagnoses because of regenerative nodules in cirrhotic liver in 3 cases and of daughter nodules (not confirmed at LCT) in 2 cases. In 7 of 8 patients with type II HCCs, DSA failed to show the daughter nodules surrounding the main nodule. In the 18 patients with multiple distant nodules (type IV), DSA was less sensitive in defining nodule number and site. In the massive form, the information obtained with LCT and DSA was comparable. In conclusion, LCT should be considered a basic examination in the study of HCC extent. Based on LCT findings, the most appropriate treatment can be selected, be it surgery, alcohol injection, or intraarterial chemoembolization.

  10. Post-treatment glenoid classification system for total shoulder arthroplasty.

    PubMed

    Churchill, R Sean

    2012-04-01

    Over the past 10 years, numerous advancements in glenoid preparation and resurfacing have occurred. Current glenoid classification systems are either focused solely on the patient's preoperative glenoid bone configuration or on the available glenoid bone stock in revision arthroplasty cases. While these systems provide value in preoperative planning, they fail to properly classify the surgical reconstruction completed. A literature review of common bone preparation methods and sources of glenoid prosthetic failure was performed. Based upon this review, a classification system for grading the status of the glenoid after prosthetic implantation was developed. A 6 category, post-treatment, glenoid classification system is proposed: type 0: no reaming; type I: glenoid reaming into but not through the subchondral bone; type II: glenoid reaming which perforates through <50% of the subchondral bone surface area; type III: glenoid reaming which perforates through >50% of the subchondral bone surface area; type IV: use of structural bone graft; and type V: use of a posterior augmented glenoid prosthesis. Types I-III are further subdivided into subtype A which have 100% bone support of the prosthesis, and subtype B which have a region of unsupported prosthesis. The classification system proposed addresses the surgical management of the glenoid during prosthetic replacement. This unique approach to classifying the glenoid following surgical intervention will allow direct follow-up comparison of similarly treated glenoid replacements. Future multicenter studies, possibly through joint registry databases, could then determine the long-term efficacy of the various glenoid preparation methods. Copyright © 2012 Journal of Shoulder and Elbow Surgery Board of Trustees. Published by Mosby, Inc. All rights reserved.

  11. Alignment of classification paradigms for communication abilities in children with cerebral palsy

    PubMed Central

    Hustad, Katherine C.; Oakes, Ashley; McFadd, Emily; Allison, Kristen M.

    2015-01-01

    Aim We examined three communication ability classification paradigms for children with cerebral palsy (CP): the Communication Function Classification System (CFCS), the Viking Speech Scale (VSS), and the Speech Language Profile Groups (SLPG). Questions addressed inter-judge reliability, whether the VSS and the CFCS captured impairments in speech and language, and whether there were differences in speech intelligibility among levels within each classification paradigm. Method 80 children (42 males) with a range of types and severity levels of CP participated (mean age, 60 months; SD 4.8 months). Two speech-language pathologists classified each child via parent-child interaction samples and previous experience with the children for the CFCS and VSS, and uisng quantitative speech and language assessment data for the SLPG. Intelligibility scores were obtained using standard clinical intelligibility measurement. Results Kappa values were .67 (95% CI [.55, .79]) for the CFCS, .82 (95% CI [.72, .92]), for the VSS, .95 (95% CI [.72, .92]) for the SLPG. Descriptively, reliability within levels of each paradigm varied, with the lowest agreement occurring within the CFCS at levels II (42%), III (40%), and IV (61%). Neither the CFCS nor the VSS were sensitive to language impairments captured by the SLPG. Significant differences in speech intelligibility were found among levels for all classification paradigms. Interpretation Multiple tools are necessary to understand speech, language, and communication profiles in children with CP. Characterization of abilities at all levels of the ICF will advance our understanding of the ways that speech, language, and communication abilities present in children with CP. PMID:26521844

  12. New classification of geometric ventricular patterns in severe aortic stenosis: Could it be clinically useful?

    PubMed

    Di Nora, Concetta; Cervesato, Eugenio; Cosei, Iulian; Ravasel, Andreea; Popescu, Bogdan A; Zito, Concetta; Carerj, Scipione; Antonini-Canterin, Francesco; Popescu, Andreea C

    2018-04-16

    In severe aortic stenosis, different left ventricle (LV) remodeling patterns as a response to pressure overload have distinct hemodynamic profiles, cardiac function, and outcomes. The most common classification considers LV relative wall thickness and LV mass index to create 4 different groups. A new classification including also end-diastolic volume index has been recently proposed. To describe the prevalence of the newly identified remodeling patterns in patients with severe aortic stenosis and to evaluate their clinical relevance according to symptoms. We analyzed 286 consecutive patients with isolated severe aortic stenosis. Current guidelines were used for echocardiographic evaluation. Symptoms were defined as the presence of angina, syncope, or NYHA class III-IV. The mean age was 75 ± 9 years, 156 patients (54%) were men, while 158 (55%) were symptomatic. According to the new classification, the most frequent remodeling pattern was concentric hypertrophy (57.3%), followed by mixed (18.9%) and dilated hypertrophy (8.4%). There were no patients with eccentric remodeling; only 4 patients had a normalLV geometry. Symptomatic patients showed significantly more mixed hypertrophy (P < .05), while the difference regarding the prevalence of the other patterns was not statistically significant. When we analyzed the distribution of the classic 4 patterns stratified by the presence of symptoms, however, we did not find a significant difference (P = .157). The new classification had refined the description of different cardiac geometric phenotypes that develop as a response to pressure overload. It might be superior to the classic 4 patterns in terms of association with symptoms. © 2018 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  13. Behavior genetics of personality disorders: informing classification and conceptualization in DSM-5.

    PubMed

    South, Susan C; DeYoung, Nathaniel J

    2013-07-01

    Personality pathology is currently captured in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual through 10 categorical personality disorder (PD) diagnoses grouped into three descriptive clusters. This classification system has been criticized by many for using discrete categories and arbitrary thresholds when making clinical decisions. To address these critiques, the DSM-5 Personality and Personality Disorders Work Group has put forth a proposal that significantly alters the structure and content of the DSM-IV PD section. If this DSM-5 Work Group has conducted its own systematic review of the empirical literature, this review has not been released or made widely available. As such, it is up to the psychology community at large to determine how well the suggested changes align with findings from extant PD research. The current article joins this effort by addressing the contribution of behavior genetic findings to the revision process for classification of PDs in DSM-5. First, we provide a brief review of the history of PD classification in the DSM. Next, we present an overview and rationale for each of the five major suggested changes to PD diagnoses. For each suggested change, we outline the available evidence from behavior genetics and interpretations of these findings. Finally, we offer a summary of considerations for PD classification as the DSM-5 moves forward. Review of the behavior genetics literature suggests that several features of the DSM-5 proposal, including the elimination of 4 PDs, merging clinical disorders and PDs on a single axis, and the implementation of a trait rating system, require significantly greater explication before a product is finalized.

  14. [Differentiation between moisture lesions and pressure ulcers using photographs in a critical area].

    PubMed

    Valls-Matarín, Josefa; Del Cotillo-Fuente, Mercedes; Pujol-Vila, María; Ribal-Prior, Rosa; Sandalinas-Mulero, Inmaculada

    2016-01-01

    To identify difficulties for nurses in differentiating between moisture lesions and pressure ulcers, proper classification of pressure ulcers to assess the adequate classification of the Grupo Nacional para el Estudio y Asesoramiento de Úlceras por Presión y Heridas Crónicas (GNEAUPP) and the degree of agreement in the correct assessment by type and category of injury. Cross-sectional study in a critical area during 2014. All nurses who agreed to participate were included. They performed a questionnaire with 14 photographs validated by experts of moisture lesions or pressure ulcers in the sacral area and buttocks, with 6 possible answers: Pressure ulcer category I, II, III, IV, moisture lesions and unknown. Demographics and knowledge of the classification system of the pressure ulcers were collected according to GNEAUPP. It involved 98% of the population (n=56); 98.2% knew the classification system of the GNEAUPP; 35.2% of moisture lesions were considered as pressure ulcers, most of them as a category II (18.9%). The 14.8% of the pressure ulcers photographs were identified as moisture lesions and 16.1% were classified in another category. The agreement between nurses earned a global Kappa index of .38 (95% CI: .29-.57). There are difficulties differentiating between pressure ulcers and moisture lesions, especially within initial categories. Nurses have the perception they know the pressure ulcers classification, but they do not classify them correctly. The degree of concordance in the diagnosis of skin lesions was low. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier España, S.L.U. All rights reserved.

  15. Classification of oxidative stress based on its intensity

    PubMed Central

    Lushchak, Volodymyr I.

    2014-01-01

    In living organisms production of reactive oxygen species (ROS) is counterbalanced by their elimination and/or prevention of formation which in concert can typically maintain a steady-state (stationary) ROS level. However, this balance may be disturbed and lead to elevated ROS levels called oxidative stress. To our best knowledge, there is no broadly acceptable system of classification of oxidative stress based on its intensity due to which proposed here system may be helpful for interpretation of experimental data. Oxidative stress field is the hot topic in biology and, to date, many details related to ROS-induced damage to cellular components, ROS-based signaling, cellular responses and adaptation have been disclosed. However, it is common situation when researchers experience substantial difficulties in the correct interpretation of oxidative stress development especially when there is a need to characterize its intensity. Careful selection of specific biomarkers (ROS-modified targets) and some system may be helpful here. A classification of oxidative stress based on its intensity is proposed here. According to this classification there are four zones of function in the relationship between “Dose/concentration of inducer” and the measured “Endpoint”: I – basal oxidative stress (BOS); II – low intensity oxidative stress (LOS); III – intermediate intensity oxidative stress (IOS); IV – high intensity oxidative stress (HOS). The proposed classification will be helpful to describe experimental data where oxidative stress is induced and systematize it based on its intensity, but further studies will be in need to clear discriminate between stress of different intensity. PMID:26417312

  16. A Prototype Model for Automating Nursing Diagnosis, Nurse Care Planning and Patient Classification.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1986-03-01

    Each diagnosis has an assessment level. Assessment levels are defining characteristics observed by the nurse or subjectively stated by the patient... characteristics of this order line. Select IV Order (Figure 4.l.1.le] is the first screen of a series of three. Select IV Order has up to 10 selections...For I F Upatient orders. Input Files Used: IVC.Scr and Procfile.Prg * Output Files Used: None Calling Routine: IUB.Prg * Routine Called: None

  17. Effects of diagnosis on treatment recommendations in chronic insomnia--a report from the APA/NIMH DSM-IV field trial.

    PubMed

    Buysse, D J; Reynolds, C F; Kupfer, D J; Thorpy, M J; Bixler, E; Kales, A; Manfredi, R; Vgontzas, A; Stepanski, E; Roth, T; Hauri, P; Stapf, D

    1997-07-01

    The objective of this study was to determine whether sleep specialists and nonspecialists recommend different treatments for different insomnia diagnoses according to two different diagnostic classifications. Two hundred sixteen patients with chronic insomnia at five sites were each interviewed by two clinicians: one sleep specialist and one nonsleep specialist. All interviewers indicated diagnoses using the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, fourth edition (DSM-IV); sleep specialists also indicated diagnoses according to the International Classification for Sleep Disorders (ICSD). Interviewers then indicated how strongly they would recommend each item in a standard list of treatment and diagnostic interventions for each patient. We examined differences in treatment recommendations among the six most common DSM-IV diagnoses assigned by sleep specialists at different sites (n = 192), among the six most common ICSD diagnoses assigned by sleep specialists at different sites (n = 153), and among the six most common DSM-IV diagnoses assigned by nonspecialists at different sites (n = 186). In each analysis, specific treatment and polysomnography recommendations differed significantly for different diagnoses, using either DSM-IV or ICSD criteria. Conversely, different diagnoses were associated with different rank orderings of specific treatment and diagnostic recommendations. Sleep specialist and nonspecialist interviewers each distinguished treatment recommendations among different diagnoses, but in general, nonspecialists more strongly recommended medications and relaxation treatments. Significant site-related differences in treatment recommendations also emerged. Differences in treatment recommendations support the distinction between different DSM-IV and ICSD diagnoses, although they do not provide formal validation. Site-related differences suggest a lack of consensus in how these disorders are conceptualized and treated.

  18. Establishing the pharmaceutical quality of Chinese herbal medicine: a provisional BCS classification.

    PubMed

    Fong, Sophia Y K; Liu, Mary; Wei, Hai; Löbenberg, Raimar; Kanfer, Isadore; Lee, Vincent H L; Amidon, Gordon L; Zuo, Zhong

    2013-05-06

    The Biopharmaceutical Classification System (BCS), which is a scientific approach to categorize active drug ingredient based on its solubility and intestinal permeability into one of the four classes, has been used to set the pharmaceutical quality standards for drug products in western society. However, it has received little attention in the area of Chinese herbal medicine (CHM). This is likely, in part, due to the presence of multiple active components as well as lack of standardization of CHM. In this report, we apply BCS classification to CHMs provisionally as a basis for establishing improved in vitro quality standards. Based on a top-200 drugs selling list in China, a total of 31 CHM products comprising 50 official active marker compounds (AMCs) were provisionally classified according to BCS. Information on AMC content and doses of these CHM products were retrieved from the Chinese Pharmacopoeia. BCS parameters including solubility and permeability of the AMCs were predicted in silico (ACD/Laboratories). A BCS classification of CHMs according to biopharmaceutical properties of their AMCs is demonstrated to be feasible in the current study and can be used to provide a minimum set of quality standards. Our provisional results showed that 44% of the included AMCs were classified as Class III (high solubility, low permeability), followed by Class II (26%), Class I (18%), and Class IV (12%). A similar trend was observed when CHMs were classified in accordance with the BCS class of AMCs. Most (45%) of the included CHMs were classified as Class III, followed by Class II (16%), Class I (10%), and Class IV (6%); whereas 23% of the CHMs were of mixed class due to the presence of multiple individual AMCs with different BCS classifications. Moreover, about 60% of the AMCs were classified as high-solubility compounds (Class I and Class III), suggesting an important role for an in vitro dissolution test in setting quality control standards ensuring consistent biopharmaceutical quality for the commercially available CHM products. That is, provisionally, more than half of the AMCs of the top-selling CHMs included in this study would be candidates for a bioequivalence (BE) biowaiver, based on WHO recommendations and EMEA guidelines. Thus a dissolution requirement on these AMCs would represent a significant advance in the pharmaceutical quality of CHM today.

  19. A comparison of DSM-IV-TR and DSM-5 definitions for sexual dysfunctions: critiques and challenges.

    PubMed

    Sungur, Mehmet Z; Gündüz, Anil

    2014-02-01

    The diagnostic criteria of sexual dysfunctions (SDs) are paramount for the development of sexual medicine as reliable diagnoses are essential to guide treatment plans. Prior Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) classifications based definitions of SD mostly on expert opinions and included imprecise terms. The validity of diagnoses of SD has only recently been challenged, and efforts are made to make more operational definitions. This paper aims to compare and contrast the recently released Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-Fifth Edition (DSM-5) diagnostic criteria of SD with that of Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-Fourth Edition Text Revision (DSM-IV-TR) and explains the rationale for making changes in the new DSM-5. It also aims to address some issues to be considered further for the future. Online proposed American Psychiatric Association website DSM-5, the new released DSM-5, and DSM-IV-TR diagnostic criteria for SD were thoroughly inspected, and an extensive literature search was performed for comparative reasons. Changes in diagnostic criteria of DSM-5 were detected, and DSM-IV-TR and DSM-5 diagnostic criteria for SD were compared and contrasted. Diagnostic criteria were more operationalized, and explicit duration and frequency criteria were set up in DSM-5 for purposes of good clinical research. Classifications based on simple linear sexual response were abandoned, and diagnostic classifications were separately made for males and females. Desire and arousal disorders in women were merged. Drifting apart from linear sexual response cycle may be an advancement in establishing specific diagnostic criteria for different genders. However, it is still a question of debate whether there is enough evidence to lump sexual interest and arousal disorders in females. Making more precise definitions is important to differentiate disorders from other transient conditions. However, there is still room to improve our definitions and find a way to include gay and lesbian individuals. Further discussions and debates are expected to be continued in the future. © 2013 International Society for Sexual Medicine.

  20. Bibliography of Soviet Laser Developments, Number 58, March-April 1982.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1983-05-01

    generation and diagnostics . DD IA7 1473 EOITION OF I NOV A OSOLETE UNCLASSIFIED SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF THIS PAGE (When Does Entered) Introduction...10 C. He-Kr............................................. 10 iv 2. Molecular Beam and lIon a. C02...104 K. Plasma Generation and Diagnostics ....................... 105 III. MONOGRAPHS, BOOKS, CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS................... 113

  1. The Structure of Psychopathology in a Community Sample of Preschoolers

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Strickland, Jennifer; Keller, Jennifer; Lavigne, John V.; Gouze, Karen; Hopkins, Joyce; LeBailly, Susan

    2011-01-01

    Despite growing interest in the development of alternative diagnostic classification systems for psychopathology in young children, little is known about the adequacy of the DSM symptom structure for describing psychopathology in this population. This paper examines the fit of the DSM-IV emotional (ED) and disruptive behavior disorder (DD) symptom…

  2. 40 CFR 145.11 - Requirements for permitting.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ...)-(Confidential information); (2) Section 144.6—(Classification of injection wells); (3) Section 144.7... movement of fluids into underground sources of drinking water); (7) Section 144.13—(Elimination of Class IV...—(Authorization by rule); (10) Section 144.31—(Application for a permit); (11) Section 144.32—(Signatories); (12...

  3. 40 CFR 145.11 - Requirements for permitting.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ...)-(Confidential information); (2) Section 144.6—(Classification of injection wells); (3) Section 144.7... movement of fluids into underground sources of drinking water); (7) Section 144.13—(Elimination of Class IV...—(Authorization by rule); (10) Section 144.31—(Application for a permit); (11) Section 144.32—(Signatories); (12...

  4. 40 CFR 145.11 - Requirements for permitting.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ...)-(Confidential information); (2) Section 144.6—(Classification of injection wells); (3) Section 144.7... movement of fluids into underground sources of drinking water); (7) Section 144.13—(Elimination of Class IV...—(Authorization by rule); (10) Section 144.31—(Application for a permit); (11) Section 144.32—(Signatories); (12...

  5. 40 CFR 145.11 - Requirements for permitting.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ...)-(Confidential information); (2) Section 144.6—(Classification of injection wells); (3) Section 144.7... movement of fluids into underground sources of drinking water); (7) Section 144.13—(Elimination of Class IV...—(Authorization by rule); (10) Section 144.31—(Application for a permit); (11) Section 144.32—(Signatories); (12...

  6. 40 CFR 145.11 - Requirements for permitting.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ...)-(Confidential information); (2) Section 144.6—(Classification of injection wells); (3) Section 144.7... movement of fluids into underground sources of drinking water); (7) Section 144.13—(Elimination of Class IV...—(Authorization by rule); (10) Section 144.31—(Application for a permit); (11) Section 144.32—(Signatories); (12...

  7. Biobehavioral Correlates of Depression in Reaction to Mental and Physical Challenge

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2007-03-07

    positive effects on quality of life for individuals with depression. 15. SUBJECT TERMS 16. SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF: 17. LIMITATION OF ABSTRACT Same...reactivity to challenge with potential positive effects on quality of life for individuals with depression. v Biobehavioral Correlates of...Responsiveness.............................................. 22 IV. Immune System Parameters in Depression............................................ 24

  8. The Alternative Lenses of Assessment: Educating Social Workers about Psychopathology

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Satterly, Brent A.

    2007-01-01

    The use of the "Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders" (DSM IV) as a teaching tool for social workers to understand mental illness has been debated for many years. The general consensus is that social workers need to be "familiar" with this classification system. Social Work's person in environment perspective, however, requires…

  9. Diagnoses and Presenting Symptoms in an Infant Psychiatry Clinic: Comparison of Two Diagnostic Systems.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Frankel, Karen A.; Boyum, Lisa A.; Harmon, Robert J.

    2004-01-01

    Objective: To present data from a general infant psychiatry clinic, including range and frequency of presenting symptoms, relationship between symptoms and diagnoses, and comparison of two diagnostic systems, DSM-IV and Diagnostic Classification of Mental Health and Developmental Disorders of Infancy and Early Childhood (DC: 0-3). Method: A…

  10. 77 FR 40261 - The Interagency Security Classification Appeals Panel (ISCAP) Bylaws, Rules, and Appeal Procedures

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2012-07-09

    ... in order to fulfill the Panel's functions. (d) Member vacancies. Vacancies among the primary members... (Article I). 2003.2 Authority (Article II). 2003.3 Functions (Article III). 2003.4 Membership (Article IV... section 3.5 of the Order. 2003.14 Dissemination of ISCAP decisions. 2003.15 Additional functions...

  11. In vitro-in vivo correlation strategy applied to an immediate-release solid oral dosage form with a biopharmaceutical classification system IV compound case study.

    PubMed

    Bredael, Gerard M; Bowers, Niya; Boulineau, Fabien; Hahn, David

    2014-07-01

    The ability to predict in vivo response of an oral dosage form based on an in vitro technique has been a sought after goal of the pharmaceutical scientist. Dissolution testing that demonstrates discrimination to various critical formulations or process attributes provides a sensitive quality check that may be representative or may be overpredictive of potential in vivo changes. Dissolution methodology with an established in vitro-in vivo relationship or correlation may provide the desired in vivo predictability. To establish this in vitro-in vivo link, a clinical study must be performed. In this article, recommendations are given in the selection of batches for the clinical study followed by potential outcome scenarios. The investigation of a Level C in vitro-in vivo correlation (IVIVC), which is the most common correlation for immediate-release oral dosage forms, is presented. Lastly, an IVIVC case study involving a biopharmaceutical classification system class IV compound is presented encompassing this strategy and techniques. © 2014 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. and the American Pharmacists Association.

  12. [Validation of a cutoff point for the short version of the Depression Scale of the Center for Epidemiologic Studies in older Mexican adults].

    PubMed

    Salinas-Rodríguez, Aarón; Manrique-Espinoza, Betty; Acosta-Castillo, Gilberto Isaac; Franco-Núñez, Aurora; Rosas-Carrasco, Oscar; Gutiérrez-Robledo, Luis Miguel; Sosa-Ortiz, Ana Luisa

    2014-01-01

    To identify a valid cutoff point associated with Center for Epidemiologic Studies, Depression Scale (CES-D) of seven items, which allows the classification of older adults according to presence/absence of clinically significant depressive symptoms. Screening study with 229 older adults residing in two states of Mexico (Morelos and Tlaxcala), which were part of the sample from the National Survey of Health and Nutrition, 2012. We estimated the sensitivity and specificity associated with the selected cutoff points using the diagnostic criteria of ICD-10 (International Classification of Diseases, 10th revision) and DSM-IV (Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, fourth edition). The cutoff point estimated was CES-D=5. According to the ICD-10 sensitivity and specificity were 83.3 and 90.2%, and ROC was 87%. Using DSM-IV, the values were 85, 83.2, and 84%, respectively. The short version of the CES-D can be used as a screening test to identify probable cases of older adults with clinically significant depressive symptoms.

  13. DSM-5 and mental disorders in older individuals: an overview

    PubMed Central

    Sachdev, Perminder S.; Mohan, Adith; Taylor, Lauren; Jeste, Dilip V.

    2015-01-01

    About every 20 years, the American Psychiatric Association revises its official classification of mental disorders. The fifth revision of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5) was published in 2013, exciting considerable commentary, debate and criticism. This article briefly describes the process that led to the DSM-5 and the main changes from the previous version (DSM-IV) that would be of interest to a geriatric psychiatrist. While there have been a number of changes in the areas of schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, depressive disorders and anxiety disorders, the majority of these changes are minor and unlikely to have major treatment implications. The classification of neurocognitive disorders has however seen a major revision and elaboration in comparison with DSM-IV, with the introduction of Mild and Major Neurocognitive Disorders, the latter equated with dementia. A common language is introduced for the criteria of the various etiological subtypes of neurocognitive disorders. All physicians treating patients with neurocognitive disorders should familiarize themselves with these criteria. Their use in research has the potential to harmonize the field. PMID:26332215

  14. Multidimensional assessment of acute confusion after traumatic brain injury.

    PubMed

    Sherer, Mark; Nakase-Thompson, Risa; Yablon, Stuart A; Gontkovsky, Samuel T

    2005-05-01

    To describe the phenomenology of posttraumatic confusional state (PTCS) and to provide preliminary validation of a new procedure, the Confusion Assessment Protocol (CAP), for assessing PTCS. Criterion standard investigation. Inpatient traumatic brain injury (TBI) rehabilitation program. Two consecutive series of patients (n=62, n=93) with TBI admitted for inpatient rehabilitation. Not applicable. Clinical diagnosis of delirium based on Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 4th Edition (DSM-IV) criteria, classification of posttraumatic amnesia (PTA) based on the Galveston Orientation and Amnesia Test (GOAT), and Disability Rating Scale score at time of rehabilitation hospital discharge. Results Agreement between the diagnosis of PTCS with the CAP and DSM-IV classification of delirium was 87%, and agreement between PTCS and PTA using GOAT criteria was 90%. Patients classified as in PTCS sustained more severe injuries and required longer rehabilitation stays. Confusion status was associated with poorer functional status at rehabilitation discharge. The CAP is a brief, structured, repeatable measure of multiple neurobehavioral aspects of PTCS. Confusion status as determined by CAP assessment contributed to prediction of outcome at rehabilitation discharge after adjustment for other potential predictors.

  15. Externalizing disorders: cluster 5 of the proposed meta-structure for DSM-V and ICD-11.

    PubMed

    Krueger, R F; South, S C

    2009-12-01

    The extant major psychiatric classifications DSM-IV and ICD-10 are purportedly atheoretical and largely descriptive. Although this achieves good reliability, the validity of a medical diagnosis is greatly enhanced by an understanding of the etiology. In an attempt to group mental disorders on the basis of etiology, five clusters have been proposed. We consider the validity of the fifth cluster, externalizing disorders, within this proposal. We reviewed the literature in relation to 11 validating criteria proposed by the Study Group of the DSM-V Task Force, in terms of the extent to which these criteria support the idea of a coherent externalizing spectrum of disorders. This cluster distinguishes itself by the central role of disinhibitory personality in mental disorders spread throughout sections of the current classifications, including substance dependence, antisocial personality disorder and conduct disorder. Shared biomarkers, co-morbidity and course offer additional evidence for a valid cluster of externalizing disorders. Externalizing disorders meet many of the salient criteria proposed by the Study Group of the DSM-V Task Force to suggest a classification cluster.

  16. The PLATINO study: description of the distribution, stability, and mortality according to the Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease classification from 2007 to 2017.

    PubMed

    Menezes, Ana M; Wehrmeister, Fernando C; Perez-Padilla, Rogelio; Viana, Karynna P; Soares, Claudia; Müllerova, Hana; Valdivia, Gonzalo; Jardim, José R; Montes de Oca, Maria

    2017-01-01

    The Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease (GOLD) report provides a framework for classifying COPD reflecting the impacts of disease on patients and for targeting treatment recommendations. The GOLD 2017 introduced a new classification with 16 subgroups based on a composite of spirometry and symptoms/exacerbations. Data from the population-based PLATINO study, collected at baseline and at follow-up, in three sites in Latin America were analyzed to compare the following: 1) the distribution of COPD patients according to GOLD 2007, 2013, and 2017; 2) the stability of the 2007 and 2013 classifications; and 3) the mortality rate over time stratified by GOLD 2007, 2013, and 2017. Of the 524 COPD patients evaluated, most of them were classified as Grade I or II (GOLD 2007) and Group A or B (GOLD 2013), with ≈70% of those classified as Group A in GOLD 2013 also classified as Grade I in GOLD 2007 and the highest percentage (41%) in Group D (2013) classified as Grade III (2007). According to GOLD 2017, among patients with Grade I airflow limitation, 69% of them were categorized into Group A, whereas Grade IV patients were more evenly distributed among Groups A-D. Most of the patients classified by GOLD 2007 remained in the same airflow limitation group at the follow-up; a greater temporal variability was observed with GOLD 2013 classification. Incidence-mortality rate in patients classified by GOLD 2007 was positively associated with increasing severity of airflow obstruction; for GOLD 2013 and GOLD 2017 (Groups A-D), highest mortality rates were observed in Groups C and D. No clear pattern was observed for mortality across the GOLD 2017 subgroups. The PLATINO study data suggest that GOLD 2007 classification shows more stability over time compared with GOLD 2013. No clear patterns with respect to the distribution of patients or incidence-mortality rates were observed according to GOLD 2013/2017 classification.

  17. Classification of patients with low back-related leg pain: a systematic review.

    PubMed

    Stynes, Siobhán; Konstantinou, Kika; Dunn, Kate M

    2016-05-23

    The identification of clinically relevant subgroups of low back pain (LBP) is considered the number one LBP research priority in primary care. One subgroup of LBP patients are those with back related leg pain. Leg pain frequently accompanies LBP and is associated with increased levels of disability and higher health costs than simple low back pain. Distinguishing between different types of low back-related leg pain (LBLP) is important for clinical management and research applications, but there is currently no clear agreement on how to define and identify LBLP due to nerve root involvement. The aim of this systematic review was to identify, describe and appraise papers that classify or subgroup populations with LBLP, and summarise how leg pain due to nerve root involvement is described and diagnosed in the various systems. The search strategy involved nine electronic databases including Medline and Embase, reference lists of eligible studies and relevant reviews. Selected papers were appraised independently by two reviewers using a standardised scoring tool. Of 13,358 initial potential eligible citations, 50 relevant papers were identified that reported on 22 classification systems. Papers were grouped according to purpose and criteria of the classification systems. Five themes emerged: (i) clinical features (ii) pathoanatomy (iii) treatment-based approach (iv) screening tools and prediction rules and (v) pain mechanisms. Three of the twenty two systems focused specifically on LBLP populations. Systems that scored highest following quality appraisal were ones where authors generally included statistical methods to develop their classifications, and supporting work had been published on the systems' validity, reliability and generalisability. There was lack of consistency in how LBLP due to nerve root involvement was described and diagnosed within the systems. Numerous classification systems exist that include patients with leg pain, a minority of them focus specifically on distinguishing between different presentations of leg pain. Further work is needed to identify clinically meaningful subgroups of LBLP patients, ideally based on large primary care cohort populations and using recommended methods for classification system development.

  18. A Biochar Classification System and Associated Test Methods

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Camps-Arbestain, Marta; Amonette, James E.; Singh, Balwant

    2015-02-18

    In this chapter, a biochar classification system related to its use as soil amendment is proposed. This document builds upon previous work and constrains its scope to materials with properties that satisfy the criteria for biochar as defined by either the International Biochar Initiative (IBI) Biochar Standards or the European Biochar Community (EBC) Standards, and it is intended to minimise the need for testing in addition to those required according to the above-mentioned standards. The classification system envisions enabling stakeholders and commercial entities to (i) identify the most suitable biochar to fulfil the requirements for a particular soil and/or land-use,more » and (ii) distinguish the application of biochar for specific niches (e.g., soilless agriculture). It is based on the best current knowledge and the intention is to periodically review and update the document based on new data and knowledge that become available in the scientific literature. The main thrust of this classification system is based on the direct or indirect beneficial effects that biochar provides from its application to soil. We have classified the potential beneficial effects of biochar application to soils into five categories with their corresponding classes, where applicable: (i) carbon (C) storage value, (ii) fertiliser value, (iii) liming value, (iv) particle-size, and (v) use in soil-less agriculture. A summary of recommended test methods is provided at the end of the chapter.« less

  19. Accurate classification of brain gliomas by discriminate dictionary learning based on projective dictionary pair learning of proton magnetic resonance spectra.

    PubMed

    Adebileje, Sikiru Afolabi; Ghasemi, Keyvan; Aiyelabegan, Hammed Tanimowo; Saligheh Rad, Hamidreza

    2017-04-01

    Proton magnetic resonance spectroscopy is a powerful noninvasive technique that complements the structural images of cMRI, which aids biomedical and clinical researches, by identifying and visualizing the compositions of various metabolites within the tissues of interest. However, accurate classification of proton magnetic resonance spectroscopy is still a challenging issue in clinics due to low signal-to-noise ratio, overlapping peaks of metabolites, and the presence of background macromolecules. This paper evaluates the performance of a discriminate dictionary learning classifiers based on projective dictionary pair learning method for brain gliomas proton magnetic resonance spectroscopy spectra classification task, and the result were compared with the sub-dictionary learning methods. The proton magnetic resonance spectroscopy data contain a total of 150 spectra (74 healthy, 23 grade II, 23 grade III, and 30 grade IV) from two databases. The datasets from both databases were first coupled together, followed by column normalization. The Kennard-Stone algorithm was used to split the datasets into its training and test sets. Performance comparison based on the overall accuracy, sensitivity, specificity, and precision was conducted. Based on the overall accuracy of our classification scheme, the dictionary pair learning method was found to outperform the sub-dictionary learning methods 97.78% compared with 68.89%, respectively. Copyright © 2016 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. Copyright © 2016 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  20. Concordance between gambling disorder diagnoses in the DSM-IV and DSM-5; Results from the National Epidemiological Survey of Alcohol and Related Disorders

    PubMed Central

    Petry, Nancy M.; Blanco, Carlos; Jin, Chelsea; Grant, Bridget F.

    2015-01-01

    The fifth edition of the Diagnostic and Statistic Manual for Mental Disorders (DSM-5) eliminates the committing illegal acts criterion and reduces the threshold for a diagnosis of gambling disorder to four of nine criteria. This study compared the DSM-5 “4 of 9” classification system to the “5 of 10” DSM-IV system, as well as other permutations (i.e., just lowing the threshold to four criteria or just eliminating the illegal acts criterion) in 43,093 respondents to the National Epidemiological Survey of Alcohol and Related Conditions. Subgroups were analyzed to ascertain if changes will impact differentially diagnoses based on gender, age or race/ethnicity. In the full sample and each subpopulation, prevalence rates were higher when the DSM-5 classification system was employed relative to the DSM-IV system, but the hit rate between the two systems ranged from 99.80% to 99.96%. Across all gender, age and racial/ethnic subgroups, specificity was greater than 99% when the DSM-5 system was employed relative to the DSM-IV system, and sensitivity was 100%. Results from this study suggest that eliminating the illegal acts criterion has little impact on diagnosis of gambling disorder, but lowering the threshold for diagnosis does increase the base rate in the general population and each subgroup, even though overall rates remain low and sensitivity and specificity are high. PMID:24588275

  1. Do DSM-5 Section II personality disorders and Section III personality trait domains reflect the same genetic and environmental risk factors?

    PubMed

    Reichborn-Kjennerud, T; Krueger, R F; Ystrom, E; Torvik, F A; Rosenström, T H; Aggen, S H; South, S C; Neale, M C; Knudsen, G P; Kendler, K S; Czajkowski, N O

    2017-09-01

    DSM-5 includes two conceptualizations of personality disorders (PDs). The classification in Section II is identical to the one found in DSM-IV, and includes 10 categorical PDs. The Alternative Model (Section III) includes criteria for dimensional measures of maladaptive personality traits organized into five domains. The degree to which the two conceptualizations reflect the same etiological factors is not known. We use data from a large population-based sample of adult twins from the Norwegian Institute of Public Health Twin Panel on interview-based DSM-IV PDs and a short self-report inventory that indexes the five domains of the DSM-5 Alternative Model plus a domain explicitly targeting compulsivity. Schizotypal, Paranoid, Antisocial, Borderline, Avoidant, and Obsessive-compulsive PDs were assessed at the same time as the maladaptive personality traits and 10 years previously. Schizoid, Histrionic, Narcissistic, and Dependent PDs were only assessed at the first interview. Biometric models were used to estimate overlap in genetic and environmental risk factors. When measured concurrently, there was 100% genetic overlap between the maladaptive trait domains and Paranoid, Schizotypal, Antisocial, Borderline, and Avoidant PDs. For OCPD, 43% of the genetic variance was shared with the domains. Genetic correlations between the individual domains and PDs ranged from +0.21 to +0.91. The pathological personality trait domains, which are part of the Alternative Model for classification of PDs in DSM-5 Section III, appears to tap, at an aggregate level, the same genetic risk factors as the DSM-5 Section II classification for most of the PDs.

  2. Concurrent chemoradiotherapy with S-1 in patients with stage III-IV oral squamous cell carcinoma: A retrospective analysis of nodal classification based on the neck node level.

    PubMed

    Murakami, Ryuji; Semba, Akiko; Kawahara, Kenta; Matsuyama, Keiya; Hiraki, Akimitsu; Nagata, Masashi; Toya, Ryo; Yamashita, Yasuyuki; Oya, Natsuo; Nakayama, Hideki

    2017-07-01

    The aim of the present study was to retrospectively evaluate the treatment outcomes of concurrent chemoradiotherapy (CCRT) with S-1, an oral fluoropyrimidine anticancer agent, for advanced oral squamous cell carcinoma (SCC). The study population consisted of 47 patients with clinical stage III or IV oral SCC, who underwent CCRT with S-1. Pretreatment variables, including patient age, clinical stage, T classification, midline involvement of the primary tumor and nodal status, were analyzed as predictors of survival. In addition to the N classification (node-positive, multiple and contralateral), the prognostic impact of the level of nodal involvement was assessed. Nodal involvement was mainly observed at levels Ib and II; involvement at levels Ia and III-V was considered to be anterior and inferior extension, respectively, and was recorded as extensive nodal involvement (ENI). The 3-year overall survival (OS) and progression-free survival (PFS) rates were 37 and 27%, respectively. A finding of ENI was a significant factor for OS [hazard ratio (HR)=2.16; 95% confidence interval (CI): 1.03-4.55; P=0.038] and PFS (HR=2.65; 95% CI: 1.32-5.33; P=0.005); the 3-year OS and PFS rates in patients with vs. those without ENI were 23 vs. 50% and 9 vs. 43%, respectively. The other variables were not significant. Therefore, CCRT with S-1 may be an alternative treatment for advanced oral SCC; favorable outcomes are expected in patients without ENI.

  3. Genetic burden associated with varying degrees of disease severity in endometriosis

    PubMed Central

    Sapkota, Yadav; Attia, John; Gordon, Scott D.; Henders, Anjali K.; Holliday, Elizabeth G.; Rahmioglu, Nilufer; MacGregor, Stuart; Martin, Nicholas G.; McEvoy, Mark; Morris, Andrew P.; Scott, Rodney J.; Zondervan, Krina T.; Montgomery, Grant W.; Nyholt, Dale R.

    2015-01-01

    Endometriosis is primarily characterized by the presence of tissue resembling endometrium outside the uterine cavity and is usually diagnosed by laparoscopy. The most commonly used classification of disease, the revised American Fertility Society (rAFS) system to grade endometriosis into different stages based on disease severity (I to IV), has been questioned as it does not correlate well with underlying symptoms, posing issues in diagnosis and choice of treatment. Using two independent European genome-wide association (GWA) datasets and top-level classification of the endometriosis cases based on rAFS [minimal or mild (Stage A) and moderate-to-severe (Stage B) disease], we previously showed that Stage B endometriosis has greater contribution of common genetic variation to its aetiology than Stage A disease. Herein, we extend our previous analysis to four endometriosis stages [minimal (Stage I), mild (Stage II), moderate (Stage III) and severe (Stage IV) disease] based on the rAFS classification system and compared the genetic burden across stages. Our results indicate that genetic burden increases from minimal to severe endometriosis. For the minimal disease, genetic factors may contribute to a lesser extent than other disease categories. Mild and moderate endometriosis appeared genetically similar, making it difficult to tease them apart. Consistent with our previous reports, moderate and severe endometriosis showed greater genetic burden than minimal or mild disease. Overall, our results provide new insights into the genetic architecture of endometriosis and further investigation in larger samples may help to understand better the aetiology of varying degrees of endometriosis, enabling improved diagnostic and treatment modalities. PMID:25882541

  4. GIS/RS-based Rapid Reassessment for Slope Land Capability Classification

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chang, T. Y.; Chompuchan, C.

    2014-12-01

    Farmland resources in Taiwan are limited because about 73% is mountainous and slope land. Moreover, the rapid urbanization and dense population resulted in the highly developed flat area. Therefore, the utilization of slope land for agriculture is more needed. In 1976, "Slope Land Conservation and Utilization Act" was promulgated to regulate the slope land utilization. Consequently, slope land capability was categorized into Class I-IV according to 4 criteria, i.e., average land slope, effective soil depth, degree of soil erosion, and parent rock. The slope land capability Class I-VI are suitable for cultivation and pasture. Whereas, Class V should be used for forestry purpose and Class VI should be the conservation land which requires intensive conservation practices. The field survey was conducted to categorize each land unit as the classification scheme. The landowners may not allow to overuse land capability limitation. In the last decade, typhoons and landslides frequently devastated in Taiwan. The rapid post-disaster reassessment of the slope land capability classification is necessary. However, the large-scale disaster on slope land is the constraint of field investigation. This study focused on using satellite remote sensing and GIS as the rapid re-evaluation method. Chenyulan watershed in Nantou County, Taiwan was selected to be a case study area. Grid-based slope derivation, topographic wetness index (TWI) and USLE soil loss calculation were used to classify slope land capability. The results showed that GIS-based classification give an overall accuracy of 68.32%. In addition, the post-disaster areas of Typhoon Morakot in 2009, which interpreted by SPOT satellite imageries, were suggested to classify as the conservation lands. These tools perform better in the large coverage post-disaster update for slope land capability classification and reduce time-consuming, manpower and material resources to the field investigation.

  5. Local soil classification and crop suitability: Implications for the historical land use and soil management in Monti di Trapani (Sicily)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Garcia-Vila, Margarita; Corselli, Rocco; Bonet, María Teresa; Lopapa, Giuseppe; Pillitteri, Valentina; Fereres, Elias

    2017-04-01

    In the past, the lack of technologies (e.g. synthetic fertilizers) to overcome biophysical limitations has played a central role in land use planning. Thus, landscape management and agronomic practices are reactions to local knowledge and perceptions on natural resources, particularly soil. In the framework of the European research project MEMOLA (FP7), the role of local farmers knowledge and perceptions on soil for the historical land use through the spatial distribution of crops and the various management practices have been assessed in three different areas of Monti di Trapani region (Sicily). The identification of the soil classification systems of farmers and the criteria on which it is based, linked to the evaluation of the farmers' ability to identify and map the different soil types, was a key step. Nevertheless, beyond the comparison of the ethnopedological classification approach versus standard soil classification systems, the study also aims at understanding local soil management and land use decisions. The applied methodology was based on an interdisciplinary approach, combining soil science methods and participatory appraisal tools, particularly: i) semi-structured interviews; ii) soil sampling and analysis; iii) discussion groups; and iv) a workshop with local edafologists and agronomists. A rich local glossary of terms associated with the soil conditions and an own soil classification system have been identified in the region. Also, a detailed soil map, including process of soil degradation and soil capability, has been generated. This traditional soil knowledge has conditioned the management and the spatial distribution of the crops, and therefore the configuration of the landscape, until the 1990s. Acknowledgements This work has been funded by the European Union project MEMOLA (Grant agreement no: 613265).

  6. Correlation of AO and Lauge-Hansen classification systems for ankle fractures to the mechanism of injury.

    PubMed

    Rodriguez, Edward K; Kwon, John Y; Herder, Lindsay M; Appleton, Paul T

    2013-11-01

    Our aim was to assess whether the Lauge-Hansen (LH) and the Muller AO classification systems for ankle fractures radiographically correlate with in vivo injuries based on observed mechanism of injury. Videos of potential study candidates were reviewed on YouTube.com. Individuals were recruited for participation if the video could be classified by injury mechanism with a high likelihood of sustaining an ankle fracture. Corresponding injury radiographs were obtained. Injury mechanism was classified using the LH system as supination/external rotation (SER), supination/adduction (SAD), pronation/external rotation (PER), or pronation/abduction (PAB). Corresponding radiographs were classified by the LH system and the AO system. Thirty injury videos with their corresponding radiographs were collected. Of the video clips reviewed, 16 had SAD mechanisms and 14 had PER mechanisms. There were 26 ankle fractures, 3 nonfractures, and 1 subtalar dislocation. Twelve fractures with SAD mechanisms had corresponding SAD fracture patterns. Five PER mechanisms had PER fracture patterns. Eight PER mechanisms had SER fracture patterns and 1 had SAD fracture pattern. When the AO classification was used, all 12 SAD type injuries had a 44A type fracture, whereas the 14 PER injuries resulted in nine 44B fractures, two 44C fractures, and three 43A fractures. When injury video clips of ankle fractures were matched to their corresponding radiographs, the LH system was 65% (17/26) consistent in predicting fracture patterns from the deforming injury mechanism. When the AO classification system was used, consistency was 81% (21/26). The AO classification, despite its development as a purely radiographic system, correlated with in vivo injuries, as based on observed mechanism of injury, more closely than did the LH system. Level IV, case series.

  7. Automated Grading of Gliomas using Deep Learning in Digital Pathology Images: A modular approach with ensemble of convolutional neural networks.

    PubMed

    Ertosun, Mehmet Günhan; Rubin, Daniel L

    2015-01-01

    Brain glioma is the most common primary malignant brain tumors in adults with different pathologic subtypes: Lower Grade Glioma (LGG) Grade II, Lower Grade Glioma (LGG) Grade III, and Glioblastoma Multiforme (GBM) Grade IV. The survival and treatment options are highly dependent of this glioma grade. We propose a deep learning-based, modular classification pipeline for automated grading of gliomas using digital pathology images. Whole tissue digitized images of pathology slides obtained from The Cancer Genome Atlas (TCGA) were used to train our deep learning modules. Our modular pipeline provides diagnostic quality statistics, such as precision, sensitivity and specificity, of the individual deep learning modules, and (1) facilitates training given the limited data in this domain, (2) enables exploration of different deep learning structures for each module, (3) leads to developing less complex modules that are simpler to analyze, and (4) provides flexibility, permitting use of single modules within the framework or use of other modeling or machine learning applications, such as probabilistic graphical models or support vector machines. Our modular approach helps us meet the requirements of minimum accuracy levels that are demanded by the context of different decision points within a multi-class classification scheme. Convolutional Neural Networks are trained for each module for each sub-task with more than 90% classification accuracies on validation data set, and achieved classification accuracy of 96% for the task of GBM vs LGG classification, 71% for further identifying the grade of LGG into Grade II or Grade III on independent data set coming from new patients from the multi-institutional repository.

  8. Validation of the Japanese disease severity classification and the GAP model in Japanese patients with idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis.

    PubMed

    Kondoh, Shun; Chiba, Hirofumi; Nishikiori, Hirotaka; Umeda, Yasuaki; Kuronuma, Koji; Otsuka, Mitsuo; Yamada, Gen; Ohnishi, Hirofumi; Mori, Mitsuru; Kondoh, Yasuhiro; Taniguchi, Hiroyuki; Homma, Sakae; Takahashi, Hiroki

    2016-09-01

    The clinical course of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF) shows great inter-individual differences. It is important to standardize the severity classification to accurately evaluate each patient׳s prognosis. In Japan, an original severity classification (the Japanese disease severity classification, JSC) is used. In the United States, the new multidimensional index and staging system (the GAP model) has been proposed. The objective of this study was to evaluate the model performance for the prediction of mortality risk of the JSC and GAP models using a large cohort of Japanese patients with IPF. This is a retrospective cohort study including 326 patients with IPF in the Hokkaido prefecture from 2003 to 2007. We obtained the survival curves of each stage of the GAP and JSC models to perform a comparison. In the GAP model, the prognostic value for mortality risk of Japanese patients was also evaluated. In the JSC, patient prognoses were roughly divided into two groups, mild cases (Stages I and II) and severe cases (Stages III and IV). In the GAP model, there was no significant difference in survival between Stages II and III, and the mortality rates in the patients classified into the GAP Stages I and II were underestimated. It is difficult to predict accurate prognosis of IPF using the JSC and the GAP models. A re-examination of the variables from the two models is required, as well as an evaluation of the prognostic value to revise the severity classification for Japanese patients with IPF. Copyright © 2016 The Japanese Respiratory Society. Published by Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  9. Different patterns of lateral meniscus root tears in ACL injuries: application of a differentiated classification system.

    PubMed

    Forkel, Philipp; Reuter, Sven; Sprenker, Frederike; Achtnich, Andrea; Herbst, Elmar; Imhoff, Andreas; Petersen, Wolf

    2015-01-01

    Posterior lateral meniscus root tears (PLMRTs) affect the intra-articular pressure distribution in the lateral compartment of the knee. The biomechanical consequences of these injuries are significantly influenced by the integrity of the meniscofemoral ligaments (MFLs). A newly introduced arthroscopic classification system for PLMRTs that takes MFL integrity into account has not yet been clinically applied but may be useful in selecting the optimal method of PLMRT repair. Prospective ACL reconstruction data were collected. Concomitant injuries of the lateral meniscus posterior horn were classified according to their shape and MFL status. The classifications were: type 1, avulsion of the root; type 2, radial tear of the lateral meniscus posterior horn close to the root with an intact MFL; and type 3, complete detachment of the posterior meniscus horn. Between January 2011 and May 2012, 228 consecutive ACL reconstructions were included. Lateral and medial meniscus tears were identified in 38.2% (n = 87) and 44.7% (n = 102), respectively. Of the 87 lateral meniscus tears, 32 cases had PLMRTs; the overall prevalence of PLMRTs was 14% (n = 32). Two medial meniscus root tears were detected. All PLMRTs were classified according to the classification system described above, and the fixation procedure was adapted to the type of meniscus tear. The PLMRT tear is a common injury among patients undergoing ACL repair and can be arthroscopically classified into three different types. Medial meniscus root tears are rare in association with ACL tears. The PLMRT classification presented here may help to estimate the injury's impact on the lateral compartment and to identify the optimal treatment. These tears should not be overlooked, and the treatment strategy should be chosen with respect to the type of root tear. IV.

  10. A Functional-Phylogenetic Classification System for Transmembrane Solute Transporters

    PubMed Central

    Saier, Milton H.

    2000-01-01

    A comprehensive classification system for transmembrane molecular transporters has been developed and recently approved by the transport panel of the nomenclature committee of the International Union of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. This system is based on (i) transporter class and subclass (mode of transport and energy coupling mechanism), (ii) protein phylogenetic family and subfamily, and (iii) substrate specificity. Almost all of the more than 250 identified families of transporters include members that function exclusively in transport. Channels (115 families), secondary active transporters (uniporters, symporters, and antiporters) (78 families), primary active transporters (23 families), group translocators (6 families), and transport proteins of ill-defined function or of unknown mechanism (51 families) constitute distinct categories. Transport mode and energy coupling prove to be relatively immutable characteristics and therefore provide primary bases for classification. Phylogenetic grouping reflects structure, function, mechanism, and often substrate specificity and therefore provides a reliable secondary basis for classification. Substrate specificity and polarity of transport prove to be more readily altered during evolutionary history and therefore provide a tertiary basis for classification. With very few exceptions, a phylogenetic family of transporters includes members that function by a single transport mode and energy coupling mechanism, although a variety of substrates may be transported, sometimes with either inwardly or outwardly directed polarity. In this review, I provide cross-referencing of well-characterized constituent transporters according to (i) transport mode, (ii) energy coupling mechanism, (iii) phylogenetic grouping, and (iv) substrates transported. The structural features and distribution of recognized family members throughout the living world are also evaluated. The tabulations should facilitate familial and functional assignments of newly sequenced transport proteins that will result from future genome sequencing projects. PMID:10839820

  11. Automated Grading of Gliomas using Deep Learning in Digital Pathology Images: A modular approach with ensemble of convolutional neural networks

    PubMed Central

    Ertosun, Mehmet Günhan; Rubin, Daniel L.

    2015-01-01

    Brain glioma is the most common primary malignant brain tumors in adults with different pathologic subtypes: Lower Grade Glioma (LGG) Grade II, Lower Grade Glioma (LGG) Grade III, and Glioblastoma Multiforme (GBM) Grade IV. The survival and treatment options are highly dependent of this glioma grade. We propose a deep learning-based, modular classification pipeline for automated grading of gliomas using digital pathology images. Whole tissue digitized images of pathology slides obtained from The Cancer Genome Atlas (TCGA) were used to train our deep learning modules. Our modular pipeline provides diagnostic quality statistics, such as precision, sensitivity and specificity, of the individual deep learning modules, and (1) facilitates training given the limited data in this domain, (2) enables exploration of different deep learning structures for each module, (3) leads to developing less complex modules that are simpler to analyze, and (4) provides flexibility, permitting use of single modules within the framework or use of other modeling or machine learning applications, such as probabilistic graphical models or support vector machines. Our modular approach helps us meet the requirements of minimum accuracy levels that are demanded by the context of different decision points within a multi-class classification scheme. Convolutional Neural Networks are trained for each module for each sub-task with more than 90% classification accuracies on validation data set, and achieved classification accuracy of 96% for the task of GBM vs LGG classification, 71% for further identifying the grade of LGG into Grade II or Grade III on independent data set coming from new patients from the multi-institutional repository. PMID:26958289

  12. Validation of accelerometer cut points in toddlers with and without cerebral palsy.

    PubMed

    Oftedal, Stina; Bell, Kristie L; Davies, Peter S W; Ware, Robert S; Boyd, Roslyn N

    2014-09-01

    The purpose of this study was to validate uni- and triaxial ActiGraph cut points for sedentary time in toddlers with cerebral palsy (CP) and typically developing children (TDC). Children (n = 103, 61 boys, mean age = 2 yr, SD = 6 months, range = 1 yr 6 months-3 yr) were divided into calibration (n = 65) and validation (n = 38) samples with separate analyses for TDC (n = 28) and ambulant (Gross Motor Function Classification System I-III, n = 51) and nonambulant (Gross Motor Function Classification System IV-V, n = 25) children with CP. An ActiGraph was worn during a videotaped assessment. Behavior was coded as sedentary or nonsedentary. Receiver operating characteristic-area under the curve analysis determined the classification accuracy of accelerometer data. Predictive validity was determined using the Bland-Altman analysis. Classification accuracy for uniaxial data was fair for the ambulatory CP and TDC group but poor for the nonambulatory CP group. Triaxial data showed good classification accuracy for all groups. The uniaxial ambulatory CP and TDC cut points significantly overestimated sedentary time (bias = -10.5%, 95% limits of agreement [LoA] = -30.2% to 9.1%; bias = -17.3%, 95% LoA = -44.3% to 8.3%). The triaxial ambulatory and nonambulatory CP and TDC cut points provided accurate group-level measures of sedentary time (bias = -1.5%, 95% LoA = -20% to 16.8%; bias = 2.1%, 95% LoA = -17.3% to 21.5%; bias = -5.1%, 95% LoA = -27.5% to 16.1%). Triaxial accelerometers provide useful group-level measures of sedentary time in children with CP across the spectrum of functional abilities and TDC. Uniaxial cut points are not recommended.

  13. Machine learning methods for the classification of gliomas: Initial results using features extracted from MR spectroscopy.

    PubMed

    Ranjith, G; Parvathy, R; Vikas, V; Chandrasekharan, Kesavadas; Nair, Suresh

    2015-04-01

    With the advent of new imaging modalities, radiologists are faced with handling increasing volumes of data for diagnosis and treatment planning. The use of automated and intelligent systems is becoming essential in such a scenario. Machine learning, a branch of artificial intelligence, is increasingly being used in medical image analysis applications such as image segmentation, registration and computer-aided diagnosis and detection. Histopathological analysis is currently the gold standard for classification of brain tumors. The use of machine learning algorithms along with extraction of relevant features from magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) holds promise of replacing conventional invasive methods of tumor classification. The aim of the study is to classify gliomas into benign and malignant types using MRI data. Retrospective data from 28 patients who were diagnosed with glioma were used for the analysis. WHO Grade II (low-grade astrocytoma) was classified as benign while Grade III (anaplastic astrocytoma) and Grade IV (glioblastoma multiforme) were classified as malignant. Features were extracted from MR spectroscopy. The classification was done using four machine learning algorithms: multilayer perceptrons, support vector machine, random forest and locally weighted learning. Three of the four machine learning algorithms gave an area under ROC curve in excess of 0.80. Random forest gave the best performance in terms of AUC (0.911) while sensitivity was best for locally weighted learning (86.1%). The performance of different machine learning algorithms in the classification of gliomas is promising. An even better performance may be expected by integrating features extracted from other MR sequences. © The Author(s) 2015 Reprints and permissions: sagepub.co.uk/journalsPermissions.nav.

  14. Cardiomyoplasty: first clinical case with new cardiomyostimulator.

    PubMed

    Chekanov, Valeri S; Sands, Duane E; Brown, Conville S; Brum, Fernando; Arzuaga, Pedro; Gava, Sebastian; Eugenio, Ferdinand P; Melamed, Vladimir; Spencer, Howard W

    2002-09-01

    Dynamic cardiomyoplasty was performed in a patient using a new cardio-myostimulator (LD-PACE II) designed to enable a novel stimulation regimen that utilizes a new range of stimulation options, including cessation during sleep. After treatment, left ventricular ejection fraction improved in 24 months from 15% to 25% and New York Heart Association classification improved from class IV to II.

  15. Panic Disorder and Agoraphobia: Considerations for DSM-V

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Schmidt, Norman B.; Norr, Aaron M.; Korte, Kristina J.

    2014-01-01

    With the upcoming release of the fifth edition of the "Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders" (DSM-V) there has been a necessary critique of the DSM-IV including questions regarding how to best improve the next iteration of the DSM classification system. The aim of this article is to provide commentary on the probable…

  16. Classification of Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Finite Mixture Modeling Approach to Heterogeneity

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Eagle, Rose F.; Romanczyk, Raymond G.; Lenzenweger, Mark F.

    2010-01-01

    The heterogeneity found in autism and related disorders (i.e., "autism spectrum disorders") is widely acknowledged. Even within a specific disorder, such as Autistic Disorder, the range in abilities and clinical presentation is broad. The heterogeneity observed has prompted many researchers to propose subtypes beyond the commonly used DSM-IV-TR…

  17. Dyslexia and Developmental Co-Ordination Disorder in Further and Higher Education--Similarities and Differences. Does the "Label" Influence the Support Given?

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Kirby, Amanda; Sugden, David; Beveridge, Sally; Edwards, Lisa; Edwards, Rachel

    2008-01-01

    Developmental co-ordination disorder (DCD) is a developmental disorder affecting motor co-ordination. The "Diagnostics Statistics Manual"--IV classification for DCD describes difficulties across a range of activities of daily living, impacting on everyday skills and academic performance in school. Recent evidence has shown that…

  18. Measurement of Habitual Physical Activity Performance in Adolescents with Cerebral Palsy: A Systematic Review

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Clanchy, Kelly M.; Tweedy, Sean M.; Boyd, Roslyn

    2011-01-01

    Aim: This systematic review compares the validity, reliability, and clinical use of habitual physical activity (HPA) performance measures in adolescents with cerebral palsy (CP). Method: Measures of HPA across Gross Motor Function Classification System (GMFCS) levels I-V for adolescents (10-18y) with CP were included if at least 60% of items…

  19. Clustering Methods; Part IV of Scientific Report No. ISR-18, Information Storage and Retrieval...

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Cornell Univ., Ithaca, NY. Dept. of Computer Science.

    Two papers are included as Part Four of this report on Salton's Magical Automatic Retriever of Texts (SMART) project report. The first paper: "A Controlled Single Pass Classification Algorithm with Application to Multilevel Clustering" by D. B. Johnson and J. M. Laferente presents a single pass clustering method which compares favorably…

  20. Overview and Analysis of the Behaviourist Criticism of the "Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM)"

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Andersson, Gerhard; Ghaderi, Ata

    2006-01-01

    While a majority of cognitive behavioural researchers and clinicians adhere to the classification system provided in the "Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-IV)," strong objections have been voiced among behaviourists who find the dichotomous allocation of patients into psychiatric diagnoses incompatible with the philosophy…

  1. Automated Sunspot Detection and Classification Using SOHO/MDI Imagery

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2015-03-01

    atmosphere cause the refractive index to vary [1], thus causing distortion in the image as the light rays forming the image take different optical paths...available from the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration’s (NOAA) Solar Region Summaries (SRS) in that it does not change with the biases of...41 IV. Results and Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 4.1 Database

  2. Implications for Educational Classification and Psychological Diagnoses Using the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale-Fourth Edition with Canadian versus American Norms

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Harrison, Allyson G.; Holmes, Alana; Silvestri, Robert; Armstrong, Irene T.

    2015-01-01

    Building on a recent work of Harrison, Armstrong, Harrison, Iverson and Lange which suggested that Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale-Fourth Edition (WAIS-IV) scores might systematically overestimate the severity of intellectual impairments if Canadian norms are used, the present study examined differences between Canadian and American derived…

  3. Autism Profiles of Males With Fragile X Syndrome

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Harris, Susan W.; Hessl, David; Goodlin-Jones, Beth; Ferranti, Jessica; Bacalman, Susan; Barbato, Ingrid; Tassone, Flora; Hagerman, Paul J.; Herman, Kristin; Hagerman, Randi J.

    2008-01-01

    Autism, which is common in individuals with fragile X syndrome, is often difficult to diagnose. We compared the diagnostic classifications of two measures for autism diagnosis, the ADOS and the ADI-R, in addition to the DSM-IV-TR in 63 males with this syndrome. Overall, 30% of the subjects met criteria for autistic disorder and 30% met criteria…

  4. How critical is chronic critical leg ischaemia?

    PubMed

    Kroese, A J; Stranden, E

    1998-01-01

    "Critical" according to the Oxford dictionary means: a "turning point" where an acute change for better or worse may be anticipated. Thus, the meaning of the word "critical" complies with its use in relation to ischaemia. We don't really know, prospectively, what will happen to the critically ischaemic limb, whether it will improve or worsen. The answer to the question "How critical is critical leg ischaemia (CLI)?" must be: "We don't know!" The addition of ankle systolic pressure as an objective haemodynamic measurement has not made the definition of the Second European Consensus Group significantly better than the original Fontaine classification, grade III and IV. For clinical practice the Fontaine classification will be sufficient. For scientific purposes macro- and microcirculatory assessments and information about the patient's risk profile should be added.

  5. Quality of the relationship between origin of childhood perception of attachment and outcome of attachment associated with diagnosis of PTSD in adult Finnish war children and Finnish combat veterans from World War II (1939-1945) - DSM-IV applications of the attachment theory.

    PubMed

    Andersson, Pentti Kalevi

    2015-06-01

    Using diagnoses exclusively, comparable evaluations of the empirical evidence relevant to the content can be made. The term holocaust survivor syndrome according to the DSM-IV classification encompasses people with diagnoses of posttraumatic stress disorders and psychopathological symptoms exposed to the Nazi genocide from 1933-1945 identified by Natan Kellermann, AMCHA, Israel (1999). The relationships between disorders of affectionate parenting and the development of dysfunctional models on one hand, and various psychopathological disorders on the other hand were investigated. Multi-axial assessment based on PTSD diagnosis (APA, 2000) with DSM-IV classification criteria of holocaust survivor syndrome and child survivor syndrome earlier found in holocaust survivors was used as criteria for comparison among Finnish sub-populations. Symptoms similar to those previously described in association with holocaust survivor syndrome and child survivor syndrome were found in the population of Finnish people who had been displaced as children between 1939-1945. Complex PTSD syndrome is found among survivors of prolonged or repeated trauma who have coping strategies intended to assist their mental survival. Surviving Finnish child evacuees had symptoms at similar level to those reported among holocaust survivors, though Finnish combat veterans exhibited good mental adjustment with secure attachment.

  6. Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children-fourth edition (WISC-IV) short-form validity: a comparison study in pediatric epilepsy.

    PubMed

    Hrabok, Marianne; Brooks, Brian L; Fay-McClymont, Taryn B; Sherman, Elisabeth M S

    2014-01-01

    The purpose of this article was to investigate the accuracy of the WISC-IV short forms in estimating Full Scale Intelligence Quotient (FSIQ) and General Ability Index (GAI) in pediatric epilepsy. One hundred and four children with epilepsy completed the WISC-IV as part of a neuropsychological assessment at a tertiary-level children's hospital. The clinical accuracy of eight short forms was assessed in two ways: (a) accuracy within +/- 5 index points of FSIQ and (b) the clinical classification rate according to Wechsler conventions. The sample was further subdivided into low FSIQ (≤ 80) and high FSIQ (> 80). All short forms were significantly correlated with FSIQ. Seven-subtest (Crawford et al. [2010] FSIQ) and 5-subtest (BdSiCdVcLn) short forms yielded the highest clinical accuracy rates (77%-89%). Overall, a 2-subtest (VcMr) short form yielded the lowest clinical classification rates for FSIQ (35%-63%). The short form yielding the most accurate estimate of GAI was VcSiMrBd (73%-84%). Short forms show promise as useful estimates. The 7-subtest (Crawford et al., 2010) and 5-subtest (BdSiVcLnCd) short forms yielded the most accurate estimates of FSIQ. VcSiMrBd yielded the most accurate estimate of GAI. Clinical recommendations are provided for use of short forms in pediatric epilepsy.

  7. EVALUATION OF REGISTRATION, COMPRESSION AND CLASSIFICATION ALGORITHMS

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jayroe, R. R.

    1994-01-01

    Several types of algorithms are generally used to process digital imagery such as Landsat data. The most commonly used algorithms perform the task of registration, compression, and classification. Because there are different techniques available for performing registration, compression, and classification, imagery data users need a rationale for selecting a particular approach to meet their particular needs. This collection of registration, compression, and classification algorithms was developed so that different approaches could be evaluated and the best approach for a particular application determined. Routines are included for six registration algorithms, six compression algorithms, and two classification algorithms. The package also includes routines for evaluating the effects of processing on the image data. This collection of routines should be useful to anyone using or developing image processing software. Registration of image data involves the geometrical alteration of the imagery. Registration routines available in the evaluation package include image magnification, mapping functions, partitioning, map overlay, and data interpolation. The compression of image data involves reducing the volume of data needed for a given image. Compression routines available in the package include adaptive differential pulse code modulation, two-dimensional transforms, clustering, vector reduction, and picture segmentation. Classification of image data involves analyzing the uncompressed or compressed image data to produce inventories and maps of areas of similar spectral properties within a scene. The classification routines available include a sequential linear technique and a maximum likelihood technique. The choice of the appropriate evaluation criteria is quite important in evaluating the image processing functions. The user is therefore given a choice of evaluation criteria with which to investigate the available image processing functions. All of the available evaluation criteria basically compare the observed results with the expected results. For the image reconstruction processes of registration and compression, the expected results are usually the original data or some selected characteristics of the original data. For classification processes the expected result is the ground truth of the scene. Thus, the comparison process consists of determining what changes occur in processing, where the changes occur, how much change occurs, and the amplitude of the change. The package includes evaluation routines for performing such comparisons as average uncertainty, average information transfer, chi-square statistics, multidimensional histograms, and computation of contingency matrices. This collection of routines is written in FORTRAN IV for batch execution and has been implemented on an IBM 360 computer with a central memory requirement of approximately 662K of 8 bit bytes. This collection of image processing and evaluation routines was developed in 1979.

  8. Cultures in psychiatric nosology: the CCMD-2-R and international classification of mental disorders.

    PubMed

    Lee, S

    1996-12-01

    This essay reviews the Chinese Classification of Mental Disorders, Second Edition, Revised (CCMD-2-R, 1995), by assuming the theoretical stance that symptom recognition, disease construction, and taxonomic strategy in psychiatry reflect, and are constrained by, the cultural norms and values as well as the political and economic organizations of the society in which they are embedded. The CCMD-2-R is an ethnomedical classification grounded in both symptomatology and etiology, in which Chinese psychiatrists seek to conform with international classifications on the one hand, and to sustain a nosology with Chinese cultural characteristics on the other. Although broad similarities between the ICD-10 and CCMD-2-R are evident, their blending is legitimately incomplete. Thus, the particular additions (e.g., travelling psychosis, qigong induced mental disorders), deletions (e.g., somatoform disorders, pathological gambling, a number of personality and sexual disorders), retentions (e.g., unipolar mania, neurosis, hysteria, homosexuality), and variations (e.g., depressive neurosis, neurasthenia) reveal not only the changing notions of illness but also the shifting social realities in contemporary China. The CCMD-2-R will be widely used by Chinese psychiatrists and should standardize diagnostic practice and facilitate research, but its impact on everyday clinical work and psychiatric training remains to be evaluated. For Western researchers, it is one avenue for achieving an understanding of the Chinese social world, and should usefully be contrasted with the ICD-10 and DSM-IV as the move towards an international nosology continues.

  9. Inter-Observer Agreement of Whole-Body Computed Tomography in Staging and Response Assessment in Lymphoma: The Lugano Classification.

    PubMed

    Razek, Ahmed Abdel Khalek Abdel; Shamaa, Sameh; Lattif, Mahmoud Abdel; Yousef, Hanan Hamid

    2017-01-01

    To assess inter-observer agreement of whole-body computed tomography (WBCT) in staging and response assessment in lymphoma according to the Lugano classification. Retrospective analysis was conducted of 115 consecutive patients with lymphomas (45 females, 70 males; mean age of 46 years). Patients underwent WBCT with a 64 multi-detector CT device for staging and response assessment after a complete course of chemotherapy. Image analysis was performed by 2 reviewers according to the Lugano classification for staging and response assessment. The overall inter-observer agreement of WBCT in staging of lymphoma was excellent ( k =0.90, percent agreement=94.9%). There was an excellent inter-observer agreement for stage I ( k =0.93, percent agreement=96.4%), stage II ( k =0.90, percent agreement=94.8%), stage III ( k =0.89, percent agreement=94.6%) and stage IV ( k =0.88, percent agreement=94%). The overall inter-observer agreement in response assessment after a completer course of treatment was excellent ( k =0.91, percent agreement=95.8%). There was an excellent inter-observer agreement in progressive disease ( k =0.94, percent agreement=97.1%), stable disease ( k =0.90, percent agreement=95%), partial response ( k =0.96, percent agreement=98.1%) and complete response ( k =0.87, Percent agreement=93.3%). We concluded that WBCT is a reliable and reproducible imaging modality for staging and treatment assessment in lymphoma according to the Lugano classification.

  10. Initial interpretation and evaluation of a profile-based classification system for the anxiety and mood disorders: Incremental validity compared to DSM-IV categories.

    PubMed

    Rosellini, Anthony J; Brown, Timothy A

    2014-12-01

    Limitations in anxiety and mood disorder diagnostic reliability and validity due to the categorical approach to classification used by the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) have been long recognized. Although these limitations have led researchers to forward alternative classification schemes, few have been empirically evaluated. In a sample of 1,218 outpatients with anxiety and mood disorders, the present study examined the validity of Brown and Barlow's (2009) proposal to classify the anxiety and mood disorders using an integrated dimensional-categorical approach based on transdiagnostic emotional disorder vulnerabilities and phenotypes. Latent class analyses of 7 transdiagnostic dimensional indicators suggested that a 6-class (i.e., profile) solution provided the best model fit and was the most conceptually interpretable. Interpretation of the classes was further supported when compared with DSM diagnoses (i.e., within-class prevalence of diagnoses, using diagnoses to predict class membership). In addition, hierarchical multiple regression models were used to demonstrate the incremental validity of the profiles; class probabilities consistently accounted for unique variance in anxiety and mood disorder outcomes above and beyond DSM diagnoses. These results provide support for the potential development and utility of a hybrid dimensional-categorical profile approach to anxiety and mood disorder classification. In particular, the availability of dimensional indicators and corresponding profiles may serve as a useful complement to DSM diagnoses for both researchers and clinicians. (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved.

  11. Mapping shallow waters habitats using OBIA by applying several approaches of depth invariant index in North Kepulauan Seribu

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Siregar, V. P.; Agus, S. B.; Subarno, T.; Prabowo, N. W.

    2018-05-01

    The availability of satellite imagery with a variety of spatial resolution, both free access and commercial become as an option in utilizing the remote sensing technology. Variability of the water column is one of the factors affecting the interpretation results when mapping marine shallow waters. This study aimed to evaluate the influence of water column correction (depth-invariant index) on the accuracy of shallow water habitat classification results using OBIA. This study was conducted in North of Kepulauan Seribu, precisely in Harapan Island and its surrounding areas. Habitat class schemes were based on field observations, which were then used to build habitat classes on satellite imagery. The water column correction was applied to the three pairs of SPOT-7 multispectral bands, which were subsequently used in object-based classification. Satellite image classification was performed with four different approaches, namely (i) using DII transformed bands with single pair band input (B1B2), (ii) multi pairs bands (B1B2, B1B3, and B2B3), (iii) combination of multi pairs band and initial bands, and (iv) only using initial bands. The accuracy test results of the four inputs show the values of Overall Accuracy and Kappa Statistics, respectively 55.84 and 0.48; 68.53 and 0.64; 78.68 and 0.76; 77.66 and 0.74. It shows that the best results when using DII and initial band combination for shallow water benthic classification in this study site.

  12. Concordance of obesity classification between body mass index and percent body fat among school children in Saudi Arabia.

    PubMed

    Al-Mohaimeed, Abdulrahman; Ahmed, Saifuddin; Dandash, Khadiga; Ismail, Mohammed Saleh; Saquib, Nazmus

    2015-03-05

    In Saudi Arabia, where childhood obesity is a major public health issue, it is important to identify the best tool for obesity classification. Hence, we compared two field methods for their usefulness in epidemiological studies. The sample consisted of 874 primary school (grade I-IV) children, aged 6-10 years, and was obtained through a multi-stage random sampling procedure. Weight and height were measured, and BMI (kg/m(2)) was calculated. Percent body fat was determined with a Futrex analyzer that uses near infrared reactance (NIR) technology. Method specific cut-off values were used for obesity classification. Sensitivity, specificity, positive and negative predictive values were determined for BMI, and the agreement between BMI and percent body fat was calculated. Compared to boys, the mean BMI was higher in girls whereas the mean percent body fat was lower (p-values < 0.0001). According to BMI, the prevalence of overweight or obesity was significantly higher in girls (34.3% vs. 17.3%); as oppose to percent body fat, which was similar between the sexes (6.6% vs. 7.0%). The sensitivity of BMI to classify overweight or obesity was high (boys = 93%, girls = 100%); and its false-positive detection rate was also high (boys = 63%, girls = 81%). The agreement rate was low between these two methods (boys = 0.48, girls =0.24). There is poor agreement in obesity classification between BMI and percent body fat, using NIR method, among Saudi school children.

  13. Correlation of the New York Heart Association classification and the cardiopulmonary exercise test: A systematic review.

    PubMed

    Lim, Fang Yi; Yap, Jonathan; Gao, Fei; Teo, Ling Li; Lam, Carolyn S P; Yeo, Khung Keong

    2018-07-15

    The New York Heart Association (NYHA) classification is frequently used in the management of heart failure but may be limited by patient and physician subjectivity. Cardiopulmonary exercise testing (CPET) provides a potentially more objective measurement of functional status. We aim to study the correlation between NYHA classification and peak oxygen consumption (pVO 2 ) on Cardiopulmonary Exercise Testing (CPET) within and across published studies. A systematic literature review on all studies reporting both NYHA class and CPET data was performed, and pVO 2 from CPET was correlated to reported NYHA class within and across eligible studies. 38 studies involving 2645 patients were eligible. Heterogenity was assessed by the Q statistic, which is a χ2 test and marker of systematic differences between studies. Within each NYHA class, significant heterogeneity in pVO 2 was seen across studies: NYHA I (n = 17, Q = 486.7, p < 0.0001), II (n = 24, Q = 381.0, p < 0.0001), III (n = 32, Q = 761.3, p < 0.0001) and IV (n = 5, Q = 12.8, p = 0.012). Significant differences in mean pVO 2 were observed between NYHA I and II (23.8 vs 17.6 mL/(kg·min), p < 0.0001) and II and III (17.6 vs 13.3 mL/(kg·min), p < 0.0001); but not between NYHA III and IV (13.3 vs 12.5 mL/(kg·min), p = 0.45). These differences remained significant after adjusting for age, gender, ejection fraction and region of study. There was a general inverse correlation between NYHA class and pVO 2. However, significant heterogeneity in pVO 2 exists across studies within each NYHA class. While the NYHA classification holds clinical value in heart failure management, direct comparison across studies may have its limitations. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  14. Unsupervised hierarchical partitioning of hyperspectral images: application to marine algae identification

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chen, B.; Chehdi, K.; De Oliveria, E.; Cariou, C.; Charbonnier, B.

    2015-10-01

    In this paper a new unsupervised top-down hierarchical classification method to partition airborne hyperspectral images is proposed. The unsupervised approach is preferred because the difficulty of area access and the human and financial resources required to obtain ground truth data, constitute serious handicaps especially over large areas which can be covered by airborne or satellite images. The developed classification approach allows i) a successive partitioning of data into several levels or partitions in which the main classes are first identified, ii) an estimation of the number of classes automatically at each level without any end user help, iii) a nonsystematic subdivision of all classes of a partition Pj to form a partition Pj+1, iv) a stable partitioning result of the same data set from one run of the method to another. The proposed approach was validated on synthetic and real hyperspectral images related to the identification of several marine algae species. In addition to highly accurate and consistent results (correct classification rate over 99%), this approach is completely unsupervised. It estimates at each level, the optimal number of classes and the final partition without any end user intervention.

  15. Phylogeny and classification of bacteria in the genera Clavibacter and Rathayibacter on the basis of 16s rRNA gene sequence analyses.

    PubMed

    Lee, I M; Bartoszyk, I M; Gundersen-Rindal, D E; Davis, R E

    1997-07-01

    A phylogenetic analysis by parsimony of 16S rRNA gene sequences (16S rDNA) revealed that species and subspecies of Clavibacter and Rathayibacter form a discrete monophyletic clade, paraphyletic to Corynebacterium species. Within the Clavibacter-Rathayibacter clade, four major phylogenetic groups (subclades) with a total of 10 distinct taxa were recognized: (I) species C. michiganensis; (II) species C. xyli; (III) species R. iranicus and R. tritici; and (IV) species R. rathayi. The first three groups form a monophyletic cluster, paraphyletic to R. rathayi. On the basis of the phylogeny inferred, reclassification of members of Clavibacter-Rathayibacter group is proposed. A system for classification of taxa in Clavibacter and Rathayibacter was developed based on restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) analysis of the PCR-amplified 16S rDNA sequences. The groups delineated on the basis of RFLP patterns of 16S rDNA coincided well with the subclades delineated on the basis of phylogeny. In contrast to previous classification systems, which are based primarily on phenotypic properties and are laborious, the RFLP analyses allow for rapid differentiation among species and subspecies in the two genera.

  16. Mental health professionals' natural taxonomies of mental disorders: implications for the clinical utility of the ICD-11 and the DSM-5.

    PubMed

    Reed, Geoffrey M; Roberts, Michael C; Keeley, Jared; Hooppell, Catherine; Matsumoto, Chihiro; Sharan, Pratap; Robles, Rebeca; Carvalho, Hudson; Wu, Chunyan; Gureje, Oye; Leal-Leturia, Itzear; Flanagan, Elizabeth H; Correia, João Mendonça; Maruta, Toshimasa; Ayuso-Mateos, José Luís; de Jesus Mari, Jair; Xiao, Zeping; Evans, Spencer C; Saxena, Shekhar; Medina-Mora, María Elena

    2013-12-01

    To examine the conceptualizations held by psychiatrists and psychologists around the world of the relationships among mental disorders in order to inform decisions about the structure of the classification of mental and behavioral disorders in World Health Organization's International Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems 11th Revision (ICD-11). 517 mental health professionals in 8 countries sorted 60 cards containing the names of mental disorders into groups of similar disorders, and then formed a hierarchical structure by aggregating and disaggregating these groupings. Distance matrices were created from the sorting data and used in cluster and correlation analyses. Clinicians' taxonomies were rational, interpretable, and extremely stable across countries, diagnostic system used, and profession. Clinicians' consensus classification structure was different from ICD-10 and the American Psychiatric Association's Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders 4th Edition (DSM-IV), but in many respects consistent with ICD-11 proposals. The clinical utility of the ICD-11 may be improved by making its structure more compatible with the common conceptual organization of mental disorders observed across diverse global clinicians. © 2013 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  17. Biowaiver Monographs for Immediate-Release Solid Oral Dosage Forms: Folic Acid.

    PubMed

    Hofsäss, Martin A; Souza, Jacqueline de; Silva-Barcellos, Neila M; Bellavinha, Karime R; Abrahamsson, Bertil; Cristofoletti, Rodrigo; Groot, D W; Parr, Alan; Langguth, Peter; Polli, James E; Shah, Vinod P; Tajiri, Tomokazu; Mehta, Mehul U; Dressman, Jennifer B

    2017-12-01

    This work presents a review of literature and experimental data relevant to the possibility of waiving pharmacokinetic bioequivalence studies in human volunteers for approval of immediate-release solid oral pharmaceutical forms containing folic acid as the single active pharmaceutical ingredient. For dosage forms containing 5 mg folic acid, the highest dose strength on the World Health Organization Essential Medicines List, the dose/solubility ratio calculated from solubility studies was higher than 250 mL, corresponding to a classification as "not highly soluble." Small, physiological doses of folic acid (≤320 μg) seem to be absorbed completely via active transport, but permeability data for higher doses of 1-5 mg are inconclusive. Following a conservative approach, folic acid is classified as a Biopharmaceutics Classification System class IV compound until more reliable data become available. Commensurate with its solubility characteristics, the results of dissolution studies indicated that none of the folic acid products evaluated showed rapid dissolution in media at pH 1.2 or 4.5. Therefore, according to the current criteria of the Biopharmaceutics Classification System, the biowaiver approval procedure cannot be recommended for immediate-release solid oral dosage forms containing folic acid. Copyright © 2017 American Pharmacists Association®. All rights reserved.

  18. A fully automatic evolutionary classification of protein folds: Dali Domain Dictionary version 3

    PubMed Central

    Dietmann, Sabine; Park, Jong; Notredame, Cedric; Heger, Andreas; Lappe, Michael; Holm, Liisa

    2001-01-01

    The Dali Domain Dictionary (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/dali/domain) is a numerical taxonomy of all known structures in the Protein Data Bank (PDB). The taxonomy is derived fully automatically from measurements of structural, functional and sequence similarities. Here, we report the extension of the classification to match the traditional four hierarchical levels corresponding to: (i) supersecondary structural motifs (attractors in fold space), (ii) the topology of globular domains (fold types), (iii) remote homologues (functional families) and (iv) homologues with sequence identity above 25% (sequence families). The computational definitions of attractors and functional families are new. In September 2000, the Dali classification contained 10 531 PDB entries comprising 17 101 chains, which were partitioned into five attractor regions, 1375 fold types, 2582 functional families and 3724 domain sequence families. Sequence families were further associated with 99 582 unique homologous sequences in the HSSP database, which increases the number of effectively known structures several-fold. The resulting database contains the description of protein domain architecture, the definition of structural neighbours around each known structure, the definition of structurally conserved cores and a comprehensive library of explicit multiple alignments of distantly related protein families. PMID:11125048

  19. Brain tumor classification using AFM in combination with data mining techniques.

    PubMed

    Huml, Marlene; Silye, René; Zauner, Gerald; Hutterer, Stephan; Schilcher, Kurt

    2013-01-01

    Although classification of astrocytic tumors is standardized by the WHO grading system, which is mainly based on microscopy-derived, histomorphological features, there is great interobserver variability. The main causes are thought to be the complexity of morphological details varying from tumor to tumor and from patient to patient, variations in the technical histopathological procedures like staining protocols, and finally the individual experience of the diagnosing pathologist. Thus, to raise astrocytoma grading to a more objective standard, this paper proposes a methodology based on atomic force microscopy (AFM) derived images made from histopathological samples in combination with data mining techniques. By comparing AFM images with corresponding light microscopy images of the same area, the progressive formation of cavities due to cell necrosis was identified as a typical morphological marker for a computer-assisted analysis. Using genetic programming as a tool for feature analysis, a best model was created that achieved 94.74% classification accuracy in distinguishing grade II tumors from grade IV ones. While utilizing modern image analysis techniques, AFM may become an important tool in astrocytic tumor diagnosis. By this way patients suffering from grade II tumors are identified unambiguously, having a less risk for malignant transformation. They would benefit from early adjuvant therapies.

  20. Predictive Validity of ICD-10 Hyperkinetic Disorder Relative to DSM-IV Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder among Younger Children

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Lahey, Benjamin B.; Pelham, William E.; Chronis, Andrea; Massetti, Greta; Kipp, Heidi; Ehrhardt, Ashley; Lee, Steve S.

    2006-01-01

    Background: Little is known about the predictive validity of hyperkinetic disorder (HKD) as defined by the Diagnostic Criteria for Research for mental and behavioral disorders of the tenth edition of the International Classification of Diseases (ICD-10; World Health Organization, 1993), particularly when the diagnosis is given to younger children.…

  1. Implications of "DSM"-IV to "DSM"-5 Substance Use Disorder Diagnostic Changes in Adolescents Enrolled in a School-Based Intervention

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Stewart, David G.; Arlt, Virginia K.; Siebert, Erin C.; Chapman, Meredith K.; Hu, Emily M.

    2016-01-01

    This study aimed to examine (a) the impact of the change in the "Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders" ("DSM") from a categorical to dimensional classification of substance use diagnoses, (b) the elimination of the legal criterion, and (c) the inclusion of a craving criterion in the "DSM"-5.…

  2. Charging of Space Debris and Their Dynamical Consequences

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2016-01-08

    field of plasmas and space physics . 15. SUBJECT TERMS Space Plasma Physics , Space Debris 16. SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF: 17. LIMITATION OF ABSTRACT...opens up potential new areas of fundamental and applied research in the field of plasmas and space physics ...object in a plasma”, accepted for publication in Physics of Plasmas. (attached as Annexure III) For details on (iv) please refer to the

  3. Auditory Processing Disorder in Relation to Developmental Disorders of Language, Communication and Attention: A Review and Critique

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Dawes, Piers; Bishop, Dorothy

    2009-01-01

    Background: Auditory Processing Disorder (APD) does not feature in mainstream diagnostic classifications such as the "Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 4th Edition" (DSM-IV), but is frequently diagnosed in the United States, Australia and New Zealand, and is becoming more frequently diagnosed in the United Kingdom. Aims: To…

  4. 33 CFR 160.206 - Information required in an NOA.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... CDC (1) Vessel Information: (i) Name; X X X (ii) Name of the registered owner; X X X (iii) Country of registry; X X X (iv) Call sign; X X X (v) International Maritime Organization (IMO) international number or... (vi) Name of the operator; X X X (vii) Name of the charterer; and X X X (viii) Name of classification...

  5. The Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV Childhood Diagnoses (Kid-SCID): first psychometric evaluation in a Dutch sample of clinically referred youths.

    PubMed

    Roelofs, Jeffrey; Muris, Peter; Braet, Caroline; Arntz, Arnoud; Beelen, Imke

    2015-06-01

    The Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV Childhood Disorders (Kid-SCID) is a semi-structured interview for the classification of psychiatric disorders in children and adolescents. This study presents a first evaluation of the psychometric properties of the Kid-SCID in a Dutch sample of children and adolescents who had been referred to an outpatient treatment centre for mental health problems. Results indicated that the inter-rater reliability of the Kid-SCID classifications and the internal consistency of various (dimensional) criteria of the diagnoses were moderate to good. Further, for most Kid-SCID diagnoses, reasonable agreement between children and parents was found. Finally, the correspondence between the Kid-SCID and the final clinical diagnosis as established after the full intake procedure, which included the information as provided by the Kid-SCID, ranged from poor to good. Results are discussed in the light of methodological issues pertaining to the assessment of psychiatric disorders in youths. The Kid-SCID can generally be seen as a reliable and useful tool that can assist clinicians in carrying out clinical evaluations of children and adolescents.

  6. The extent of atherosclerotic lesions in crural arteries predicts survival of patients with lower limb peripheral artery disease: A new classification of crural atherosclerosis.

    PubMed

    Jalkanen, Juho M; Wickström, Jan-Erik; Venermo, Maarit; Hakovirta, Harri H

    2016-08-01

    Several studies report correlation of ankle brachial index (ABI) values and mortality. However, no studies exist on the predictive value of anatomical distribution of atherosclerotic lesions and the extent of atherosclerosis at defined arterial segments on life expectancy. The aim of the present study was to evaluate the significance of both extent and localisation of atherosclerotic lesions to mid-term patient survival. Digital subtraction angiography (DSA) images of 887 consecutive patients admitted to the Department of Vascular Surgery at Turku University Hospital (Turku, Finland) were retrospectively analysed. Each angiography was classified according to the TASC II classification for aorto-iliac and femoro-popliteal segments, and a similar four-grade index was created for crural arteries. Patients were followed until 36-months post DSA. During 36-month follow-up 295 (33%) deaths occurred. Death during follow-up was strongly associated with extensive crural disease, but not with extensive proximal disease (Crural Index III-IV, p = 0.044 and < 0.001, respectively). In a Cox regression analysis incorporating baseline variables, Crural Index IV and most severe atherosclerosis on crural vessels were the strongest predictors of poor prognosis (HR 2.20 95% CI 1.3-3.7, p = 0.003 and HR 2.45 95% CI 1.5-4.0, p < 0.001 respectively). The extent of crural atherosclerosis is independently associated with poor mid term life expectancy. Therefore, a classification of the extent of crural atherosclerosis could serve as an indicator of mortality among PAD patients and aid in clinical decision making. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Ireland Ltd. All rights reserved.

  7. Heterogeneity in Positive Predictive Value of RAS Mutations in Cytologically Indeterminate Thyroid Nodules.

    PubMed

    Nabhan, Fadi; Porter, Kyle; Lupo, Mark A; Randolph, Gregory W; Patel, Kepal N; Kloos, Richard T

    2018-06-01

    RAS mutations are common in the available mutational analysis of cytologically indeterminate (Cyto-I) thyroid nodules. However, their reported positive predictive value (PPV) for cancer is widely variable. The reason for this variability is unknown, and it causes clinical management uncertainty. A systematic review was performed, evaluating the PPV for cancer in RAS mutation positive Cyto-I nodules, and variables that might affect residual heterogeneity across the different studies were considered. PubMed was searched through February 22, 2017, including studies that evaluated at least one type of RAS mutation in Cyto-I nodules, including any (or all) of the Bethesda III/IV/V categories or their equivalents and where the histological diagnosis was available. The PPV residual heterogeneity was investigated after accounting for Bethesda classification, blindedness of the histopathologist to the RAS mutational status, Bethesda category-specific cancer prevalence for each study, and which RAS genes and codons were tested. This was studied using five meta-regression models fit to different sets of Bethesda classification categories: Bethesda III, IV, or V (III/IV/V); Bethesda III or IV (III/IV); Bethesda III only; Bethesda IV only; and Bethesda V only. Of 1831 studies, 23 were eligible for data inclusion. Wide ranges of PPV were found at 0-100%, 28-100%, and 0-100% in Bethesda III, IV, and V, respectively. Residual heterogeneity remained moderately high for PPV after accounting for the above moderators for Bethesda III/IV/V (21 studies; I 2  = 59.5%) and Bethesda III/IV (19 studies; I 2  = 66.0%), with significant Cochran's Q-test for residual heterogeneity (p < 0.001). Among individual Bethesda categories, residual heterogeneity was: Bethesda III (eight studies; I 2  = 89.0%), IV (12 studies; I 2  = 53.5%), and V (10 studies; I 2  = 34.4%), with significant Cochran's Q-test for Bethesda III (p < 0.001) and IV (p = 0.04). The PPV of RAS mutations in Bethesda III and IV categories is quite heterogeneous across different studies, creating low confidence in the accuracy of a single estimate of PPV. Clinicians must appreciate this wide variability when managing a RAS-mutated Cyto-I nodule. Future studies should seek to resolve this unexplained variability.

  8. Suggestions for Lymph Node Classification of UICC/AJCC Staging System: A Retrospective Study Based on 1197 Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma Patients Treated With Intensity-Modulated Radiation Therapy

    PubMed Central

    Guo, Qiaojuan; Pan, Jianji; Zong, Jingfeng; Zheng, Wei; Zhang, Chun; Tang, Linbo; Chen, Bijuan; Cui, Xiaofei; Xiao, Youping; Chen, Yunbin; Lin, Shaojun

    2015-01-01

    Abstract This article provides suggestions for N classification of Union for International Cancer Control/American Joint Committee on Cancer (UICC/AJCC) staging system of nasopharyngeal carcinoma (NPC), purely based on magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) in intensity-modulated radiation therapy (IMRT) era. A total of 1197 nonmetastatic NPC patients treated with IMRT were enrolled, and all were scanned by MRI at nasopharynx and neck before treatment. MRI-based nodal variables including level, laterality, maximal axial diameter (MAD), extracapsular spread (ECS), and necrosis were analyzed as potential prognostic factors. Modifications of N classification were then proposed and verified. Only nodal level and laterality were considered to be significant variables affecting the treatment outcome. N classification was thus proposed accordingly: N0, no regional lymph node (LN) metastasis; N1, retropharyngeal LNs involvement (regardless of laterality), and/or unilateral levels I, II, III, and/or Va involvement; N2, bilateral levels I, II, III, and/or Va involvement; and N3, levels IV, Vb, and Vc involvement. This proposal showed significant predicting value in multivariate analysis. N3 patients indicated relatively inferior overall survival (OS) and distant metastasis-free survival (DMFS) than N2 patients; however, the difference showed no statistical significance (P = 0.673 and 0.265 for OS and DMFS, respectively), and this was considered to be correlated with the small sample sizes of N3 patients (79 patients, 6.6%). Nodal level and laterality, but not MAD, ECS, and necrosis, were considered to be significant predicting factors for NPC. The proposed N classification was proved to be powerfully predictive in our cohort; however, treatment outcome of the proposed N2 and N3 patients could not differ significantly from each other. This insignificance may be because of the small sample sizes of N3 patients. Our results are based on a single-center data, to develop a new N classification that is universally acceptable; further verification by data from multicenter is warranted. PMID:25997052

  9. Vestibular Responses and Motion Sickness during Pitch, Roll, and Yaw Sinusoidal Whole-Body Oscillation.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1990-03-01

    vestibulo-ocular reflex) pitch, ’- 11’, 1 3c\\ " ’ I...[ 16. PRC C nystagmus 1 ’>"( k 1.,’ roll V-) , __r_ ,_t_ _ _ 17. SECURITY CLASSIFICATION 1S SECURITY...of amplification of EOG was 3.0 s. Because of the position of subjEcts’ heads relative to the axis of rotation, vertical nystagmus comprised the VOR...response in Groups I and III. To achieve measurement of the VOR in Groups IV and V, subjects were instructed to gaze downward, 30 deg in Group IV, and

  10. A Comparison of DSM-IV-TR and DSM-5 Diagnostic Classifications in the Clinical Diagnosis of Autistic Spectrum Disorder.

    PubMed

    Yaylaci, Ferhat; Miral, Suha

    2017-01-01

    Aim of this study was to compare children diagnosed with Pervasive Developmental Disorder (PDD) according to DSM-IV-TR and DSM-5 diagnostic systems. One hundred fifty children aged between 3 and 15 years diagnosed with PDD by DSM-IV-TR were included. PDD symptoms were reviewed through psychiatric assessment based on DSM-IV-TR and DSM-5 criteria. Clinical severity was determined using Childhood Autism Rating Scale (CARS) and Autism Behavior Checklist (ABC). A statistically significant decrease (19.3 %) was detected in the diagnostic ratio with DSM-5. Age and symptom severity differed significantly between those who were and were not diagnosed with PDD using DSM-5. B4 criteria in DSM-5 was most common criterion. Results indicate that individuals diagnosed with PDD by DSM-IV-TR criteria may not be diagnosed using DSM-5 criteria.

  11. Imaging Gallium Nitride High Electron Mobility Transistors to Identify Point Defects

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2014-03-01

    streamline the sample preparation procedure to maximize the yield of successful samples to be analyzed chemically in an energy dispersive spectrometry...transmission electron microscope (STEM), sample preparation 15. NUMBER OF PAGES 103 16. PRICE CODE 17. SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF REPORT...Computer Engineering iii THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK iv ABSTRACT The purpose of this thesis is to streamline the sample preparation

  12. Changes in Mobility of Children with Cerebral Palsy over Time and across Environmental Settings

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Tieman, Beth L.; Palisano, Robert J.; Gracely, Edward J.; Rosenbaum, Peter L.; Chiarello, Lisa A.; O'Neil, Margaret E.

    2004-01-01

    This study examined changes in mobility methods of children with cerebral palsy (CP) over time and across environmental settings. Sixty-two children with CP, ages 6-14 years and classified as levels II-IV on the Gross Motor Function Classification System, were randomly selected from a larger data base and followed for three to four years. On each…

  13. 14 CFR 1203.412 - Classification guides.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... 14 Aeronautics and Space 5 2013-01-01 2013-01-01 false Classification guides. 1203.412 Section... PROGRAM Guides for Original Classification § 1203.412 Classification guides. (a) General. A classification guide, based upon classification determinations made by appropriate program and classification...

  14. 14 CFR 1203.412 - Classification guides.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ... 14 Aeronautics and Space 5 2012-01-01 2012-01-01 false Classification guides. 1203.412 Section... PROGRAM Guides for Original Classification § 1203.412 Classification guides. (a) General. A classification guide, based upon classification determinations made by appropriate program and classification...

  15. 14 CFR 1203.412 - Classification guides.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... 14 Aeronautics and Space 5 2011-01-01 2010-01-01 true Classification guides. 1203.412 Section 1203... Guides for Original Classification § 1203.412 Classification guides. (a) General. A classification guide, based upon classification determinations made by appropriate program and classification authorities...

  16. Ultraviolet spectral morphology of the O stars. IV - The OB supergiant sequence

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Walborn, Nolan R.; Nichols-Bohlin, Joy

    1987-01-01

    An atlas of 25 O3-B8 supergiant spectra in the wavelength ranges 1320-1580 A and 1620-1880 A is presented, based on high-resolution data from the IUE archives. The remarkably detailed relationship between the stellar-wind profiles and the optical spectral classifications throughout this sequence is emphasized. For instance, the (Si IV)/(C IV) ratio reverses between O4 and O6.5; and the B0, B0.5, and B0.7 Ia wind characteristics are each qualitatively unique and distinct from one another. The systematic behavior of nine stellar-wind features with ionization potentials ranging from 114 to 19 eV is summarized as a function of advancing spectral type.

  17. CT imaging-based determination and classification of anatomic variations of left gastric vein.

    PubMed

    Wu, Yongyou; Chen, Guangqiang; Wu, Pengfei; Zhu, Jianbin; Peng, Wei; Xing, Chungen

    2017-03-01

    Precise determination and classification of left gastric vein (LGV) anatomy are helpful in planning for gastric surgery, in particular, for resection of gastric cancer. However, the anatomy of LGV is highly variable. A systematic classification of its variations is still to be proposed. We aimed to investigate the anatomical variations in LGV using CT imaging and develop a new nomenclature system. We reviewed CT images and tracked the course of LGV in 825 adults. The frequencies of common and variable LGV anatomical courses were recorded. Anatomic variations of LGV were proposed and classified into different types mainly based on its courses. The inflow sites of LGV into the portal system were also considered if common hepatic artery (CHA) or splenic artery (SA) could not be used as a frame of reference due to variations. Detailed anatomy and courses of LGV were depicted on CT images. Using CHA and SA as the frames of reference, the routes of LGV were divided into six types (i.e., PreS, RetroS, Mid, PreCH, RetroCH, and Supra). The inflow sites were classified into four types (i.e., PV, SV, PSV, and LPV). The new classification was mainly based on the courses of LGV, which was validated with MDCT in the 805 cases with an identifiable LGV, namely type I, RetroCH, 49.8 % (401/805); type II, PreS, 20.6 % (166/805); type III, Mid, 20.0 % (161/805); type IV, RetroS, 7.3 % (59/805); type V, Supra, 1.5 % (12/805); and type VI, PreCH, 0.7 % (6/805). Type VII, designated to the cases in which SA and CHA could not be used as frames of reference, was not observed in this series. Detailed depiction of the anatomy and courses of LGV on CT images allowed us to evaluate and develop a new classification and nomenclature system for the anatomical variations of LGV.

  18. Design and update of a classification system: the UCSD map of science.

    PubMed

    Börner, Katy; Klavans, Richard; Patek, Michael; Zoss, Angela M; Biberstine, Joseph R; Light, Robert P; Larivière, Vincent; Boyack, Kevin W

    2012-01-01

    Global maps of science can be used as a reference system to chart career trajectories, the location of emerging research frontiers, or the expertise profiles of institutes or nations. This paper details data preparation, analysis, and layout performed when designing and subsequently updating the UCSD map of science and classification system. The original classification and map use 7.2 million papers and their references from Elsevier's Scopus (about 15,000 source titles, 2001-2005) and Thomson Reuters' Web of Science (WoS) Science, Social Science, Arts & Humanities Citation Indexes (about 9,000 source titles, 2001-2004)-about 16,000 unique source titles. The updated map and classification adds six years (2005-2010) of WoS data and three years (2006-2008) from Scopus to the existing category structure-increasing the number of source titles to about 25,000. To our knowledge, this is the first time that a widely used map of science was updated. A comparison of the original 5-year and the new 10-year maps and classification system show (i) an increase in the total number of journals that can be mapped by 9,409 journals (social sciences had a 80% increase, humanities a 119% increase, medical (32%) and natural science (74%)), (ii) a simplification of the map by assigning all but five highly interdisciplinary journals to exactly one discipline, (iii) a more even distribution of journals over the 554 subdisciplines and 13 disciplines when calculating the coefficient of variation, and (iv) a better reflection of journal clusters when compared with paper-level citation data. When evaluating the map with a listing of desirable features for maps of science, the updated map is shown to have higher mapping accuracy, easier understandability as fewer journals are multiply classified, and higher usability for the generation of data overlays, among others.

  19. Long-term outcome of 2920 patients with cancers of the esophagus and esophagogastric junction: evaluation of the New Union Internationale Contre le Cancer/American Joint Cancer Committee staging system.

    PubMed

    Gertler, Ralf; Stein, Hubert J; Langer, Rupert; Nettelmann, Marc; Schuster, Tibor; Hoefler, Heinz; Siewert, Joerg-Ruediger; Feith, Marcus

    2011-04-01

    We analyzed the long-term outcome of patients operated for esophageal cancer and evaluated the new seventh edition of the tumor-node-metastasis classification for cancers of the esophagus. Retrospective analysis and new classification. Data of a single-center cohort of 2920 patients operated for cancers of the esophagus according to the seventh edition are presented. Statistical methods to evaluate survival and the prognostic performance of the staging systems included Kaplan-Meier analyses and time-dependent receiver-operating-characteristic-analysis. Union Internationale Contre le Cancer stage, R-status, histologic tumor type and age were identified as independent prognostic factors for cancers of the esophagus. Grade and tumor site, additional parameters in the new American Joint Cancer Committee prognostic groupings, were not significantly correlated with survival. Esophageal adenocarcinoma showed a significantly better long-term prognosis after resection than squamous cell carcinoma (P < 0.0001). The new number-dependent N-classification proved superior to the former site-dependent classification with significantly decreasing prognosis with the increasing number of lymph node metastases (P < 0.001). The new subclassification of T1 tumors also revealed significant differences in prognosis between pT1a and pT1b patients (P < 0.001). However, the multiple new Union Internationale Contre le Cancer and American Joint Cancer Committee subgroupings did not prove distinctive for survival between stages IIA and IIB, between IIIA and IIIB, and between IIIC and IV. The new seventh edition of the tumor-node-metastasis classification improved the predictive ability for cancers of the esophagus; however, stage groups could be condensed to a clinically relevant number. Differences in patient characteristics, pathogenesis, and especially survival clearly identify adenocarcinomas and squamous cell carcinoma of the esophagus as 2 separate tumor entities requiring differentiated therapeutic concepts.

  20. Design and Update of a Classification System: The UCSD Map of Science

    PubMed Central

    Börner, Katy; Klavans, Richard; Patek, Michael; Zoss, Angela M.; Biberstine, Joseph R.; Light, Robert P.; Larivière, Vincent; Boyack, Kevin W.

    2012-01-01

    Global maps of science can be used as a reference system to chart career trajectories, the location of emerging research frontiers, or the expertise profiles of institutes or nations. This paper details data preparation, analysis, and layout performed when designing and subsequently updating the UCSD map of science and classification system. The original classification and map use 7.2 million papers and their references from Elsevier’s Scopus (about 15,000 source titles, 2001–2005) and Thomson Reuters’ Web of Science (WoS) Science, Social Science, Arts & Humanities Citation Indexes (about 9,000 source titles, 2001–2004)–about 16,000 unique source titles. The updated map and classification adds six years (2005–2010) of WoS data and three years (2006–2008) from Scopus to the existing category structure–increasing the number of source titles to about 25,000. To our knowledge, this is the first time that a widely used map of science was updated. A comparison of the original 5-year and the new 10-year maps and classification system show (i) an increase in the total number of journals that can be mapped by 9,409 journals (social sciences had a 80% increase, humanities a 119% increase, medical (32%) and natural science (74%)), (ii) a simplification of the map by assigning all but five highly interdisciplinary journals to exactly one discipline, (iii) a more even distribution of journals over the 554 subdisciplines and 13 disciplines when calculating the coefficient of variation, and (iv) a better reflection of journal clusters when compared with paper-level citation data. When evaluating the map with a listing of desirable features for maps of science, the updated map is shown to have higher mapping accuracy, easier understandability as fewer journals are multiply classified, and higher usability for the generation of data overlays, among others. PMID:22808037

  1. Applying a food processing-based classification system to a food guide: a qualitative analysis of the Brazilian experience.

    PubMed

    Davies, Vanessa Fernandes; Moubarac, Jean-Claude; Medeiros, Kharla Janinny; Jaime, Patricia Constante

    2018-01-01

    The present paper aimed to identify the stakeholders, as well as their arguments and recommendations, in the debate on the application of a food processing-based classification system to the new Brazilian Food Guide. Qualitative approach; an analysis was made of documents resulting from the consultation conducted for the development of the new Brazilian Food Guide, which uses the NOVA classification for its dietary recommendations. A thematic matrix was constructed and the resulting themes represented the main points for discussion raised during the consultation. Brazil. Actors from academia, government and associations/unions/professional bodies/organizations related to the area of nutrition and food security; non-profit institutions linked to consumer interests and civil society organizations; organizations, associations and food unions linked to the food industry; and individuals. Four themes were identified: (i) conflicting paradigms; (ii) different perceptions about the role and need of individuals; (iii) we want more from the new food guide; and (iv) a sustainable guide. There was extensive participation from different sectors of society. The debate generated by the consultation revealed two main conflicting opinions: a view aligned with the interests of the food industry and a view of healthy eating which serves the interests of the population. The first group was against the adoption of a food processing-based classification system in a public policy such as the new Brazilian Food Guide. The second group, although mostly agreeing with the new food guide, argued that it failed to address some important issues related to the food and nutrition agenda in Brazil.

  2. Prognostication in eye cancer: the latest tumor, node, metastasis classification and beyond

    PubMed Central

    Kivelä, T; Kujala, E

    2013-01-01

    The tumour, node, metastasis (TNM) classification is a universal cancer staging system, which has been used for five decades. The current seventh edition became effective in 2010 and covers six ophthalmic sites: eyelids, conjunctiva, uvea, retina, orbit, and lacrimal gland; and five cancer types: carcinoma, sarcoma, melanoma, retinoblastoma, and lymphoma. The TNM categories are based on the anatomic extent of the primary tumour (T), regional lymph node metastases (N), and systemic metastases (M). The T categories of ophthalmic cancers are based on the size of the primary tumour and any invasion of periocular structures. The anatomic category is used to determine the TNM stage that correlates with survival. Such staging is currently implemented only for carcinoma of the eyelid and melanoma of the uvea. The classification of ciliary body and choroidal melanoma is the only one based on clinical evidence so far: a database of 7369 patients analysed by the European Ophthalmic Oncology Group. It spans a prognosis from 96% 5-year survival for stage I to 97% 5-year mortality for stage IV. The most accurate criterion for prognostication in uveal melanoma is, however, analysis of chromosomal alterations and gene expression. When such data are available, the TNM stage may be used for further stratification. Prognosis in retinoblastoma is frequently assigned by using an international classification, which predicts conservation of the eye and vision, and an international staging separate from the TNM system, which predicts survival. The TNM cancer staging manual is a useful tool for all ophthalmologists managing eye cancer. PMID:23258307

  3. Patient casemix classification for medicare psychiatric prospective payment.

    PubMed

    Drozd, Edward M; Cromwell, Jerry; Gage, Barbara; Maier, Jan; Greenwald, Leslie M; Goldman, Howard H

    2006-04-01

    For a proposed Medicare prospective payment system for inpatient psychiatric facility treatment, the authors developed a casemix classification to capture differences in patients' real daily resource use. Primary data on patient characteristics and daily time spent in various activities were collected in a survey of 696 patients from 40 inpatient psychiatric facilities. Survey data were combined with Medicare claims data to estimate intensity-adjusted daily cost. Classification and Regression Trees (CART) analysis of average daily routine and ancillary costs yielded several hierarchical classification groupings. Regression analysis was used to control for facility and day-of-stay effects in order to compare hierarchical models with models based on the recently proposed payment system of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. CART analysis identified a small set of patient characteristics strongly associated with higher daily costs, including age, psychiatric diagnosis, deficits in daily living activities, and detox or ECT use. A parsimonious, 16-group, fully interactive model that used five major DSM-IV categories and stratified by age, illness severity, deficits in daily living activities, dangerousness, and use of ECT explained 40% (out of a possible 76%) of daily cost variation not attributable to idiosyncratic daily changes within patients. A noninteractive model based on diagnosis-related groups, age, and medical comorbidity had explanatory power of only 32%. A regression model with 16 casemix groups restricted to using "appropriate" payment variables (i.e., those with clinical face validity and low administrative burden that are easily validated and provide proper care incentives) produced more efficient and equitable payments than did a noninteractive system based on diagnosis-related groups.

  4. Transoral oropharyngeal resection classification: Proposal of the SCORL working group.

    PubMed

    Virós Porcuna, David; Avilés Jurado, Francisco; Pollán Guisasola, Carlos; Ramírez Ruiz, Rosa Delia; García Lorenzo, Jacinto; Tobed Secall, Marc; Vilaseca González, Isabel; Costa González, José Miguel; Soteras Olle, Josep; Casamitjana Claramunt, Francesc; Sumarroca Trouboul, Anna; Hijano Esqué, Rafael; Viscasillas Pallàs, Guillem; Mañós Pujol, Manel; Quer Agustí, Miquel

    There has been a very significant increase in the use of minimally invasive surgery has in the last decade. In order to provide a common language after transoral surgery of the oropharynx, a system for classifying resections has been created in this area, regardless of the instrumentation used. From the Oncology Working Group of the Catalan Society of Otorhinolaryngology, a proposal for classification based on a topographical division of the different areas of the oropharynx is presented, as also based on the invasion of the related structures according to the anatomical routes of extension of these tumours. The classification starts using the letter D or I according to laterality either right (D) or left (I). The number of the resected area is then placed. This numbering defines the zones beginning at the cranial level where area I would be the soft palate, lateral area II in the tonsillar area, area III in the tongue base, area IV in the glossoepiglottic folds, epiglottis and pharyngoepiglottic folds, area V posterior oropharyngeal wall and VI the retromolar trigone. The suffix p is added if the resection deeply affects the submucosal plane of the compromised area. The different proposed areas would, in theory, have different functional implications. Proposal for a system of classification by area to definedifferent types of transoral surgery of the oropharynx, and enable as sharing of results and helps in teaching this type of technique. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier España, S.L.U. and Sociedad Española de Otorrinolaringología y Cirugía de Cabeza y Cuello. All rights reserved.

  5. Molecular subtypes of metastatic colorectal cancer are associated with patient response to irinotecan-based therapies.

    PubMed

    Del Rio, M; Mollevi, C; Bibeau, F; Vie, N; Selves, J; Emile, J-F; Roger, P; Gongora, C; Robert, J; Tubiana-Mathieu, N; Ychou, M; Martineau, P

    2017-05-01

    Currently, metastatic colorectal cancer is treated as a homogeneous disease and only RAS mutational status has been approved as a negative predictive factor in patients treated with cetuximab. The aim of this study was to evaluate if recently identified molecular subtypes of colon cancer are associated with response of metastatic patients to first-line therapy. We collected and analysed 143 samples of human colorectal tumours with complete clinical annotations, including the response to treatment. Gene expression profiling was used to classify patients in three to six classes using four different molecular classifications. Correlations between molecular subtypes, response to treatment, progression-free and overall survival were analysed. We first demonstrated that the four previously described molecular classifications of colorectal cancer defined in non-metastatic patients also correctly classify stage IV patients. One of the classifications is strongly associated with response to FOLFIRI (P=0.003), but not to FOLFOX (P=0.911) and FOLFIRI + Bevacizumab (P=0.190). In particular, we identify a molecular subtype representing 28% of the patients that shows an exceptionally high response rate to FOLFIRI (87.5%). These patients have a two-fold longer overall survival (40.1 months) when treated with FOLFIRI, as first-line regimen, instead of FOLFOX (18.6 months). Our results demonstrate the interest of molecular classifications to develop tailored therapies for patients with metastatic colorectal cancer and a strong impact of the first-line regimen on the overall survival of some patients. This however remains to be confirmed in a large prospective clinical trial. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  6. A clinico-pathological study of lupus nephritis based on the International Society of Nephrology-Renal Pathology Society 2003 classification system.

    PubMed

    Satish, Suchitha; Deka, Pallavi; Shetty, Manjunath Sanjeev

    2017-01-01

    Lupus nephritis (LN) is a major complication of systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE). Renal involvement is a major determinant of the prognosis of SLE. The histological classification of LN is a key factor in determining the renal survival of patients with LN. Prompt recognition and treatment of renal disease are important, as early response to therapy is correlated with better outcome and renal biopsy plays an important role in achieving this. The objective of this study was to correlate the clinical and laboratory findings with histopathological classes of LN as per the 2003 International Society of Nephrology-Renal Pathology Society (ISN/RPS) classification system. Fifty-six patients with SLE, undergoing a renal biopsy for renal dysfunction were studied. The comparison of data from multiple groups was made by Pearson's Chi-square test and between two groups by independent samples t -test. The values of P < 0.05 were considered statistically significant. Of the 56 cases studied, 51 (91.1%) were females. The most common presenting symptoms were edema, arthralgia, and hypertension. Class IV (55.4%) was the most common class. Thirty-nine (69.6%) cases showed full house immunostaining. Hypertension, hematuria, proteinuria, and tubulo-interstitial disease showed a significant correlation ( P < 0.05) with ISN/RPS classification, 2003. Assessment and management of patients with suspected LN are greatly facilitated through information obtained by renal biopsy. Since renal morphology may predict long-term prognosis, and no clinical or laboratory feature uniformly predicts prognosis, it is important to study the constellation of features in LN for better patient management.

  7. 14 CFR § 1203.412 - Classification guides.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... 14 Aeronautics and Space 5 2014-01-01 2014-01-01 false Classification guides. § 1203.412 Section... PROGRAM Guides for Original Classification § 1203.412 Classification guides. (a) General. A classification guide, based upon classification determinations made by appropriate program and classification...

  8. Comparison of Random Forest and Support Vector Machine classifiers using UAV remote sensing imagery

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Piragnolo, Marco; Masiero, Andrea; Pirotti, Francesco

    2017-04-01

    Since recent years surveying with unmanned aerial vehicles (UAV) is getting a great amount of attention due to decreasing costs, higher precision and flexibility of usage. UAVs have been applied for geomorphological investigations, forestry, precision agriculture, cultural heritage assessment and for archaeological purposes. It can be used for land use and land cover classification (LULC). In literature, there are two main types of approaches for classification of remote sensing imagery: pixel-based and object-based. On one hand, pixel-based approach mostly uses training areas to define classes and respective spectral signatures. On the other hand, object-based classification considers pixels, scale, spatial information and texture information for creating homogeneous objects. Machine learning methods have been applied successfully for classification, and their use is increasing due to the availability of faster computing capabilities. The methods learn and train the model from previous computation. Two machine learning methods which have given good results in previous investigations are Random Forest (RF) and Support Vector Machine (SVM). The goal of this work is to compare RF and SVM methods for classifying LULC using images collected with a fixed wing UAV. The processing chain regarding classification uses packages in R, an open source scripting language for data analysis, which provides all necessary algorithms. The imagery was acquired and processed in November 2015 with cameras providing information over the red, blue, green and near infrared wavelength reflectivity over a testing area in the campus of Agripolis, in Italy. Images were elaborated and ortho-rectified through Agisoft Photoscan. The ortho-rectified image is the full data set, and the test set is derived from partial sub-setting of the full data set. Different tests have been carried out, using a percentage from 2 % to 20 % of the total. Ten training sets and ten validation sets are obtained from each test set. The control dataset consist of an independent visual classification done by an expert over the whole area. The classes are (i) broadleaf, (ii) building, (iii) grass, (iv) headland access path, (v) road, (vi) sowed land, (vii) vegetable. The RF and SVM are applied to the test set. The performances of the methods are evaluated using the three following accuracy metrics: Kappa index, Classification accuracy and Classification Error. All three are calculated in three different ways: with K-fold cross validation, using the validation test set and using the full test set. The analysis indicates that SVM gets better results in terms of good scores using K-fold cross or validation test set. Using the full test set, RF achieves a better result in comparison to SVM. It also seems that SVM performs better with smaller training sets, whereas RF performs better as training sets get larger.

  9. A review of somatoform disorders in DSM-IV and somatic symptom disorders in proposed DSM-V.

    PubMed

    Ghanizadeh, Ahmad; Firoozabadi, Ali

    2012-12-01

    Psychiatric care providers should be trained to use current changes in the somatoform disorders criteria. New diagnostic criteria for Somatic Symptom disorders in the proposed DSM-V is discussed and compared with its older counterpart in DSM-IV. A new category called Somatic Syndrome Disorders is suggested. It includes new subcategories such as "Complex Somatic Symptom Disorder" (CSSD) and "Simple Somatic Symptom Disorder" (SSSD). Some of the subcategories of DSM-IV derived disorders are included in CSSD. While there are some changes in diagnostic criteria, there are concerns and limitations about the new classification needed to be more discussed before implementation. Functional somatic disturbance, the counterpart of converion disorder in DSM-IV, can be highly dependet on the developmental level of children. However, the role of developmental level needs to be considered.

  10. Substance use disorders: Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, fourth edition (DSM-IV) and International Classification of Diseases, tenth edition (ICD-10).

    PubMed

    Hasin, Deborah; Hatzenbuehler, Mark L; Keyes, Katherine; Ogburn, Elizabeth

    2006-09-01

    Two major nomenclatures, Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, fourth edition (DSM-IV) and International Classification of Diseases, tenth edition (ICD-10), currently define substance use disorders for broad audiences of users with different training, experience and interests. A comparison of these definitions and their implications for DSM-V and ICD-11 has not been available. The background for the dependence concept and abuse, harmful use, withdrawal, substance-induced disorders and remission and other substance-related conditions is reviewed. Reliability evidence is presented, as is validity evidence from approaches including psychometric, genetic and animal studies. The relevance of the DSM-IV and ICD-10 compared to alternative systems (e.g. the Addiction Severity Index) is considered. Reliability and psychometric validity evidence for substance dependence is consistently strong, but more mixed for abuse and harmful use. Findings on the genetics of alcohol disorders support the validity of the dependence concept, while animal studies underscore the centrality of continued use despite negative consequences to the concept of dependence. While few studies on substance-induced disorders have been conducted, those published show good reliability and validity when elements of DSM-IV and ICD-10 are combined. Dependence in DSM-V and ICD-11 should be retained, standardizing both criteria sets and adding a severity measure. The consequences of heavy use should be measured independently of dependence; add cannabis withdrawal if further research supports existing evidence; conduct further studies of the substance-induced psychiatric categories; standardize their criteria across DSM-V and ICD-11; develop a theoretical basis for better remission criteria; consider changing substance 'abuse' to substance 'dysfunction disorder'; and conduct clinician education on the value of the diagnostic criteria.

  11. Proposal for a histopathological consensus classification of the periprosthetic interface membrane

    PubMed Central

    Morawietz, L; Classen, R‐A; Schröder, J H; Dynybil, C; Perka, C; Skwara, A; Neidel, J; Gehrke, T; Frommelt, L; Hansen, T; Otto, M; Barden, B; Aigner, T; Stiehl, P; Schubert, T; Meyer‐Scholten, C; König, A; Ströbel, P; Rader, C P; Kirschner, S; Lintner, F; Rüther, W; Bos, I; Hendrich, C; Kriegsmann, J; Krenn, V

    2006-01-01

    Aims The introduction of clearly defined histopathological criteria for a standardised evaluation of the periprosthetic membrane, which can appear in cases of total joint arthroplasty revision surgery. Methods Based on histomorphological criteria, four types of periprosthetic membrane were defined: wear particle induced type (detection of foreign body particles; macrophages and multinucleated giant cells occupy at least 20% of the area; type I); infectious type (granulation tissue with neutrophilic granulocytes, plasma cells and few, if any, wear particles; type II); combined type (aspects of type I and type II occur simultaneously; type III); and indeterminate type (neither criteria for type I nor type II are fulfilled; type IV). The periprosthetic membranes of 370 patients (217 women, 153 men; mean age 67.6 years, mean period until revision surgery 7.4 years) were analysed according to the defined criteria. Results Frequency of histopathological membrane types was: type I 54.3%, type II 19.7%, type III 5.4%, type IV 15.4%, and not assessable 5.1%. The mean period between primary arthroplasty and revision surgery was 10.1 years for type I, 3.2 years for type II, 4.5 years for type III and 5.4 years for type IV. The correlation between histopathological and microbiological diagnosis was high (89.7%), and the inter‐observer reproducibility sufficient (85%). Conclusion The classification proposed enables standardised typing of periprosthetic membranes and may serve as a tool for further research on the pathogenesis of the loosening of total joint replacement. The study highlights the importance of non‐infectious, non‐particle induced loosening of prosthetic devices in orthopaedic surgery (membrane type IV), which was observed in 15.4% of patients. PMID:16731601

  12. Proposal for a histopathological consensus classification of the periprosthetic interface membrane.

    PubMed

    Morawietz, L; Classen, R-A; Schröder, J H; Dynybil, C; Perka, C; Skwara, A; Neidel, J; Gehrke, T; Frommelt, L; Hansen, T; Otto, M; Barden, B; Aigner, T; Stiehl, P; Schubert, T; Meyer-Scholten, C; König, A; Ströbel, P; Rader, C P; Kirschner, S; Lintner, F; Rüther, W; Bos, I; Hendrich, C; Kriegsmann, J; Krenn, V

    2006-06-01

    The introduction of clearly defined histopathological criteria for a standardised evaluation of the periprosthetic membrane, which can appear in cases of total joint arthroplasty revision surgery. Based on histomorphological criteria, four types of periprosthetic membrane were defined: wear particle induced type (detection of foreign body particles; macrophages and multinucleated giant cells occupy at least 20% of the area; type I); infectious type (granulation tissue with neutrophilic granulocytes, plasma cells and few, if any, wear particles; type II); combined type (aspects of type I and type II occur simultaneously; type III); and indeterminate type (neither criteria for type I nor type II are fulfilled; type IV). The periprosthetic membranes of 370 patients (217 women, 153 men; mean age 67.6 years, mean period until revision surgery 7.4 years) were analysed according to the defined criteria. Frequency of histopathological membrane types was: type I 54.3%, type II 19.7%, type III 5.4%, type IV 15.4%, and not assessable 5.1%. The mean period between primary arthroplasty and revision surgery was 10.1 years for type I, 3.2 years for type II, 4.5 years for type III and 5.4 years for type IV. The correlation between histopathological and microbiological diagnosis was high (89.7%), and the inter-observer reproducibility sufficient (85%). The classification proposed enables standardised typing of periprosthetic membranes and may serve as a tool for further research on the pathogenesis of the loosening of total joint replacement. The study highlights the importance of non-infectious, non-particle induced loosening of prosthetic devices in orthopaedic surgery (membrane type IV), which was observed in 15.4% of patients.

  13. A Classification Methodology and Retrieval Model to Support Software Reuse

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1988-01-01

    Dewey Decimal Classification ( DDC 18), an enumerative scheme, occupies 40 pages [Buchanan 19791. Langridge [19731 states that the facets listed in the...sense of historical importance or wide spread use. The schemes are: Dewey Decimal Classification ( DDC ), Universal Decimal Classification (UDC...Classification Systems ..... ..... 2.3.3 Library Classification__- .52 23.3.1 Dewey Decimal Classification -53 2.33.2 Universal Decimal Classification 55 2333

  14. Gravitational Wave (GW) Classification, Space GW Detection Sensitivities and AMIGO (Astrodynamical Middle-frequency Interferometric GW Observatory)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ni, Wei-Tou

    2018-01-01

    After first reviewing the gravitational wave (GW) spectral classification. we discuss the sensitivities of GW detection in space aimed at low frequency band (100 nHz-100 mHz) and middle frequency band (100 mHz-10 Hz). The science goals are to detect GWs from (i) Supermassive Black Holes; (ii) Extreme-Mass-Ratio Black Hole Inspirals; (iii) Intermediate-Mass Black Holes; (iv) Galactic Compact Binaries; (v) Stellar-Size Black Hole Binaries; and (vi) Relic GW Background. The detector proposals have arm length ranging from 100 km to 1.35×109 km (9 AU) including (a) Solar orbiting detectors and (b) Earth orbiting detectors. We discuss especially the sensitivities in the frequency band 0.1-10 μHz and the middle frequency band (0.1 Hz-10 Hz). We propose and discuss AMIGO as an Astrodynamical Middlefrequency Interferometric GW Observatory.

  15. The APA classification of mental disorders: future perspectives.

    PubMed

    Regier, Darrel A; Narrow, William E; First, Michael B; Marshall, Tina

    2002-01-01

    After 8-10 years of experience with the fourth edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual (DSM-IV) and the tenth edition of the International Classification of Diseases (ICD-10), it is an ideal time to begin looking at the clinical and research consequences of these diagnostic systems. The American Psychiatric Association, in conjunction with the National Institutes of Health, has initiated a research development process intended to accelerate an evaluation of existing criteria while developing and testing hypotheses that would improve the validity of our diagnostic concepts. Over the past year, a multidisciplinary, international panel has developed a series of six white papers which define research opportunities in the following broad areas: Nomenclature, Disability and Impairment, Personality Disorders, Relational Disorders, Developmental Psychopathology, Neuroscience, and Cross-Cultural aspects of Psychopathology. Recommendations for future national and international research in each of these areas will be discussed. Copyright 2002 S. Karger AG, Basel

  16. Do mental health professionals use diagnostic classifications the way we think they do? A global survey

    PubMed Central

    First, Michael B.; Rebello, Tahilia J.; Keeley, Jared W.; Bhargava, Rachna; Dai, Yunfei; Kulygina, Maya; Matsumoto, Chihiro; Robles, Rebeca; Stona, Anne‐Claire; Reed, Geoffrey M.

    2018-01-01

    We report on a global survey of diagnosing mental health professionals, primarily psychiatrists, conducted as a part of the development of the ICD‐11 mental and behavioural disorders classification. The survey assessed these professionals' use of various components of the ICD‐10 and the DSM, their attitudes concerning the utility of these systems, and usage of “residual” (i.e., “other” or “unspecified”) categories. In previous surveys, most mental health professionals reported they often use a formal classification system in everyday clinical work, but very little is known about precisely how they are using those systems. For example, it has been suggested that most clinicians employ only the diagnostic labels or codes from the ICD‐10 in order to meet administrative requirements. The present survey was conducted with clinicians who were members of the Global Clinical Practice Network (GCPN), established by the World Health Organization as a tool for global participation in ICD‐11 field studies. A total of 1,764 GCPN members from 92 countries completed the survey, with 1,335 answering the questions with reference to the ICD‐10 and 429 to the DSM (DSM‐IV, DSM‐IV‐TR or DSM‐5). The most frequent reported use of the classification systems was for administrative or billing purposes, with 68.1% reporting often or routinely using them for that purpose. A bit more than half (57.4%) of respondents reported often or routinely going through diagnostic guidelines or criteria systematically to determine whether they apply to individual patients. Although ICD‐10 users were more likely than DSM‐5 users to utilize the classification for administrative purposes, other differences were either slight or not significant. Both classifications were rated to be most useful for assigning a diagnosis, communicating with other health care professionals and teaching, and least useful for treatment selection and determining prognosis. ICD‐10 was rated more useful than DSM‐5 for administrative purposes. A majority of clinicians reported using “residual” categories at least sometimes, with around 12% of ICD‐10 users and 19% of DSM users employing them often or routinely, most commonly for clinical presentations that do not conform to a specific diagnostic category or when there is insufficient information to make a more specific diagnosis. These results provide the most comprehensive available information about the use of diagnostic classifications of mental disorders in ordinary clinical practice. PMID:29856559

  17. An evaluation of ICD-11 posttraumatic stress disorder criteria in two samples of adolescents and young adults exposed to mass shootings: factor analysis and comparisons to ICD-10 and DSM-IV.

    PubMed

    Haravuori, Henna; Kiviruusu, Olli; Suomalainen, Laura; Marttunen, Mauri

    2016-05-12

    The proposed posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) criteria for the International Classification of Diseases (ICD) 11th revision are simpler than the criteria in ICD-10, DSM-IV or DSM-5. The aim of this study was to evaluate the ICD-11 PTSD factor structure in samples of young people, and to compare PTSD prevalence rates and diagnostic agreement between the different diagnostic systems. Possible differences in clinical characteristics of the PTSD cases identified by ICD-11, ICD-10 and DSM-IV are explored. Two samples of adolescents and young adults were followed after exposure to similar mass shooting incidents in their schools. Semi-structured diagnostic interviews were performed to assess psychiatric diagnoses and PTSD symptom scores (N = 228, mean age 17.6 years). PTSD symptom item scores were used to compose diagnoses according to the different classification systems. Confirmatory factor analyses indicated that the proposed ICD-11 PTSD symptoms represented two rather than three factors; re-experiencing and avoidance symptoms comprised one factor and hyperarousal symptoms the other factor. In the studied samples, the three-factor ICD-11 criteria identified 51 (22.4%) PTSD cases, the two-factor ICD-11 identified 56 (24.6%) cases and the DSM-IV identified 43 (18.9%) cases, while the number of cases identified by ICD-10 was larger, being 85 (37.3%) cases. Diagnostic agreement of the ICD-11 PTSD criteria with ICD-10 and DSM-IV was moderate, yet the diagnostic agreement turned to be good when an impairment criterion was imposed on ICD-10. Compared to ICD-11, ICD-10 identified cases with less severe trauma exposure and posttraumatic symptoms and DSM-IV identified cases with less severe trauma exposure. The findings suggest that the two-factor model of ICD-11 PTSD is preferable to the three-factor model. The proposed ICD-11 criteria are more restrictive compared to the ICD-10 criteria. There were some differences in the clinical characteristics of the PTSD cases identified by ICD-11, when compared to ICD-10 and DSM-IV.

  18. 47 CFR 64.2305 - Definitions.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... businesses. (c) Primary advertising classification. A primary advertising classification is the principal... advertising classification is the classification of a subscriber to telephone exchange service as a business...' telephone numbers, addresses, or primary advertising classifications (as such classifications are assigned...

  19. 47 CFR 64.2305 - Definitions.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... businesses. (c) Primary advertising classification. A primary advertising classification is the principal... advertising classification is the classification of a subscriber to telephone exchange service as a business...' telephone numbers, addresses, or primary advertising classifications (as such classifications are assigned...

  20. Gene-expression signatures can distinguish gastric cancer grades and stages.

    PubMed

    Cui, Juan; Li, Fan; Wang, Guoqing; Fang, Xuedong; Puett, J David; Xu, Ying

    2011-03-18

    Microarray gene-expression data of 54 paired gastric cancer and adjacent noncancerous gastric tissues were analyzed, with the aim to establish gene signatures for cancer grades (well-, moderately-, poorly- or un-differentiated) and stages (I, II, III and IV), which have been determined by pathologists. Our statistical analysis led to the identification of a number of gene combinations whose expression patterns serve well as signatures of different grades and different stages of gastric cancer. A 19-gene signature was found to have discerning power between high- and low-grade gastric cancers in general, with overall classification accuracy at 79.6%. An expanded 198-gene panel allows the stratification of cancers into four grades and control, giving rise to an overall classification agreement of 74.2% between each grade designated by the pathologists and our prediction. Two signatures for cancer staging, consisting of 10 genes and 9 genes, respectively, provide high classification accuracies at 90.0% and 84.0%, among early-, advanced-stage cancer and control. Functional and pathway analyses on these signature genes reveal the significant relevance of the derived signatures to cancer grades and progression. To the best of our knowledge, this represents the first study on identification of genes whose expression patterns can serve as markers for cancer grades and stages.

  1. The Network Structure of Symptoms of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders.

    PubMed

    Boschloo, Lynn; van Borkulo, Claudia D; Rhemtulla, Mijke; Keyes, Katherine M; Borsboom, Denny; Schoevers, Robert A

    2015-01-01

    Although current classification systems have greatly contributed to the reliability of psychiatric diagnoses, they ignore the unique role of individual symptoms and, consequently, potentially important information is lost. The network approach, in contrast, assumes that psychopathology results from the causal interplay between psychiatric symptoms and focuses specifically on these symptoms and their complex associations. By using a sophisticated network analysis technique, this study constructed an empirically based network structure of 120 psychiatric symptoms of twelve major DSM-IV diagnoses using cross-sectional data of the National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions (NESARC, second wave; N = 34,653). The resulting network demonstrated that symptoms within the same diagnosis showed differential associations and indicated that the strategy of summing symptoms, as in current classification systems, leads to loss of information. In addition, some symptoms showed strong connections with symptoms of other diagnoses, and these specific symptom pairs, which both concerned overlapping and non-overlapping symptoms, may help to explain the comorbidity across diagnoses. Taken together, our findings indicated that psychopathology is very complex and can be more adequately captured by sophisticated network models than current classification systems. The network approach is, therefore, promising in improving our understanding of psychopathology and moving our field forward.

  2. Fascia: a morphological description and classification system based on a literature review

    PubMed Central

    Kumka, Myroslava; Bonar, Jason

    2012-01-01

    Fascia is virtually inseparable from all structures in the body and acts to create continuity amongst tissues to enhance function and support. In the past fascia has been difficult to study leading to ambiguities in nomenclature, which have only recently been addressed. Through review of the available literature, advances in fascia research were compiled, and issues related to terminology, descriptions, and clinical relevance of fascia were addressed. Our multimodal search strategy was conducted in Medline and PubMed databases, with other targeted searches in Google Scholar and by hand, utilizing reference lists and conference proceedings. In an effort to organize nomenclature for fascial structures provided by the Federative International Committee on Anatomical Terminology (FICAT), we developed a functional classification system which includes four categories of fascia: i) linking, ii) fascicular, iii) compression, and iv) separating fasciae. Each category was developed from descriptions in the literature on gross anatomy, histology, and biomechanics; the category names reflect the function of the fascia. An up-to-date definition of fascia is provided, as well as descriptions of its function and clinical features. Our classification demonstrates the use of internationally accepted terminology in an ontology which can improve understanding of major terms in each category of fascia. PMID:22997468

  3. A cladistic analysis of Aristotle's animal groups in the Historia animalium.

    PubMed

    von Lieven, Alexander Fürst; Humar, Marcel

    2008-01-01

    The Historia animalium (HA) of Aristotle contains an extraordinarily rich compilation of descriptions of animal anatomy, development, and behaviour. It is believed that Aristotle's aim in HA was to describe the correlations of characters rather than to classify or define animal groups. In order to assess if Aristotle, while organising his character correlations, referred to a pre-existing classification that underlies the descriptions in HA, we carried out a cladistic analysis according to the following procedure: by disentangeling 147 species and 40 higher taxa-designations from 157 predicates in the texts, we transcribed Aristotle's descriptions on anatomy and development of animals in books I-V of HA into a character matrix for a cladistic analysis. By analysing the distribution of characters as described in his books, we obtained a non-phylogenetic dendrogram displaying 58 monophyletic groups, 29 of which have equivalents among Aristotle's group designations. Eleven Aristotelian groupings turned out to be non-monophyletic, and six of them are inconsistent with the monophyletic groups. Twelve of 29 taxa without equivalents in Aristotle's works have equivalents in modern classifications. With this analysis we demonstate there exists a fairly consistent underlying classification in the zoological works of Aristotle. The peculiarities of Aristotle's character basis are discussed and the dendrogram is compared with a current phylogenetic tree.

  4. 32 CFR 2001.15 - Classification guides.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... 32 National Defense 6 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Classification guides. 2001.15 Section 2001.15..., NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION CLASSIFIED NATIONAL SECURITY INFORMATION Classification § 2001.15 Classification guides. (a) Preparation of classification guides. Originators of classification...

  5. 32 CFR 2001.15 - Classification guides.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... 32 National Defense 6 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Classification guides. 2001.15 Section 2001.15..., NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION CLASSIFIED NATIONAL SECURITY INFORMATION Classification § 2001.15 Classification guides. (a) Preparation of classification guides. Originators of classification...

  6. 32 CFR 2001.15 - Classification guides.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... 32 National Defense 6 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Classification guides. 2001.15 Section 2001.15..., NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION CLASSIFIED NATIONAL SECURITY INFORMATION Classification § 2001.15 Classification guides. (a) Preparation of classification guides. Originators of classification...

  7. 32 CFR 2001.15 - Classification guides.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... 32 National Defense 6 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Classification guides. 2001.15 Section 2001.15..., NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION CLASSIFIED NATIONAL SECURITY INFORMATION Classification § 2001.15 Classification guides. (a) Preparation of classification guides. Originators of classification...

  8. 32 CFR 2001.15 - Classification guides.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... 32 National Defense 6 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Classification guides. 2001.15 Section 2001.15..., NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION CLASSIFIED NATIONAL SECURITY INFORMATION Classification § 2001.15 Classification guides. (a) Preparation of classification guides. Originators of classification...

  9. Room Temperature Erbium-Doped Yttrium Vanadate (Er:YVO4) Laser and Amplifier

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2016-09-01

    perpendicular to the laser cavity axis, was pumped in σ-polarization and lased in π-polarization. The laser operated in a quasi -continuous wave regime...laser, amplifier, quasi -continuous wave 16. SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF: 17. LIMITATION OF ABSTRACT UU 18. NUMBER OF...distribution unlimited. iii Contents List of Figures iv 1. Introduction 1 2. Laser Experimental Setup and Results 2 3. Laser Amplifier Setup 6 4

  10. Quality of Life and Health-Related Quality of Life of Adolescents with Cerebral Palsy

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Rosenbaum, Peter L.; Livingston, Michael H.; Palisano, Robert J.; Galuppi, Barbara E.; Russell, Dianne J.

    2007-01-01

    This study assessed quality of life (QOL) and health-related quality of life (HRQOL) of 203 adolescents with cerebral palsy (111 males, 92 females; mean age 16y [SD 1y 9mo]). Participants were classified using the Gross Motor Function Classification System (GMFCS), as Level I (n=60), Level II (n=33), Level III (n=28), Level IV (n=50), or Level V…

  11. Atomistic and Ab Initio Calculations or Ternary II-IV-V2 Semiconductors

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1999-12-07

    consisting of two- and three-body terms is developed reproducing crystal lattice constants, elastic and dielectric constants very well. The calculated...the lattice . This difference may well be due to defect-induced lattice distortion which plays a key role in stabilizing the hole states in the... lattice . 15. SUBJECT TERMS Chalcopyrites, Defects, Atomistic and AB Initio Calculations 16. SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF: a. REPORT u b. ABSTRACT U

  12. Human Operator Interface with FLIR Displays.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1980-03-01

    model (Ratches, et al., 1976) used to evaluate FUIR system performanmce. SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF THIS PAOE(When Does Bntoff. PREFACE The research...the minimum resolv- able temperature (MRT) paradigm to test two modeled FLIR systems. Twelve male subjects with 20/20 uncorrected vision served as...varying iv levels of size, contrast, noise, and MTF. The test results were compared with the NVL predictive model (Ratches, et al., 1975) used to

  13. Change in mobility function and its causes in adults with cerebral palsy by Gross Motor Function Classification System level: A cross-sectional questionnaire study.

    PubMed

    Himuro, Nobuaki; Mishima, Reiko; Seshimo, Takashi; Morishima, Toshibumi; Kosaki, Keisuke; Ibe, Shigeharu; Asagai, Yoshimi; Minematsu, Koji; Kurita, Kazuhiro; Okayasu, Tsutomu; Shimura, Tsukasa; Hoshino, Kotaro; Suzuki, Toshiro; Yanagizono, Taiichiro

    2018-04-07

    The prognosis for mobility function by Gross Motor Function Classification System (GMFCS) level is vital as a guide to rehabilitation for people with cerebral palsy. This study sought to investigate change in mobility function and its causes in adults with cerebral palsy by GMFCS level. We conducted a cross-sectional questionnaire study. A total of 386 participants (26 y 8 m, SD 5 y 10 m) with cerebral palsy were analyzed. Participant numbers by GMFCS level were: I (53), II (139), III (74) and IV (120). The median age of participants with peak mobility function in GMFCS level III was younger than that in the other levels. 48% had experienced a decline in mobility. A Kaplan-Meier plot showed the risk of mobility decline increased in GMFCS level III; the hazard ratio was 1.97 (95% CI, 1.20-3.23) compared with level I. The frequently reported causes of mobility decline were changes in environment, and illness and injury in GMFCS level III, stiffness and deformity in level IV, and reduced physical activity in level II and III. Peak mobility function and mobility decline occurred at a younger age in GMFCS level III, with the cause of mobility decline differing by GMFCS level.

  14. Jiko-shisen-kyofu (fear of one's own glance), but not taijin-kyofusho (fear of interpersonal relations), is an east Asian culture-related specific syndrome.

    PubMed

    Iwata, Yasuhide; Suzuki, Katsuaki; Takei, Nori; Toulopoulou, Timothea; Tsuchiya, Kenji J; Matsumoto, Kaori; Takagai, Shu; Oshiro, Masaya; Nakamura, Kazuhiko; Mori, Norio

    2011-02-01

    According to the DSM-IV-TR, the concept of taijin-kyofusho (fear of interpersonal relations) is both unique to East Asia and a culture-bound syndrome. In the indigenous diagnostic classification system in Japan, taijin-kyofusho consists of four subtypes, i.e. sekimen-kyofu (phobia of blushing), shubo-kyofu (phobia of a deformed face/body), jiko-shu-kyofu (phobia of one's own foul body odour), and jiko-shisen-kyofu (phobia of one's own glance). Each subtype except for phobia of one's own glance can be adequately assigned to a respective existing category in the DSM-IV-TR. The aim of the study was to introduce clinical features of phobia of one's own glance to western psychiatrists. Description of a series of cases with jiko-shisen-kyofu (phobia of one's own glance). All of our cases shared the unique feature that they suffered from the preoccupation that their own glance was offensive to others, and as a result were socially withdrawn themselves. To our best knowledge, no cases with a clear picture of phobia of one's own glance have been reported in the West to date. The controversial issue of the classification of phobia of one's own glance as an east Asian culture-related specific syndrome was addressed.

  15. Comparison of Rai and Binet Classifications in Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia.

    PubMed

    Zengin, N; Kars, A; Kansu, E; Özdemir, O; Barişta, İ; Güllü, İ; Güler, N; Özişik, Y; Dündar, S; Firat, D

    1997-01-01

    Staging systems are essential for understanding disease, in predicting the outcome, and therapeutic decision making in any tumor as well as chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL). In this study, we compared the clinical correlation of the Rai and Binet classification systems in 133 CLL patients. The distribution of 133 patients according to the Rai system was as follows, stage 0:17, I:13, II:45, III:30, IV:28, and in the Binet system stage A:35, B:40, C:58 patients. Median survival of patients according to the Rai staging system was >67.0, >91.0, 63.8, 20.9 and 9.8 months, and >91.0, 63.4, 16.0 months according to Binet, respectively. Although no difference was found between Rai stages 0, I, II (p > 0.05) in terms of median survival, the difference between these stages and stages III and IV was statistically significant (p < 0.05). In the Binet staging system statistically significant survival difference was found between all stages (p < 0.05). We concluded that although both systems are comparable in terms of staging and predicting the outcome of patients with CLL, the Rai staging system appears to have an advantage over the Binet system by defining a subset of patients with excellent prognosis (stage 0) which is included within stage A of the latter.

  16. DSM-5 and Mental Disorders in Older Individuals: An Overview.

    PubMed

    Sachdev, Perminder S; Mohan, Adith; Taylor, Lauren; Jeste, Dilip V

    2015-01-01

    After participating in this activity, learners should be better able to:• Assess the changes in DSM-5 relative to earlier versions.• Evaluate the implications of the DSM-5 for practicing geriatric psychiatrists. About every 20 years, the American Psychiatric Association revises its official classification of mental disorders. The fifth revision of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5) was published in 2013, prompting considerable commentary, debate, and criticism. This article briefly describes the process leading up to DSM-5 and the main changes from the previous version (DSM-IV) that would be of interest to a geriatric psychiatrist. The changes in the areas of schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, depressive disorders, and anxiety disorders have been many, but the majority of them are minor and unlikely to have major treatment implications. The classification of neurocognitive disorders, however, has seen a major revision and elaboration in comparison to DSM-IV; of special note is the introduction of "mild and major neurocognitive disorders," the latter equated with dementia. A common language has also been introduced for the criteria for the various etiological subtypes of neurocognitive disorders. All physicians treating patients with neurocognitive disorders should familiarize themselves with these criteria. Their use in research has the potential to harmonize the field.

  17. 43 CFR 2461.1 - Proposed classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... 43 Public Lands: Interior 2 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Proposed classifications. 2461.1 Section... MANAGEMENT, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR LAND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (2000) BUREAU INITIATED CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Multiple-Use Classification Procedures § 2461.1 Proposed classifications. (a) Proposed classifications will...

  18. 43 CFR 2461.4 - Changing classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... 43 Public Lands: Interior 2 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Changing classifications. 2461.4 Section... MANAGEMENT, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR LAND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (2000) BUREAU INITIATED CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Multiple-Use Classification Procedures § 2461.4 Changing classifications. Classifications may be changed...

  19. 32 CFR 2001.16 - Fundamental classification guidance review.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... 32 National Defense 6 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Fundamental classification guidance review. 2001... INFORMATION Classification § 2001.16 Fundamental classification guidance review. (a) Performance of fundamental classification guidance reviews. An initial fundamental classification guidance review shall be...

  20. 40 CFR 152.164 - Classification procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 25 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Classification procedures. 152.164... PESTICIDE REGISTRATION AND CLASSIFICATION PROCEDURES Classification of Pesticides § 152.164 Classification procedures. (a) Grouping of products for classification purposes. In its discretion, the Agency may identify...

  1. 43 CFR 2461.1 - Proposed classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ... 43 Public Lands: Interior 2 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Proposed classifications. 2461.1 Section... MANAGEMENT, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR LAND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (2000) BUREAU INITIATED CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Multiple-Use Classification Procedures § 2461.1 Proposed classifications. (a) Proposed classifications will...

  2. 40 CFR 152.164 - Classification procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 24 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Classification procedures. 152.164... PESTICIDE REGISTRATION AND CLASSIFICATION PROCEDURES Classification of Pesticides § 152.164 Classification procedures. (a) Grouping of products for classification purposes. In its discretion, the Agency may identify...

  3. 7 CFR 27.34 - Classification procedure.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2014-01-01 2014-01-01 false Classification procedure. 27.34 Section 27.34... REGULATIONS COTTON CLASSIFICATION UNDER COTTON FUTURES LEGISLATION Regulations Classification and Micronaire Determinations § 27.34 Classification procedure. Classification shall proceed as rapidly as possible, but not...

  4. 32 CFR 2001.14 - Classification challenges.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... 32 National Defense 6 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Classification challenges. 2001.14 Section 2001... Classification § 2001.14 Classification challenges. (a) Challenging classification. Authorized holders, including authorized holders outside the classifying agency, who want to challenge the classification status of...

  5. 43 CFR 2461.4 - Changing classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ... 43 Public Lands: Interior 2 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Changing classifications. 2461.4 Section... MANAGEMENT, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR LAND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (2000) BUREAU INITIATED CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Multiple-Use Classification Procedures § 2461.4 Changing classifications. Classifications may be changed...

  6. 32 CFR 2001.14 - Classification challenges.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... 32 National Defense 6 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Classification challenges. 2001.14 Section 2001... Classification § 2001.14 Classification challenges. (a) Challenging classification. Authorized holders, including authorized holders outside the classifying agency, who want to challenge the classification status of...

  7. 40 CFR 152.164 - Classification procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 25 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Classification procedures. 152.164... PESTICIDE REGISTRATION AND CLASSIFICATION PROCEDURES Classification of Pesticides § 152.164 Classification procedures. (a) Grouping of products for classification purposes. In its discretion, the Agency may identify...

  8. 7 CFR 27.34 - Classification procedure.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2013-01-01 2013-01-01 false Classification procedure. 27.34 Section 27.34... REGULATIONS COTTON CLASSIFICATION UNDER COTTON FUTURES LEGISLATION Regulations Classification and Micronaire Determinations § 27.34 Classification procedure. Classification shall proceed as rapidly as possible, but not...

  9. 32 CFR 2001.14 - Classification challenges.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... 32 National Defense 6 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Classification challenges. 2001.14 Section 2001... Classification § 2001.14 Classification challenges. (a) Challenging classification. Authorized holders, including authorized holders outside the classifying agency, who want to challenge the classification status of...

  10. 43 CFR 2461.1 - Proposed classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ... 43 Public Lands: Interior 2 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Proposed classifications. 2461.1 Section... MANAGEMENT, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR LAND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (2000) BUREAU INITIATED CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Multiple-Use Classification Procedures § 2461.1 Proposed classifications. (a) Proposed classifications will...

  11. 43 CFR 2461.4 - Changing classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ... 43 Public Lands: Interior 2 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Changing classifications. 2461.4 Section... MANAGEMENT, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR LAND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (2000) BUREAU INITIATED CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Multiple-Use Classification Procedures § 2461.4 Changing classifications. Classifications may be changed...

  12. 43 CFR 2461.1 - Proposed classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ... 43 Public Lands: Interior 2 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Proposed classifications. 2461.1 Section... MANAGEMENT, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR LAND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (2000) BUREAU INITIATED CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Multiple-Use Classification Procedures § 2461.1 Proposed classifications. (a) Proposed classifications will...

  13. 43 CFR 2461.4 - Changing classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ... 43 Public Lands: Interior 2 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Changing classifications. 2461.4 Section... MANAGEMENT, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR LAND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (2000) BUREAU INITIATED CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Multiple-Use Classification Procedures § 2461.4 Changing classifications. Classifications may be changed...

  14. 7 CFR 27.34 - Classification procedure.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2012-01-01 2012-01-01 false Classification procedure. 27.34 Section 27.34... REGULATIONS COTTON CLASSIFICATION UNDER COTTON FUTURES LEGISLATION Regulations Classification and Micronaire Determinations § 27.34 Classification procedure. Classification shall proceed as rapidly as possible, but not...

  15. 32 CFR 2001.14 - Classification challenges.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... 32 National Defense 6 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Classification challenges. 2001.14 Section 2001... Classification § 2001.14 Classification challenges. (a) Challenging classification. Authorized holders, including authorized holders outside the classifying agency, who want to challenge the classification status of...

  16. 40 CFR 152.164 - Classification procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 24 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Classification procedures. 152.164... PESTICIDE REGISTRATION AND CLASSIFICATION PROCEDURES Classification of Pesticides § 152.164 Classification procedures. (a) Grouping of products for classification purposes. In its discretion, the Agency may identify...

  17. 40 CFR 152.164 - Classification procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Classification procedures. 152.164... PESTICIDE REGISTRATION AND CLASSIFICATION PROCEDURES Classification of Pesticides § 152.164 Classification procedures. (a) Grouping of products for classification purposes. In its discretion, the Agency may identify...

  18. 7 CFR 27.34 - Classification procedure.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2011-01-01 2011-01-01 false Classification procedure. 27.34 Section 27.34... REGULATIONS COTTON CLASSIFICATION UNDER COTTON FUTURES LEGISLATION Regulations Classification and Micronaire Determinations § 27.34 Classification procedure. Classification shall proceed as rapidly as possible, but not...

  19. Seven-Color Photometry and Classification of Stars in the Direction of Open Cluster M29 (NGC 6913) in Cygnus

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2013-01-01

    Spitzer, 2MASS , VVISE and IPHAS databases is acknowledged. The project is partly supported by the Research Council of Lithuania, grant No. MIP-061/2013...1304. YSO [WISE, IPHAS]; 1305. HD 19򒵺 (A), B5V [5], B8III [6]; 1306. G5III [5[; 1307. WDS 20243+3811 (sep ~ 1.9"); 1313. YSO [ 2MASS , Spitze... 2MASS , IPHAS); 1387. Fl III [!6[; 1391. HD 229261 (B9), BS [5,8], B6II [16], B5IV-V [17[; 1407. F2 [5[; 1408. B3 V [16[; 1419. A2IV [16[; 1427

  20. Greater Prevalence of Proposed ICD-11 Alcohol and Cannabis Dependence Compared to ICD-10, DSM-IV, and DSM-5 in Treated Adolescents.

    PubMed

    Chung, Tammy; Cornelius, Jack; Clark, Duncan; Martin, Christopher

    2017-09-01

    Proposed International Classification of Diseases, 11th edition (ICD-11), criteria for substance use disorder (SUD) radically simplify the algorithm used to diagnose substance dependence. Major differences in case identification across DSM and ICD impact determinations of treatment need and conceptualizations of substance dependence. This study compared the draft algorithm for ICD-11 SUD against DSM-IV, DSM-5, and ICD-10, for alcohol and cannabis. Adolescents (n = 339, ages 14 to 18) admitted to intensive outpatient addictions treatment completed, as part of a research study, a Structured Clinical Interview for DSM SUDs adapted for use with adolescents and which has been used to assess DSM and ICD SUD diagnoses. Analyses examined prevalence across classification systems, diagnostic concordance, and sources of diagnostic disagreement. Prevalence of any past-year proposed ICD-11 alcohol or cannabis use disorder was significantly lower compared to DSM-IV and DSM-5 (ps < 0.01). However, prevalence of proposed ICD-11 alcohol and cannabis dependence diagnoses was significantly higher compared to DSM-IV, DSM-5, and ICD-10 (ps < 0.01). ICD-11 and DSM-5 SUD diagnoses showed only moderate concordance. For both alcohol and cannabis, youth typically met criteria for an ICD-11 dependence diagnosis by reporting tolerance and much time spent using or recovering from the substance, rather than symptoms indicating impaired control over use. The proposed ICD-11 dependence algorithm appears to "overdiagnose" dependence on alcohol and cannabis relative to DSM-IV and ICD-10 dependence, and DSM-5 moderate/severe use disorder, generating potential "false-positive" cases of dependence. Among youth who met criteria for proposed ICD-11 dependence, few reported impaired control over substance use, highlighting ongoing issues in the conceptualization and diagnosis of SUD. Copyright © 2017 by the Research Society on Alcoholism.

  1. 22 CFR 9.4 - Original classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-04-01

    ... 22 Foreign Relations 1 2014-04-01 2014-04-01 false Original classification. 9.4 Section 9.4... classification. (a) Definition. Original classification is the initial determination that certain information... classification. (b) Classification levels. (1) Top Secret shall be applied to information the unauthorized...

  2. 22 CFR 9.4 - Original classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-04-01

    ... 22 Foreign Relations 1 2013-04-01 2013-04-01 false Original classification. 9.4 Section 9.4... classification. (a) Definition. Original classification is the initial determination that certain information... classification. (b) Classification levels. (1) Top Secret shall be applied to information the unauthorized...

  3. 22 CFR 9.4 - Original classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ... 22 Foreign Relations 1 2012-04-01 2012-04-01 false Original classification. 9.4 Section 9.4... classification. (a) Definition. Original classification is the initial determination that certain information... classification. (b) Classification levels. (1) Top Secret shall be applied to information the unauthorized...

  4. 22 CFR 9.4 - Original classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... 22 Foreign Relations 1 2011-04-01 2011-04-01 false Original classification. 9.4 Section 9.4... classification. (a) Definition. Original classification is the initial determination that certain information... classification. (b) Classification levels. (1) Top Secret shall be applied to information the unauthorized...

  5. 12 CFR 403.4 - Derivative classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... SAFEGUARDING OF NATIONAL SECURITY INFORMATION § 403.4 Derivative classification. (a) Use of derivative classification. (1) Unlike original classification which is an initial determination, derivative classification... 12 Banks and Banking 4 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Derivative classification. 403.4 Section 403.4...

  6. Classification in Australia.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    McKinlay, John

    Despite some inroads by the Library of Congress Classification and short-lived experimentation with Universal Decimal Classification and Bliss Classification, Dewey Decimal Classification, with its ability in recent editions to be hospitable to local needs, remains the most widely used classification system in Australia. Although supplemented at…

  7. Maxillectomy defects: a suggested classification scheme.

    PubMed

    Akinmoladun, V I; Dosumu, O O; Olusanya, A A; Ikusika, O F

    2013-06-01

    The term "maxillectomy" has been used to describe a variety of surgical procedures for a spectrum of diseases involving a diverse anatomical site. Hence, classifications of maxillectomy defects have often made communication difficult. This article highlights this problem, emphasises the need for a uniform system of classification and suggests a classification system which is simple and comprehensive. Articles related to this subject, especially those with specified classifications of maxillary surgical defects were sourced from the internet through Google, Scopus and PubMed using the search terms maxillectomy defects classification. A manual search through available literature was also done. The review of the materials revealed many classifications and modifications of classifications from the descriptive, reconstructive and prosthodontic perspectives. No globally acceptable classification exists among practitioners involved in the management of diseases in the mid-facial region. There were over 14 classifications of maxillary defects found in the English literature. Attempts made to address the inadequacies of previous classifications have tended to result in cumbersome and relatively complex classifications. A single classification that is based on both surgical and prosthetic considerations is most desirable and is hereby proposed.

  8. 32 CFR 1633.12 - Reconsideration of classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ..., upon which the classification is based, change or when he finds that the registrant made a... 32 National Defense 6 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Reconsideration of classification. 1633.12... ADMINISTRATION OF CLASSIFICATION § 1633.12 Reconsideration of classification. No classification is permanent. The...

  9. 19 CFR 152.16 - Judicial changes in classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ... OF THE TREASURY (CONTINUED) CLASSIFICATION AND APPRAISEMENT OF MERCHANDISE Classification § 152.16 Judicial changes in classification. The following procedures apply to changes in classification made by... 19 Customs Duties 2 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Judicial changes in classification. 152.16 Section...

  10. 32 CFR 1633.12 - Reconsideration of classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ..., upon which the classification is based, change or when he finds that the registrant made a... 32 National Defense 6 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Reconsideration of classification. 1633.12... ADMINISTRATION OF CLASSIFICATION § 1633.12 Reconsideration of classification. No classification is permanent. The...

  11. 32 CFR 2103.13 - Duration of original classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... 32 National Defense 6 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Duration of original classification. 2103.13... DECLASSIFIED Original Classification § 2103.13 Duration of original classification. Original classification may be extended beyond six years only by officials with Top Secret classification authority. This...

  12. 32 CFR 2001.12 - Duration of classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... 32 National Defense 6 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Duration of classification. 2001.12 Section 2001... Classification § 2001.12 Duration of classification. (a) Determining duration of classification for information originally classified under the Order—(1) Establishing duration of classification. Except for information...

  13. 32 CFR 2001.12 - Duration of classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... 32 National Defense 6 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Duration of classification. 2001.12 Section 2001... Classification § 2001.12 Duration of classification. (a) Determining duration of classification for information originally classified under the Order—(1) Establishing duration of classification. Except for information...

  14. 32 CFR 2001.12 - Duration of classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... 32 National Defense 6 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Duration of classification. 2001.12 Section 2001... Classification § 2001.12 Duration of classification. (a) Determining duration of classification for information originally classified under the Order—(1) Establishing duration of classification. Except for information...

  15. Effects of two classification strategies on a Benthic Community Index for streams in the Northern Lakes and Forests Ecoregion

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Butcher, Jason T.; Stewart, Paul M.; Simon, Thomas P.

    2003-01-01

    Ninety-four sites were used to analyze the effects of two different classification strategies on the Benthic Community Index (BCI). The first, a priori classification, reflected the wetland status of the streams; the second, a posteriori classification, used a bio-environmental analysis to select classification variables. Both classifications were examined by measuring classification strength and testing differences in metric values with respect to group membership. The a priori (wetland) classification strength (83.3%) was greater than the a posteriori (bio-environmental) classification strength (76.8%). Both classifications found one metric that had significant differences between groups. The original index was modified to reflect the wetland classification by re-calibrating the scoring criteria for percent Crustacea and Mollusca. A proposed refinement to the original Benthic Community Index is suggested. This study shows the importance of using hypothesis-driven classifications, as well as exploratory statistical analysis, to evaluate alternative ways to reveal environmental variability in biological assessment tools.

  16. 14 CFR 1203.501 - Applying derivative classification markings.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... INFORMATION SECURITY PROGRAM Derivative Classification § 1203.501 Applying derivative classification markings... classification decisions: (b) Verify the information's current level of classification so far as practicable...

  17. 14 CFR 1203.501 - Applying derivative classification markings.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... INFORMATION SECURITY PROGRAM Derivative Classification § 1203.501 Applying derivative classification markings... classification decisions: (b) Verify the information's current level of classification so far as practicable...

  18. Is overall similarity classification less effortful than single-dimension classification?

    PubMed

    Wills, Andy J; Milton, Fraser; Longmore, Christopher A; Hester, Sarah; Robinson, Jo

    2013-01-01

    It is sometimes argued that the implementation of an overall similarity classification is less effortful than the implementation of a single-dimension classification. In the current article, we argue that the evidence securely in support of this view is limited, and report additional evidence in support of the opposite proposition--overall similarity classification is more effortful than single-dimension classification. Using a match-to-standards procedure, Experiments 1A, 1B and 2 demonstrate that concurrent load reduces the prevalence of overall similarity classification, and that this effect is robust to changes in the concurrent load task employed, the level of time pressure experienced, and the short-term memory requirements of the classification task. Experiment 3 demonstrates that participants who produced overall similarity classifications from the outset have larger working memory capacities than those who produced single-dimension classifications initially, and Experiment 4 demonstrates that instructions to respond meticulously increase the prevalence of overall similarity classification.

  19. 7 CFR 27.31 - Classification of cotton.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2014-01-01 2014-01-01 false Classification of cotton. 27.31 Section 27.31... REGULATIONS COTTON CLASSIFICATION UNDER COTTON FUTURES LEGISLATION Regulations Classification and Micronaire Determinations § 27.31 Classification of cotton. For purposes of subsection 15b (f) of The Act, classification of...

  20. 7 CFR 27.31 - Classification of cotton.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2013-01-01 2013-01-01 false Classification of cotton. 27.31 Section 27.31... REGULATIONS COTTON CLASSIFICATION UNDER COTTON FUTURES LEGISLATION Regulations Classification and Micronaire Determinations § 27.31 Classification of cotton. For purposes of subsection 15b (f) of The Act, classification of...

  1. 32 CFR 2103.12 - Level of original classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... 32 National Defense 6 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Level of original classification. 2103.12... DECLASSIFIED Original Classification § 2103.12 Level of original classification. Unnecessary classification, and classification at a level higher than is necessary, shall be avoided. If there is reasonable doubt...

  2. Boosted classification trees result in minor to modest improvement in the accuracy in classifying cardiovascular outcomes compared to conventional classification trees

    PubMed Central

    Austin, Peter C; Lee, Douglas S

    2011-01-01

    Purpose: Classification trees are increasingly being used to classifying patients according to the presence or absence of a disease or health outcome. A limitation of classification trees is their limited predictive accuracy. In the data-mining and machine learning literature, boosting has been developed to improve classification. Boosting with classification trees iteratively grows classification trees in a sequence of reweighted datasets. In a given iteration, subjects that were misclassified in the previous iteration are weighted more highly than subjects that were correctly classified. Classifications from each of the classification trees in the sequence are combined through a weighted majority vote to produce a final classification. The authors' objective was to examine whether boosting improved the accuracy of classification trees for predicting outcomes in cardiovascular patients. Methods: We examined the utility of boosting classification trees for classifying 30-day mortality outcomes in patients hospitalized with either acute myocardial infarction or congestive heart failure. Results: Improvements in the misclassification rate using boosted classification trees were at best minor compared to when conventional classification trees were used. Minor to modest improvements to sensitivity were observed, with only a negligible reduction in specificity. For predicting cardiovascular mortality, boosted classification trees had high specificity, but low sensitivity. Conclusions: Gains in predictive accuracy for predicting cardiovascular outcomes were less impressive than gains in performance observed in the data mining literature. PMID:22254181

  3. Classifications for Cesarean Section: A Systematic Review

    PubMed Central

    Torloni, Maria Regina; Betran, Ana Pilar; Souza, Joao Paulo; Widmer, Mariana; Allen, Tomas; Gulmezoglu, Metin; Merialdi, Mario

    2011-01-01

    Background Rising cesarean section (CS) rates are a major public health concern and cause worldwide debates. To propose and implement effective measures to reduce or increase CS rates where necessary requires an appropriate classification. Despite several existing CS classifications, there has not yet been a systematic review of these. This study aimed to 1) identify the main CS classifications used worldwide, 2) analyze advantages and deficiencies of each system. Methods and Findings Three electronic databases were searched for classifications published 1968–2008. Two reviewers independently assessed classifications using a form created based on items rated as important by international experts. Seven domains (ease, clarity, mutually exclusive categories, totally inclusive classification, prospective identification of categories, reproducibility, implementability) were assessed and graded. Classifications were tested in 12 hypothetical clinical case-scenarios. From a total of 2948 citations, 60 were selected for full-text evaluation and 27 classifications identified. Indications classifications present important limitations and their overall score ranged from 2–9 (maximum grade = 14). Degree of urgency classifications also had several drawbacks (overall scores 6–9). Woman-based classifications performed best (scores 5–14). Other types of classifications require data not routinely collected and may not be relevant in all settings (scores 3–8). Conclusions This review and critical appraisal of CS classifications is a methodologically sound contribution to establish the basis for the appropriate monitoring and rational use of CS. Results suggest that women-based classifications in general, and Robson's classification, in particular, would be in the best position to fulfill current international and local needs and that efforts to develop an internationally applicable CS classification would be most appropriately placed in building upon this classification. The use of a single CS classification will facilitate auditing, analyzing and comparing CS rates across different settings and help to create and implement effective strategies specifically targeted to optimize CS rates where necessary. PMID:21283801

  4. Refinement of diagnosis and disease classification in psychiatry.

    PubMed

    Lecrubier, Yves

    2008-03-01

    Knowledge concerning the classification of mental disorders progressed substantially with the use of DSM III-IV and IDCD 10 because it was based on observed data, with precise definitions. These classifications a priori avoided to generate definitions related to etiology or treatment response. They are based on a categorical approach where diagnostic entities share common phenomenological features. Modifications proposed or discussed are related to the weak validity of the classification strategy described above. (a) Disorders are supposed to be independent but the current coexistence of two or more disorders is the rule; (b) They also are supposed to have stability, however anxiety disorders most of the time precede major depression. For GAD age at onset, family history, biology and symptomatology are close to those of depression. As a consequence broader entities such as depression-GAD spectrum, panic-phobias spectrum and OCD spectrum including eating disorders and pathological gambling are taken into consideration; (c) Diagnostic categories use thresholds to delimitate a border with normals. This creates "subthreshold" conditions. The relevance of such conditions is well documented. Measuring the presence and severity of different dimensions, independent from a threshold, will improve the relevance of the description of patients pathology. In addition, this dimensional approach will improve the problems posed by the mutually exclusive diagnoses (depression and GAD, schizophrenia and depression); (d) Some disorders are based on the coexistence of different dimensions. Patients may present only one set of symptoms and have different characteristics, evolution and response to treatment. An example would be negative symptoms in Schizophrenia; (e) Because no etiological model is available and most measures are subjective, objective measures (cognitive, biological) and genetics progresses created important hopes. None of these measures is pathognomonic and most appear to be related to risk factors especially at certain periods when associated with environmental events. One of the major aims for a classification of patients is to identify groups to whom a best possible therapeutic strategy can be proposed. Drugs may improve fear extinction while the genetic and/or acquired avoidance may be called phobia. The basic mechanism and or the corresponding phenotype should appear in the classification. Progresses in early identification of disturbances by taking into account all the information available (prodromal symptoms, cognitive, biological, imaging, genetic, family information) are crucial for the future therapeutic strategy: prevention.

  5. The clinical outcomes of deep gray matter injury in children with cerebral palsy in relation with brain magnetic resonance imaging.

    PubMed

    Choi, Ja Young; Choi, Yoon Seong; Rha, Dong-Wook; Park, Eun Sook

    2016-08-01

    In the present study we investigated the nature and extent of clinical outcomes using various classifications and analyzed the relationship between brain magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) findings and the extent of clinical outcomes in children with cerebral palsy (CP) with deep gray matter injury. The deep gray matter injuries of 69 children were classified into hypoxic ischemic encephalopathy (HIE) and kernicterus patterns. HIE patterns were divided into four groups (I-IV) based on severity. Functional classification was investigated using the gross motor function classification system-expanded and revised, manual ability classification system, communication function classification system, and tests of cognitive function, and other associated problems. The severity of HIE pattern on brain MRI was strongly correlated with the severity of clinical outcomes in these various domains. Children with a kernicterus pattern showed a wide range of clinical outcomes in these areas. Children with severe HIE are at high risk of intellectual disability (ID) or epilepsy and children with a kernicterus pattern are at risk of hearing impairment and/or ID. Grading severity of HIE pattern on brain MRI is useful for predicting overall outcomes. The clinical outcomes of children with a kernicterus pattern range widely from mild to severe. Delineation of the clinical outcomes of children with deep gray matter injury, which are a common abnormal brain MRI finding in children with CP, is necessary. The present study provides clinical outcomes for various domains in children with deep gray matter injury on brain MRI. The deep gray matter injuries were divided into two major groups; HIE and kernicterus patterns. Our study showed that severity of HIE pattern on brain MRI was strongly associated with the severity of impairments in gross motor function, manual ability, communication function, and cognition. These findings suggest that severity of HIE pattern can be useful for predicting the severity of impairments. Conversely, children with a kernicterus pattern showed a wide range of clinical outcomes in various domains. Children with severe HIE pattern are at high risk of ID or epilepsy and children with kernicterus pattern are at risk of hearing impairment or ID. The strength of our study was the assessment of clinical outcomes after 3 years of age using standardized classification systems in various domains in children with deep gray matter injury. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  6. 7 CFR 28.911 - Review classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Review classification. 28.911 Section 28.911... Producers Classification § 28.911 Review classification. (a) A producer may request one review classification for each bale of eligible cotton. The fee for review classification is $2.20 per bale. (b) Samples...

  7. 14 CFR § 1203.407 - Duration of classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... 14 Aeronautics and Space 5 2014-01-01 2014-01-01 false Duration of classification. § 1203.407... SECURITY PROGRAM Guides for Original Classification § 1203.407 Duration of classification. (a) At the time of original classification, the original classification authority shall establish a specific date or...

  8. Land-cover classification in a moist tropical region of Brazil with Landsat TM imagery.

    PubMed

    Li, Guiying; Lu, Dengsheng; Moran, Emilio; Hetrick, Scott

    2011-01-01

    This research aims to improve land-cover classification accuracy in a moist tropical region in Brazil by examining the use of different remote sensing-derived variables and classification algorithms. Different scenarios based on Landsat Thematic Mapper (TM) spectral data and derived vegetation indices and textural images, and different classification algorithms - maximum likelihood classification (MLC), artificial neural network (ANN), classification tree analysis (CTA), and object-based classification (OBC), were explored. The results indicated that a combination of vegetation indices as extra bands into Landsat TM multispectral bands did not improve the overall classification performance, but the combination of textural images was valuable for improving vegetation classification accuracy. In particular, the combination of both vegetation indices and textural images into TM multispectral bands improved overall classification accuracy by 5.6% and kappa coefficient by 6.25%. Comparison of the different classification algorithms indicated that CTA and ANN have poor classification performance in this research, but OBC improved primary forest and pasture classification accuracies. This research indicates that use of textural images or use of OBC are especially valuable for improving the vegetation classes such as upland and liana forest classes having complex stand structures and having relatively large patch sizes.

  9. Land-cover classification in a moist tropical region of Brazil with Landsat TM imagery

    PubMed Central

    LI, GUIYING; LU, DENGSHENG; MORAN, EMILIO; HETRICK, SCOTT

    2011-01-01

    This research aims to improve land-cover classification accuracy in a moist tropical region in Brazil by examining the use of different remote sensing-derived variables and classification algorithms. Different scenarios based on Landsat Thematic Mapper (TM) spectral data and derived vegetation indices and textural images, and different classification algorithms – maximum likelihood classification (MLC), artificial neural network (ANN), classification tree analysis (CTA), and object-based classification (OBC), were explored. The results indicated that a combination of vegetation indices as extra bands into Landsat TM multispectral bands did not improve the overall classification performance, but the combination of textural images was valuable for improving vegetation classification accuracy. In particular, the combination of both vegetation indices and textural images into TM multispectral bands improved overall classification accuracy by 5.6% and kappa coefficient by 6.25%. Comparison of the different classification algorithms indicated that CTA and ANN have poor classification performance in this research, but OBC improved primary forest and pasture classification accuracies. This research indicates that use of textural images or use of OBC are especially valuable for improving the vegetation classes such as upland and liana forest classes having complex stand structures and having relatively large patch sizes. PMID:22368311

  10. Neurodevelopmental Disorders (ASD and ADHD): DSM-5, ICD-10, and ICD-11.

    PubMed

    Doernberg, Ellen; Hollander, Eric

    2016-08-01

    Neurodevelopmental disorders, specifically autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) have undergone considerable diagnostic evolution in the past decade. In the United States, the current system in place is the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition (DSM-5), whereas worldwide, the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems, Tenth Revision (ICD-10) serves as a general medical system. This review will examine the differences in neurodevelopmental disorders between these two systems. First, we will review the important revisions made from the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth Edition, Text Revision (DSM-IV-TR) to the DSM-5, with respect to ASD and ADHD. Next, we will cover the similarities and differences between ASD and ADHD classification in the DSM-5 and the ICD-10, and how these differences may have an effect on neurodevelopmental disorder diagnostics and classification. By examining the changes made for the DSM-5 in 2013, and critiquing the current ICD-10 system, we can help to anticipate and advise on the upcoming ICD-11, due to come online in 2017. Overall, this review serves to highlight the importance of progress towards complementary diagnostic classification systems, keeping in mind the difference in tradition and purpose of the DSM and the ICD, and that these systems are dynamic and changing as more is learned about neurodevelopmental disorders and their underlying etiology. Finally this review will discuss alternative diagnostic approaches, such as the Research Domain Criteria (RDoC) initiative, which links symptom domains to underlying biological and neurological mechanisms. The incorporation of new diagnostic directions could have a great effect on treatment development and insurance coverage for neurodevelopmental disorders worldwide.

  11. EXhype: A tool for mineral classification using hyperspectral data

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Adep, Ramesh Nityanand; shetty, Amba; Ramesh, H.

    2017-02-01

    Various supervised classification algorithms have been developed to classify earth surface features using hyperspectral data. Each algorithm is modelled based on different human expertises. However, the performance of conventional algorithms is not satisfactory to map especially the minerals in view of their typical spectral responses. This study introduces a new expert system named 'EXhype (Expert system for hyperspectral data classification)' to map minerals. The system incorporates human expertise at several stages of it's implementation: (i) to deal with intra-class variation; (ii) to identify absorption features; (iii) to discriminate spectra by considering absorption features, non-absorption features and by full spectra comparison; and (iv) finally takes a decision based on learning and by emphasizing most important features. It is developed using a knowledge base consisting of an Optimal Spectral Library, Segmented Upper Hull method, Spectral Angle Mapper (SAM) and Artificial Neural Network. The performance of the EXhype is compared with a traditional, most commonly used SAM algorithm using Airborne Visible/Infrared Imaging Spectrometer (AVIRIS) data acquired over Cuprite, Nevada, USA. A virtual verification method is used to collect samples information for accuracy assessment. Further, a modified accuracy assessment method is used to get a real users accuracies in cases where only limited or desired classes are considered for classification. With the modified accuracy assessment method, SAM and EXhype yields an overall accuracy of 60.35% and 90.75% and the kappa coefficient of 0.51 and 0.89 respectively. It was also found that the virtual verification method allows to use most desired stratified random sampling method and eliminates all the difficulties associated with it. The experimental results show that EXhype is not only producing better accuracy compared to traditional SAM but, can also rightly classify the minerals. It is proficient in avoiding misclassification between target classes when applied on minerals.

  12. Managing the Sick Child in the Era of Declining Malaria Transmission: Development of ALMANACH, an Electronic Algorithm for Appropriate Use of Antimicrobials.

    PubMed

    Rambaud-Althaus, Clotilde; Shao, Amani Flexson; Kahama-Maro, Judith; Genton, Blaise; d'Acremont, Valérie

    2015-01-01

    To review the available knowledge on epidemiology and diagnoses of acute infections in children aged 2 to 59 months in primary care setting and develop an electronic algorithm for the Integrated Management of Childhood Illness to reach optimal clinical outcome and rational use of medicines. A structured literature review in Medline, Embase and the Cochrane Database of Systematic Review (CDRS) looked for available estimations of diseases prevalence in outpatients aged 2-59 months, and for available evidence on i) accuracy of clinical predictors, and ii) performance of point-of-care tests for targeted diseases. A new algorithm for the management of childhood illness (ALMANACH) was designed based on evidence retrieved and results of a study on etiologies of fever in Tanzanian children outpatients. The major changes in ALMANACH compared to IMCI (2008 version) are the following: i) assessment of 10 danger signs, ii) classification of non-severe children into febrile and non-febrile illness, the latter receiving no antibiotics, iii) classification of pneumonia based on a respiratory rate threshold of 50 assessed twice for febrile children 12-59 months; iv) malaria rapid diagnostic test performed for all febrile children. In the absence of identified source of fever at the end of the assessment, v) urine dipstick performed for febrile children <2 years to consider urinary tract infection, vi) classification of 'possible typhoid' for febrile children >2 years with abdominal tenderness; and lastly vii) classification of 'likely viral infection' in case of negative results. This smartphone-run algorithm based on new evidence and two point-of-care tests should improve the quality of care of <5 year children and lead to more rational use of antimicrobials.

  13. What is new in genetics and osteogenesis imperfecta classification?

    PubMed

    Valadares, Eugênia R; Carneiro, Túlio B; Santos, Paula M; Oliveira, Ana Cristina; Zabel, Bernhard

    2014-01-01

    Literature review of new genes related to osteogenesis imperfecta (OI) and update of its classification. Literature review in the PubMed and OMIM databases, followed by selection of relevant references. In 1979, Sillence et al. developed a classification of OI subtypes based on clinical features and disease severity: OI type I, mild, common, with blue sclera; OI type II, perinatal lethal form; OI type III, severe and progressively deforming, with normal sclera; and OI type IV, moderate severity with normal sclera. Approximately 90% of individuals with OI are heterozygous for mutations in the COL1A1 and COL1A2 genes, with dominant pattern of inheritance or sporadic mutations. After 2006, mutations were identified in the CRTAP, FKBP10, LEPRE1, PLOD2, PPIB, SERPINF1, SERPINH1, SP7, WNT1, BMP1, and TMEM38B genes, associated with recessive OI and mutation in the IFITM5 gene associated with dominant OI. Mutations in PLS3 were recently identified in families with osteoporosis and fractures, with X-linked inheritance pattern. In addition to the genetic complexity of the molecular basis of OI, extensive phenotypic variability resulting from individual loci has also been documented. Considering the discovery of new genes and limited genotype-phenotype correlation, the use of next-generation sequencing tools has become useful in molecular studies of OI cases. The recommendation of the Nosology Group of the International Society of Skeletal Dysplasias is to maintain the classification of Sillence as the prototypical form, universally accepted to classify the degree of severity in OI, while maintaining it free from direct molecular reference. Copyright © 2014 Sociedade Brasileira de Pediatria. Published by Elsevier Editora Ltda. All rights reserved.

  14. Managing the Sick Child in the Era of Declining Malaria Transmission: Development of ALMANACH, an Electronic Algorithm for Appropriate Use of Antimicrobials

    PubMed Central

    Rambaud-Althaus, Clotilde; Shao, Amani Flexson; Genton, Blaise; d’Acremont, Valérie

    2015-01-01

    Objective To review the available knowledge on epidemiology and diagnoses of acute infections in children aged 2 to 59 months in primary care setting and develop an electronic algorithm for the Integrated Management of Childhood Illness to reach optimal clinical outcome and rational use of medicines. Methods A structured literature review in Medline, Embase and the Cochrane Database of Systematic Review (CDRS) looked for available estimations of diseases prevalence in outpatients aged 2-59 months, and for available evidence on i) accuracy of clinical predictors, and ii) performance of point-of-care tests for targeted diseases. A new algorithm for the management of childhood illness (ALMANACH) was designed based on evidence retrieved and results of a study on etiologies of fever in Tanzanian children outpatients. Findings The major changes in ALMANACH compared to IMCI (2008 version) are the following: i) assessment of 10 danger signs, ii) classification of non-severe children into febrile and non-febrile illness, the latter receiving no antibiotics, iii) classification of pneumonia based on a respiratory rate threshold of 50 assessed twice for febrile children 12-59 months; iv) malaria rapid diagnostic test performed for all febrile children. In the absence of identified source of fever at the end of the assessment, v) urine dipstick performed for febrile children <2years to consider urinary tract infection, vi) classification of ‘possible typhoid’ for febrile children >2 years with abdominal tenderness; and lastly vii) classification of ‘likely viral infection’ in case of negative results. Conclusion This smartphone-run algorithm based on new evidence and two point-of-care tests should improve the quality of care of <5 year children and lead to more rational use of antimicrobials. PMID:26161753

  15. Different CHEK2 germline mutations are associated with distinct immunophenotypic molecular subtypes of breast cancer.

    PubMed

    Domagala, Pawel; Wokolorczyk, Dominika; Cybulski, Cezary; Huzarski, Tomasz; Lubinski, Jan; Domagala, Wenancjusz

    2012-04-01

    Germline mutations in BRCA1 were already linked to basal-like subtype of immunophenotypic molecular classification of breast cancer (BC). However, it is not known whether mutations in other BC susceptibility genes are associated with molecular subtypes of this cancer. We tested the hypothesis that distinct mutations in another BC susceptibility gene involved in DNA repair, i.e., CHEK2 may be associated with particular immunophenotypic molecular subtypes of this cancer. Two groups of patients: 1255 with BCs and 5496 healthy controls were genotyped for four CHEK2 mutations (I157T and three truncating mutations: 1100delC, IVS2 + 1G > A, del5395). BCs were tested by immunohistochemistry on tissue microarrays for ER, PR, HER-2, EGFR, and CK5/6 and were assigned to appropriate subtypes of immunophenotypic molecular classification. There was a significant association between CHEK2 mutations and the immunophenotypic molecular classification (P = 0.004). CHEK2-associated cancers were predominantly luminal (108/117 = 92.3%). CHEK2-I157T variant was associated with the luminal A subtype (P = 0.01), whereas CHEK2-truncating mutations were associated with the luminal B subtype (P = 0.005). Comparing the prevalence of CHEK2 mutations in BC with controls revealed that carriers of an I157T variant had OR of 1.80 for luminal A subtype and carriers of truncating mutations had OR of 6.26 for luminal B subtype of BC. To our knowledge, this is the first study showing that specific mutations in the same susceptibility gene are associated with different immunophenotypic molecular subtypes of BC. This association represents independent evidence supporting the biological significance of immunophenotypic molecular classification of BC.

  16. 7 CFR 51.1403 - Kernel color classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... generally conforms to the “light” or “light amber” classification, that color classification may be used to... 7 Agriculture 2 2013-01-01 2013-01-01 false Kernel color classification. 51.1403 Section 51.1403... Color Classification § 51.1403 Kernel color classification. (a) The skin color of pecan kernels may be...

  17. 7 CFR 51.1403 - Kernel color classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... generally conforms to the “light” or “light amber” classification, that color classification may be used to... 7 Agriculture 2 2014-01-01 2014-01-01 false Kernel color classification. 51.1403 Section 51.1403... Color Classification § 51.1403 Kernel color classification. (a) The skin color of pecan kernels may be...

  18. River reach classification for the Greater Mekong Region at high spatial resolution

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ouellet Dallaire, C.; Lehner, B.

    2014-12-01

    River classifications have been used in river health and ecological assessments as coarse proxies to represent aquatic biodiversity when comprehensive biological and/or species data is unavailable. Currently there are no river classifications or biological data available in a consistent format for the extent of the Greater Mekong Region (GMR; including the Irrawaddy, the Salween, the Chao Praya, the Mekong and the Red River basins). The current project proposes a new river habitat classification for the region, facilitated by the HydroSHEDS (HYDROlogical SHuttle Elevation Derivatives at multiple Scales) database at 500m pixel resolution. The classification project is based on the Global River Classification framework relying on the creation of multiple sub-classifications based on different disciplines. The resulting classes from the sub-classification are later combined into final classes to create a holistic river reach classification. For the GMR, a final habitat classification was created based on three sub-classifications: a hydrological sub-classification based only on discharge indices (river size and flow variability); a physio-climatic sub-classification based on large scale indices of climate and elevation (biomes, ecoregions and elevation); and a geomorphological sub-classification based on local morphology (presence of floodplains, reach gradient and sand transport). Key variables and thresholds were identified in collaboration with local experts to ensure that regional knowledge was included. The final classification is composed 54 unique final classes based on 3 sub-classifications with less than 15 classes each. The resulting classifications are driven by abiotic variables and do not include biological data, but they represent a state-of-the art product based on best available data (mostly global data). The most common river habitat type is the "dry broadleaf, low gradient, very small river". These classifications could be applied in a wide range of hydro-ecological assessments and useful for a variety of stakeholders such as NGO, governments and researchers.

  19. Recursive heuristic classification

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wilkins, David C.

    1994-01-01

    The author will describe a new problem-solving approach called recursive heuristic classification, whereby a subproblem of heuristic classification is itself formulated and solved by heuristic classification. This allows the construction of more knowledge-intensive classification programs in a way that yields a clean organization. Further, standard knowledge acquisition and learning techniques for heuristic classification can be used to create, refine, and maintain the knowledge base associated with the recursively called classification expert system. The method of recursive heuristic classification was used in the Minerva blackboard shell for heuristic classification. Minerva recursively calls itself every problem-solving cycle to solve the important blackboard scheduler task, which involves assigning a desirability rating to alternative problem-solving actions. Knowing these ratings is critical to the use of an expert system as a component of a critiquing or apprenticeship tutoring system. One innovation of this research is a method called dynamic heuristic classification, which allows selection among dynamically generated classification categories instead of requiring them to be prenumerated.

  20. Effects of a Static Bicycling Programme on the Functional Ability of Young People with Cerebral Palsy Who Are Non-Ambulant

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Williams, Heather; Pountney, Teresa

    2007-01-01

    This study investigated the effects of exercise on the motor function of 11 young people (10 females, one male; age range 11-15y; mean age 12y 7mo [SD 1y 4mo]) with cerebral palsy (CP) who were non-ambulant (Gross Motor Function Classification System Levels IV or V), using an adapted static bicycle. Three participants had dyskinetic quadriplegia,…

  1. Three-Dimensional Sensor Common Operating Picture (3-D Sensor COP)

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2017-01-01

    created. Additionally, a 3-D model of the sensor itself can be created. Using these 3-D models, along with emerging virtual and augmented reality tools...augmented reality 16. SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF: 17. LIMITATION OF ABSTRACT UU 18. NUMBER OF PAGES 20 19a...iii Contents List of Figures iv 1. Introduction 1 2. The 3-D Sensor COP 2 3. Virtual Sensor Placement 7 4. Conclusions 10 5. References 11

  2. Meeting the criteria of a nursing diagnosis classification: Evaluation of ICNP, ICF, NANDA and ZEFP.

    PubMed

    Müller-Staub, Maria; Lavin, Mary Ann; Needham, Ian; van Achterberg, Theo

    2007-07-01

    Few studies described nursing diagnosis classification criteria and how classifications meet these criteria. The purpose was to identify criteria for nursing diagnosis classifications and to assess how these criteria are met by different classifications. First, a literature review was conducted (N=50) to identify criteria for nursing diagnoses classifications and to evaluate how these criteria are met by the International Classification of Nursing Practice (ICNP), the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF), the International Nursing Diagnoses Classification (NANDA), and the Nursing Diagnostic System of the Centre for Nursing Development and Research (ZEFP). Using literature review based general and specific criteria, the principal investigator evaluated each classification, applying a matrix. Second, a convenience sample of 20 nursing experts from different Swiss care institutions answered standardized interview forms, querying current national and international classification state and use. The first general criterion is that a diagnosis classification should describe the knowledge base and subject matter for which the nursing profession is responsible. ICNP) and NANDA meet this goal. The second general criterion is that each class fits within a central concept. The ICF and NANDA are the only two classifications built on conceptually driven classes. The third general classification criterion is that each diagnosis possesses a description, diagnostic criteria, and related etiologies. Although ICF and ICNP describe diagnostic terms, only NANDA fulfils this criterion. The analysis indicated that NANDA fulfilled most of the specific classification criteria in the matrix. The nursing experts considered NANDA to be the best-researched and most widely implemented classification in Switzerland and internationally. The international literature and the opinion of Swiss expert nurses indicate that-from the perspective of classifying comprehensive nursing diagnoses-NANDA should be recommended for nursing practice and electronic nursing documentation. Study limitations and future research needs are discussed.

  3. Three-column classification and Schatzker classification: a three- and two-dimensional computed tomography characterisation and analysis of tibial plateau fractures.

    PubMed

    Patange Subba Rao, Sheethal Prasad; Lewis, James; Haddad, Ziad; Paringe, Vishal; Mohanty, Khitish

    2014-10-01

    The aim of the study was to evaluate inter-observer reliability and intra-observer reproducibility between the three-column classification and Schatzker classification systems using 2D and 3D CT models. Fifty-two consecutive patients with tibial plateau fractures were evaluated by five orthopaedic surgeons. All patients were classified into Schatzker and three-column classification systems using x-rays and 2D and 3D CT images. The inter-observer reliability was evaluated in the first round and the intra-observer reliability was determined during the second round 2 weeks later. The average intra-observer reproducibility for the three-column classification was from substantial to excellent in all sub classifications, as compared with Schatzker classification. The inter-observer kappa values increased from substantial to excellent in three-column classification and to moderate in Schatzker classification The average values for three-column classification for all the categories are as follows: (I-III) k2D = 0.718, 95% CI 0.554-0.864, p < 0.0001 and average 3D = 0.874, 95% CI 0.754-0.890, p < 0.0001. For Schatzker classification system, the average values for all six categories are as follows: (I-VI) k2D = 0.536, 95% CI 0.365-0.685, p < 0.0001 and average k3D = 0.552 95% CI 0.405-0.700, p < 0.0001. The values are statistically significant. Statistically significant inter-observer values in both rounds were noted with the three-column classification, making it statistically an excellent agreement. The intra-observer reproducibility for the three-column classification improved as compared with the Schatzker classification. The three-column classification seems to be an effective way to characterise and classify fractures of tibial plateau.

  4. Object-Based Random Forest Classification of Land Cover from Remotely Sensed Imagery for Industrial and Mining Reclamation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chen, Y.; Luo, M.; Xu, L.; Zhou, X.; Ren, J.; Zhou, J.

    2018-04-01

    The RF method based on grid-search parameter optimization could achieve a classification accuracy of 88.16 % in the classification of images with multiple feature variables. This classification accuracy was higher than that of SVM and ANN under the same feature variables. In terms of efficiency, the RF classification method performs better than SVM and ANN, it is more capable of handling multidimensional feature variables. The RF method combined with object-based analysis approach could highlight the classification accuracy further. The multiresolution segmentation approach on the basis of ESP scale parameter optimization was used for obtaining six scales to execute image segmentation, when the segmentation scale was 49, the classification accuracy reached the highest value of 89.58 %. The classification accuracy of object-based RF classification was 1.42 % higher than that of pixel-based classification (88.16 %), and the classification accuracy was further improved. Therefore, the RF classification method combined with object-based analysis approach could achieve relatively high accuracy in the classification and extraction of land use information for industrial and mining reclamation areas. Moreover, the interpretation of remotely sensed imagery using the proposed method could provide technical support and theoretical reference for remotely sensed monitoring land reclamation.

  5. 46 CFR 30.10-9 - Classification requirements-TB/ALL.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... 46 Shipping 1 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Classification requirements-TB/ALL. 30.10-9 Section 30... Definitions § 30.10-9 Classification requirements—TB/ALL. The term classification requirements means... classification society. ...

  6. 46 CFR 30.10-9 - Classification requirements-TB/ALL.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ... 46 Shipping 1 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Classification requirements-TB/ALL. 30.10-9 Section 30... Definitions § 30.10-9 Classification requirements—TB/ALL. The term classification requirements means... classification society. ...

  7. 46 CFR 30.10-9 - Classification requirements-TB/ALL.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... 46 Shipping 1 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Classification requirements-TB/ALL. 30.10-9 Section 30... Definitions § 30.10-9 Classification requirements—TB/ALL. The term classification requirements means... classification society. ...

  8. 5 CFR 1312.7 - Derivative classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ..., DOWNGRADING, DECLASSIFICATION AND SAFEGUARDING OF NATIONAL SECURITY INFORMATION Classification and Declassification of National Security Information § 1312.7 Derivative classification. A derivative classification... 5 Administrative Personnel 3 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Derivative classification. 1312.7 Section...

  9. 5 CFR 9701.221 - Classification requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... 5 Administrative Personnel 3 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Classification requirements. 9701.221 Section 9701.221 Administrative Personnel DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT... HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Classification Classification Process § 9701.221 Classification...

  10. Land Cover Classification in a Complex Urban-Rural Landscape with Quickbird Imagery

    PubMed Central

    Moran, Emilio Federico.

    2010-01-01

    High spatial resolution images have been increasingly used for urban land use/cover classification, but the high spectral variation within the same land cover, the spectral confusion among different land covers, and the shadow problem often lead to poor classification performance based on the traditional per-pixel spectral-based classification methods. This paper explores approaches to improve urban land cover classification with Quickbird imagery. Traditional per-pixel spectral-based supervised classification, incorporation of textural images and multispectral images, spectral-spatial classifier, and segmentation-based classification are examined in a relatively new developing urban landscape, Lucas do Rio Verde in Mato Grosso State, Brazil. This research shows that use of spatial information during the image classification procedure, either through the integrated use of textural and spectral images or through the use of segmentation-based classification method, can significantly improve land cover classification performance. PMID:21643433

  11. Creating a Canonical Scientific and Technical Information Classification System for NCSTRL+

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Tiffany, Melissa E.; Nelson, Michael L.

    1998-01-01

    The purpose of this paper is to describe the new subject classification system for the NCSTRL+ project. NCSTRL+ is a canonical digital library (DL) based on the Networked Computer Science Technical Report Library (NCSTRL). The current NCSTRL+ classification system uses the NASA Scientific and Technical (STI) subject classifications, which has a bias towards the aerospace, aeronautics, and engineering disciplines. Examination of other scientific and technical information classification systems showed similar discipline-centric weaknesses. Traditional, library-oriented classification systems represented all disciplines, but were too generalized to serve the needs of a scientific and technically oriented digital library. Lack of a suitable existing classification system led to the creation of a lightweight, balanced, general classification system that allows the mapping of more specialized classification schemes into the new framework. We have developed the following classification system to give equal weight to all STI disciplines, while being compact and lightweight.

  12. The newly proposed clinical and post-neoadjuvant treatment staging classifications for gastric adenocarcinoma for the American Joint Committee on Cancer (AJCC) staging.

    PubMed

    In, Haejin; Ravetch, Ethan; Langdon-Embry, Marisa; Palis, Bryan; Ajani, Jaffer A; Hofstetter, Wayne L; Kelsen, David P; Sano, Takeshi

    2018-01-01

    New stage grouping classifications for clinical (cStage) and post-neoadjuvant treatment (ypStage) stage for gastric adenocarcinoma have been proposed for the eighth edition of the AJCC manual. This article summarizes the analysis for these stages. Gastric adenocarcinoma patients diagnosed in 2004-2009 were identified from the National Cancer Database (NCDB). The cStage cohort included both surgical and nonsurgical cases, and the ypStage cohort included only patients who had chemotherapy or radiation therapy before surgery. Survival differences between the stage groups were determined by the log-rank test and prognostic accuracy was assessed by concordance index. Analysis was performed using SAS 9.4 (SAS, Cary, NC, USA). Five strata for cStage and four strata for ypStage were developed. The 5-year survival rates for cStages were 56.77%, 47.39%, 33.1%, 25.9%, and 5.0% for stages I, IIa, IIb, III, and IV, respectively, and the rates for ypStage were 74.2%, 46.3%, 19.2%, and 11.6% for stages I, II, III, and IV, respectively. The log-rank test showed that survival differences were well stratified and stage groupings were ordered and distinct (p < 0.0001). The proposed cStage and ypStage classification was sensitive and specific and had high prognostic accuracy (cStage: c index = 0.81, 95% CI, 0.79-0.83; ypStage: c index = 0.80, 95% CI, 0.73-0.87). The proposed eighth edition establishes two new staging schemata that provide essential prognostic data for patients before treatment and for patients who have undergone surgery following neoadjuvant therapy. These additions are a significant advance to the AJCC staging manual and will provide critical guidance to clinicians in making informed decisions throughout the treatment course.

  13. Electroencephalography as a clinical tool for diagnosing and monitoring attention deficit hyperactivity disorder: a cross-sectional study

    PubMed Central

    Helgadóttir, Halla; Gudmundsson, Ólafur Ó; Baldursson, Gísli; Magnússon, Páll; Blin, Nicolas; Brynjólfsdóttir, Berglind; Emilsdóttir, Ásdís; Gudmundsdóttir, Gudrún B; Lorange, Málfrídur; Newman, Paula K; Jóhannesson, Gísli H; Johnsen, Kristinn

    2015-01-01

    Objectives The aim of this study was to develop and test, for the first time, a multivariate diagnostic classifier of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) based on EEG coherence measures and chronological age. Setting The participants were recruited in two specialised centres and three schools in Reykjavik. Participants The data are from a large cross-sectional cohort of 310 patients with ADHD and 351 controls, covering an age range from 5.8 to 14 years. ADHD was diagnosed according to the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders fourth edition (DSM-IV) criteria using the K-SADS-PL semistructured interview. Participants in the control group were reported to be free of any mental or developmental disorders by their parents and had a score of less than 1.5 SDs above the age-appropriate norm on the ADHD Rating Scale-IV. Other than moderate or severe intellectual disability, no additional exclusion criteria were applied in order that the cohort reflected the typical cross section of patients with ADHD. Results Diagnostic classifiers were developed using statistical pattern recognition for the entire age range and for specific age ranges and were tested using cross-validation and by application to a separate cohort of recordings not used in the development process. The age-specific classification approach was more accurate (76% accuracy in the independent test cohort; 81% cross-validation accuracy) than the age-independent version (76%; 73%). Chronological age was found to be an important classification feature. Conclusions The novel application of EEG-based classification methods presented here can offer significant benefit to the clinician by improving both the accuracy of initial diagnosis and ongoing monitoring of children and adolescents with ADHD. The most accurate possible diagnosis at a single point in time can be obtained by the age-specific classifiers, but the age-independent classifiers are also useful as they enable longitudinal monitoring of brain function. PMID:25596195

  14. Clinical outcome and long-term survival of 150 consecutive patients with pancreatic neuroendocrine tumors: A comprehensive analysis by the World Health Organization 2010 grading classification.

    PubMed

    Deng, Ben-Yuan; Liu, Fei; Yin, Si-Neng; Chen, An-Ping; Xu, Lin; Li, Bo

    2018-06-01

    The World Health Organization (WHO) has revised its grading system for pancreatic neuroendocrine tumors (PNETs) in 2010 into three main group, which has not been widely and comprehensively evaluated. We aimed to validate the clinical valve of this system associated with the clinical outcome and long-term survival when applied to PNETs, which were rare and heterogeneous. We retrospectively collected and analyzed the data of 150 consecutive patients with PNETs who underwent a resection. Sixty-four males and 86 females with PNETs were enrolled in our study. The clinical stage from I to IV by European Neuroendocrine Tumor Society were respectively defined in 53, 60, 19 and 18 patients. Seventy-two patients were pathologically diagnosed as neuroendocrine tumor G1 (NET G1), 48 as neuroendocrine tumor G2 (NET G2) and 30 as neuroendocrine carcinoma G3 (NEC G3). Patients with a radical resection obtained a notably higher overall survival (OS) than that of patients who underwent a palliative surgery (P=0.001). The 5-year OS of patients with NET G1 was significantly higher than that of patients with NET G2 (P=0.015) and NEC G3 (P<0.001); the comparison of OS for patients with NET G2 and NEC G3 was also statistically significant (P=0.005). In both univariate and multivariate analysis, clinical staging by ENETS (stage I and II vs. stage III and IV), resection (radical vs. palliative) and WHO 2010 grading classification (NET G1 and G2 vs. NEC G3) were validated to be independent predictors for the survivals of PNETs. The newly-updated WHO 2010 grading classification was prognostic for the OS of PNETs and could be widely adopted in clinical practice. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Masson SAS. All rights reserved.

  15. American Society of Anesthesiologists classification in cataract surgery: Results from the Ophthalmic Surgery Outcomes Data Project.

    PubMed

    Payal, Abhishek R; Sola-Del Valle, David; Gonzalez-Gonzalez, Luis A; Cakiner-Egilmez, Tulay; Chomsky, Amy S; Vollman, David E; Baze, Elizabeth F; Lawrence, Mary; Daly, Mary K

    2016-07-01

    To explore the association of American Society of Anesthesiologists (ASA) classification with cataract surgery outcomes. Five Veterans Affairs Medical Centers, United States. Retrospective observational cohort study. The study analyzed the outcomes of cataract surgery cases. Corrected distance visual acuity (CDVA), unanticipated events, and vision-related quality of life (VRQL) were assessed using the National Eye Institute Visual Function Questionnaire (NEI-VFQ), comparing ASA classes I through IV. For some analyses, ASA classes I and II were designated as Group A and ASA classes III and IV were designated Group B. Of the 4923 cases, 875 (17.8%) were in Group A, 4032 (81.9%) were in Group B, and 16 (0.3%) had missing data. The mean CDVA and mean composite NEI-VFQ score improved after cataract surgery in both groups (P < .0001); however, Group A had a better mean postoperative CDVA and postoperative VFQ composite scores than Group B (P < .0001, both outcomes). A higher ASA class was associated with an increased risk for 2 unanticipated events; that is, clinically significant macular edema (CSME) (Group A: 4 [0.47%] versus Group B: 50 [1.28%]; adjusted odds ratio [OR], 3.02; 95% confidence interval [CI], 1.02-13.05; P = 0.04) and readmission to the hospital within 30 days (2 [0.23%] versus 56 [1.41%]; OR, 8.26; 95% CI, 1.71-148.62; P = .004) CONCLUSIONS: Among United States veterans, the ASA classification could be an important predictor of VRQL and visual outcomes. In this cohort, it was associated with an increased risk for 2 serious unanticipated events-CSME and readmission to the hospital-both costly, unwanted outcomes. Dr. Vollman is a consultant to Forsight Vision5. None of the authors has a financial or proprietary interest in any material or method mentioned. Copyright © 2016 ASCRS and ESCRS. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  16. Prognostic value of somatosensory-evoked potentials in the surgical management of cervical spondylotic myelopathy.

    PubMed

    Hu, Yong; Ding, Yu; Ruan, Dike; Wong, Y W; Cheung, Kenneth M C; Luk, Keith D K

    2008-05-01

    Preoperative somatosensory-evoked potentials (SEPs) were retrospectively analyzed and classified, and compared with surgical outcome. To evaluate the value of the preoperative SEP waveform in predicting the clinical outcome after surgical management of cervical spondylotic myelopathy (CSM). SEPs have played an important role in spinal surgery. However, the value of SEPs in predicting the outcome of surgery for CSM remains controversial. This study enrolled 76 CSM patients who underwent surgical intervention. Median nerve SEPs were recorded before surgery. The Japanese Orthopedic Association (JOA) scoring system was used to evaluate the neurologic function before surgery and at postoperative follow-up at 1, 3, 6, 12, and 24 months. Patients were divided into 5 groups according to the classification of their preoperative SEP waveforms. Group I patients had normal SEPs, group IIa had normal latency and abnormal amplitude, group IIb had abnormal latency and normal amplitude, group III had abnormal latency and amplitude, and group IV had immeasurable waveforms. The myelopathic disability scores and surgical outcomes in different groups were compared by the Kruskal-Wallis test. The SEP classification was found to be significantly associated with the JOA score (Pearson's chi test, chi = 53.9, P < 0.05). There were no significant differences in JOA score recovery at different follow-up times within any SEP group. At 24 months after surgery, there was no significant difference in the recovery ratio between groups I and IIa, or between groups IIb and III (Kruskal-Wallis test, P > 0.05). However, the recovery ratio was significantly higher in groups I and IIa than in all the other groups (Kruskal-Wallis test, P < 0.05), and in groups IIb and III than in group IV (Kruskal-Wallis test, P < 0.05). SEP classification correlates well with CSM disability and postoperative recovery ratio. Median nerve SEP recordings would be a valuable and practical tool for the diagnosis and prognosis of myelopathy.

  17. Research on Remote Sensing Image Classification Based on Feature Level Fusion

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yuan, L.; Zhu, G.

    2018-04-01

    Remote sensing image classification, as an important direction of remote sensing image processing and application, has been widely studied. However, in the process of existing classification algorithms, there still exists the phenomenon of misclassification and missing points, which leads to the final classification accuracy is not high. In this paper, we selected Sentinel-1A and Landsat8 OLI images as data sources, and propose a classification method based on feature level fusion. Compare three kind of feature level fusion algorithms (i.e., Gram-Schmidt spectral sharpening, Principal Component Analysis transform and Brovey transform), and then select the best fused image for the classification experimental. In the classification process, we choose four kinds of image classification algorithms (i.e. Minimum distance, Mahalanobis distance, Support Vector Machine and ISODATA) to do contrast experiment. We use overall classification precision and Kappa coefficient as the classification accuracy evaluation criteria, and the four classification results of fused image are analysed. The experimental results show that the fusion effect of Gram-Schmidt spectral sharpening is better than other methods. In four kinds of classification algorithms, the fused image has the best applicability to Support Vector Machine classification, the overall classification precision is 94.01 % and the Kappa coefficients is 0.91. The fused image with Sentinel-1A and Landsat8 OLI is not only have more spatial information and spectral texture characteristics, but also enhances the distinguishing features of the images. The proposed method is beneficial to improve the accuracy and stability of remote sensing image classification.

  18. 49 CFR 8.17 - Classification challenges.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 1 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Classification challenges. 8.17 Section 8.17 Transportation Office of the Secretary of Transportation CLASSIFIED INFORMATION: CLASSIFICATION/DECLASSIFICATION/ACCESS Classification/Declassification of Information § 8.17 Classification challenges. (a) Authorized...

  19. 46 CFR 90.10-35 - Recognized classification society.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... 46 Shipping 4 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Recognized classification society. 90.10-35 Section 90... classification society. The term recognized classification society means the American Bureau of Shipping or other classification society recognized by the Commandant. ...

  20. 49 CFR 8.17 - Classification challenges.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 1 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Classification challenges. 8.17 Section 8.17 Transportation Office of the Secretary of Transportation CLASSIFIED INFORMATION: CLASSIFICATION/DECLASSIFICATION/ACCESS Classification/Declassification of Information § 8.17 Classification challenges. (a) Authorized...

  1. 49 CFR 8.17 - Classification challenges.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 1 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Classification challenges. 8.17 Section 8.17 Transportation Office of the Secretary of Transportation CLASSIFIED INFORMATION: CLASSIFICATION/DECLASSIFICATION/ACCESS Classification/Declassification of Information § 8.17 Classification challenges. (a) Authorized...

  2. 49 CFR 8.17 - Classification challenges.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 1 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Classification challenges. 8.17 Section 8.17 Transportation Office of the Secretary of Transportation CLASSIFIED INFORMATION: CLASSIFICATION/DECLASSIFICATION/ACCESS Classification/Declassification of Information § 8.17 Classification challenges. (a) Authorized...

  3. 49 CFR 8.17 - Classification challenges.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 1 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Classification challenges. 8.17 Section 8.17 Transportation Office of the Secretary of Transportation CLASSIFIED INFORMATION: CLASSIFICATION/DECLASSIFICATION/ACCESS Classification/Declassification of Information § 8.17 Classification challenges. (a) Authorized...

  4. Unveiling a spinor field classification with non-Abelian gauge symmetries

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fabbri, Luca; da Rocha, Roldão

    2018-05-01

    A spinor fields classification with non-Abelian gauge symmetries is introduced, generalizing the U(1) gauge symmetries-based Lounesto's classification. Here, a more general classification, contrary to the Lounesto's one, encompasses spinor multiplets, corresponding to non-Abelian gauge fields. The particular case of SU(2) gauge symmetry, encompassing electroweak and electromagnetic conserved charges, is then implemented by a non-Abelian spinor classification, now involving 14 mixed classes of spinor doublets. A richer flagpole, dipole, and flag-dipole structure naturally descends from this general classification. The Lounesto's classification of spinors is shown to arise as a Pauli's singlet, into this more general classification.

  5. Artificial neural network classification using a minimal training set - Comparison to conventional supervised classification

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hepner, George F.; Logan, Thomas; Ritter, Niles; Bryant, Nevin

    1990-01-01

    Recent research has shown an artificial neural network (ANN) to be capable of pattern recognition and the classification of image data. This paper examines the potential for the application of neural network computing to satellite image processing. A second objective is to provide a preliminary comparison and ANN classification. An artificial neural network can be trained to do land-cover classification of satellite imagery using selected sites representative of each class in a manner similar to conventional supervised classification. One of the major problems associated with recognition and classifications of pattern from remotely sensed data is the time and cost of developing a set of training sites. This reseach compares the use of an ANN back propagation classification procedure with a conventional supervised maximum likelihood classification procedure using a minimal training set. When using a minimal training set, the neural network is able to provide a land-cover classification superior to the classification derived from the conventional classification procedure. This research is the foundation for developing application parameters for further prototyping of software and hardware implementations for artificial neural networks in satellite image and geographic information processing.

  6. 22 CFR 9.6 - Derivative classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ... 22 Foreign Relations 1 2012-04-01 2012-04-01 false Derivative classification. 9.6 Section 9.6... classification. (a) Definition. Derivative classification is the incorporating, paraphrasing, restating or... with the classification of the source material. Duplication or reproduction of existing classified...

  7. 22 CFR 9.6 - Derivative classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-04-01

    ... 22 Foreign Relations 1 2013-04-01 2013-04-01 false Derivative classification. 9.6 Section 9.6... classification. (a) Definition. Derivative classification is the incorporating, paraphrasing, restating or... with the classification of the source material. Duplication or reproduction of existing classified...

  8. 22 CFR 9.6 - Derivative classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-04-01

    ... 22 Foreign Relations 1 2014-04-01 2014-04-01 false Derivative classification. 9.6 Section 9.6... classification. (a) Definition. Derivative classification is the incorporating, paraphrasing, restating or... with the classification of the source material. Duplication or reproduction of existing classified...

  9. Classification of wheat: Badhwar profile similarity technique

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Austin, W. W.

    1980-01-01

    The Badwar profile similarity classification technique used successfully for classification of corn was applied to spring wheat classifications. The software programs and the procedures used to generate full-scene classifications are presented, and numerical results of the acreage estimations are given.

  10. 22 CFR 9.6 - Derivative classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... 22 Foreign Relations 1 2011-04-01 2011-04-01 false Derivative classification. 9.6 Section 9.6... classification. (a) Definition. Derivative classification is the incorporating, paraphrasing, restating or... with the classification of the source material. Duplication or reproduction of existing classified...

  11. 14 CFR 1203.406 - Additional classification factors.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... PROGRAM Guides for Original Classification § 1203.406 Additional classification factors. In determining the appropriate classification category, the following additional factors should be considered: (a... 14 Aeronautics and Space 5 2011-01-01 2010-01-01 true Additional classification factors. 1203.406...

  12. 32 CFR 2001.13 - Classification prohibitions and limitations.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... 32 National Defense 6 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Classification prohibitions and limitations... INFORMATION Classification § 2001.13 Classification prohibitions and limitations. (a) Declassification without... determined by an original classification authority with jurisdiction over the information, remains classified...

  13. 15 CFR 30.61 - Statistical classification schedules.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... 15 Commerce and Foreign Trade 1 2011-01-01 2011-01-01 false Statistical classification schedules... § 30.61 Statistical classification schedules. The following statistical classification schedules are....census.gov/trade. (a) Schedule B—Statistical Classification for Domestic and Foreign Commodities Exported...

  14. 15 CFR 30.61 - Statistical classification schedules.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... 15 Commerce and Foreign Trade 1 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Statistical classification schedules... § 30.61 Statistical classification schedules. The following statistical classification schedules are....census.gov/trade. (a) Schedule B—Statistical Classification for Domestic and Foreign Commodities Exported...

  15. 7 CFR 28.9 - Inspection; sampling; classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2011-01-01 2011-01-01 false Inspection; sampling; classification. 28.9 Section 28... Administrative and General § 28.9 Inspection; sampling; classification. The inspection, sampling, and... instructions for the sampling, classification, and issuance of classification memoranda for cotton classed for...

  16. 7 CFR 28.9 - Inspection; sampling; classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Inspection; sampling; classification. 28.9 Section 28... Administrative and General § 28.9 Inspection; sampling; classification. The inspection, sampling, and... instructions for the sampling, classification, and issuance of classification memoranda for cotton classed for...

  17. 49 CFR 8.15 - Mandatory review for classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 1 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Mandatory review for classification. 8.15 Section 8.15 Transportation Office of the Secretary of Transportation CLASSIFIED INFORMATION: CLASSIFICATION/DECLASSIFICATION/ACCESS Classification/Declassification of Information § 8.15 Mandatory review for classification...

  18. Project implementation : classification of organic soils and classification of marls - training of INDOT personnel.

    DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

    2012-09-01

    This is an implementation project for the research completed as part of the following projects: SPR3005 Classification of Organic Soils : and SPR3227 Classification of Marl Soils. The methods developed for the classification of both soi...

  19. 7 CFR 28.911 - Review classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2014-01-01 2014-01-01 false Review classification. 28.911 Section 28.911... REGULATIONS COTTON CLASSING, TESTING, AND STANDARDS Cotton Classification and Market News Service for Producers Classification § 28.911 Review classification. (a) A producer may request one review...

  20. 6 CFR 7.26 - Derivative classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ... 6 Domestic Security 1 2012-01-01 2012-01-01 false Derivative classification. 7.26 Section 7.26... INFORMATION Classified Information § 7.26 Derivative classification. (a) Derivative classification is defined... already classified, and marking the newly developed material consistent with the classification markings...

  1. 7 CFR 28.911 - Review classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2013-01-01 2013-01-01 false Review classification. 28.911 Section 28.911... REGULATIONS COTTON CLASSING, TESTING, AND STANDARDS Cotton Classification and Market News Service for Producers Classification § 28.911 Review classification. (a) A producer may request one review...

  2. 6 CFR 7.26 - Derivative classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... 6 Domestic Security 1 2013-01-01 2013-01-01 false Derivative classification. 7.26 Section 7.26... INFORMATION Classified Information § 7.26 Derivative classification. (a) Derivative classification is defined... already classified, and marking the newly developed material consistent with the classification markings...

  3. 37 CFR 2.85 - Classification schedules.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... 37 Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights 1 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Classification schedules. 2..., DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE RULES OF PRACTICE IN TRADEMARK CASES Classification § 2.85 Classification schedules. (a) International classification system. Section 6.1 of this chapter sets forth the international...

  4. 37 CFR 2.85 - Classification schedules.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... 37 Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights 1 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Classification schedules. 2..., DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE RULES OF PRACTICE IN TRADEMARK CASES Classification § 2.85 Classification schedules. (a) International classification system. Section 6.1 of this chapter sets forth the international...

  5. 6 CFR 7.26 - Derivative classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... 6 Domestic Security 1 2014-01-01 2014-01-01 false Derivative classification. 7.26 Section 7.26... INFORMATION Classified Information § 7.26 Derivative classification. (a) Derivative classification is defined... already classified, and marking the newly developed material consistent with the classification markings...

  6. 37 CFR 2.85 - Classification schedules.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... 37 Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights 1 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Classification schedules. 2..., DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE RULES OF PRACTICE IN TRADEMARK CASES Classification § 2.85 Classification schedules. (a) International classification system. Section 6.1 of this chapter sets forth the international...

  7. 7 CFR 28.911 - Review classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2012-01-01 2012-01-01 false Review classification. 28.911 Section 28.911... REGULATIONS COTTON CLASSING, TESTING, AND STANDARDS Cotton Classification and Market News Service for Producers Classification § 28.911 Review classification. (a) A producer may request one review...

  8. 78 FR 68983 - Cotton Futures Classification: Optional Classification Procedure

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2013-11-18

    ...-AD33 Cotton Futures Classification: Optional Classification Procedure AGENCY: Agricultural Marketing... regulations to allow for the addition of an optional cotton futures classification procedure--identified and known as ``registration'' by the U.S. cotton industry and the Intercontinental Exchange (ICE). In...

  9. 76 FR 60388 - Revision of Cotton Futures Classification Procedures

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2011-09-29

    ...-005] RIN 0581-AD16 Revision of Cotton Futures Classification Procedures AGENCY: Agricultural Marketing... update the procedures for cotton futures quality classification services by using Smith-Doxey classification data in the cotton futures classification process. In addition, references to a separate and...

  10. 77 FR 5379 - Revision of Cotton Futures Classification Procedures

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2012-02-03

    ... 0581-AD16 Revision of Cotton Futures Classification Procedures AGENCY: Agricultural Marketing Service... for cotton futures quality classification services by using Smith-Doxey classification data in the cotton futures classification process. In addition, references to a separate and optional review of...

  11. 37 CFR 2.85 - Classification schedules.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... 37 Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights 1 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Classification schedules. 2..., DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE RULES OF PRACTICE IN TRADEMARK CASES Classification § 2.85 Classification schedules. (a) International classification system. Section 6.1 of this chapter sets forth the international...

  12. 37 CFR 2.85 - Classification schedules.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... 37 Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights 1 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Classification schedules. 2..., DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE RULES OF PRACTICE IN TRADEMARK CASES Classification § 2.85 Classification schedules. (a) International classification system. Section 6.1 of this chapter sets forth the international...

  13. 7 CFR 28.911 - Review classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2011-01-01 2011-01-01 false Review classification. 28.911 Section 28.911... REGULATIONS COTTON CLASSING, TESTING, AND STANDARDS Cotton Classification and Market News Service for Producers Classification § 28.911 Review classification. (a) A producer may request one review...

  14. 7 CFR 27.14 - Filing of classification and Micronaire determination requests.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Filing of classification and Micronaire determination... STANDARDS AND STANDARD CONTAINER REGULATIONS COTTON CLASSIFICATION UNDER COTTON FUTURES LEGISLATION Regulations Classification Requests § 27.14 Filing of classification and Micronaire determination requests...

  15. 7 CFR 27.14 - Filing of classification and Micronaire determination requests.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2011-01-01 2011-01-01 false Filing of classification and Micronaire determination... STANDARDS AND STANDARD CONTAINER REGULATIONS COTTON CLASSIFICATION UNDER COTTON FUTURES LEGISLATION Regulations Classification Requests § 27.14 Filing of classification and Micronaire determination requests...

  16. 18 CFR 3a.31 - Classification markings and special notations.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... unit taking the action. When classification changes are made, the classification markings themselves... 18 Conservation of Power and Water Resources 1 2011-04-01 2011-04-01 false Classification markings... REGULATORY COMMISSION, DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY GENERAL RULES NATIONAL SECURITY INFORMATION Classification...

  17. 7 CFR 27.36 - Classification and Micronaire determinations based on official standards.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Classification and Micronaire determinations based on... COMMODITY STANDARDS AND STANDARD CONTAINER REGULATIONS COTTON CLASSIFICATION UNDER COTTON FUTURES LEGISLATION Regulations Classification and Micronaire Determinations § 27.36 Classification and Micronaire...

  18. 7 CFR 27.87 - Fees; classification and Micronaire determination information.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Fees; classification and Micronaire determination... STANDARDS AND STANDARD CONTAINER REGULATIONS COTTON CLASSIFICATION UNDER COTTON FUTURES LEGISLATION Regulations Costs of Classification and Micronaire § 27.87 Fees; classification and Micronaire determination...

  19. 7 CFR 27.87 - Fees; classification and Micronaire determination information.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2011-01-01 2011-01-01 false Fees; classification and Micronaire determination... STANDARDS AND STANDARD CONTAINER REGULATIONS COTTON CLASSIFICATION UNDER COTTON FUTURES LEGISLATION Regulations Costs of Classification and Micronaire § 27.87 Fees; classification and Micronaire determination...

  20. 7 CFR 27.36 - Classification and Micronaire determinations based on official standards.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2011-01-01 2011-01-01 false Classification and Micronaire determinations based on... COMMODITY STANDARDS AND STANDARD CONTAINER REGULATIONS COTTON CLASSIFICATION UNDER COTTON FUTURES LEGISLATION Regulations Classification and Micronaire Determinations § 27.36 Classification and Micronaire...

  1. 49 CFR 8.19 - Procedures for submitting and processing requests for classification reviews.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... classification determination made by another department or agency, the Committee will immediately consult with... for classification reviews. 8.19 Section 8.19 Transportation Office of the Secretary of Transportation CLASSIFIED INFORMATION: CLASSIFICATION/DECLASSIFICATION/ACCESS Classification/Declassification of Information...

  2. 14 CFR 1203.203 - Degree of protection.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ...) Authorized categories of classification. The three categories of classification, as authorized and defined in... be safeguarded as if it were classified pending a determination by an original classification... appropriate level of classification, it shall be safeguarded at the higher level of classification pending a...

  3. Radiographic classifications in Perthes disease

    PubMed Central

    Huhnstock, Stefan; Svenningsen, Svein; Merckoll, Else; Catterall, Anthony; Terjesen, Terje; Wiig, Ola

    2017-01-01

    Background and purpose Different radiographic classifications have been proposed for prediction of outcome in Perthes disease. We assessed whether the modified lateral pillar classification would provide more reliable interobserver agreement and prognostic value compared with the original lateral pillar classification and the Catterall classification. Patients and methods 42 patients (38 boys) with Perthes disease were included in the interobserver study. Their mean age at diagnosis was 6.5 (3–11) years. 5 observers classified the radiographs in 2 separate sessions according to the Catterall classification, the original and the modified lateral pillar classifications. Interobserver agreement was analysed using weighted kappa statistics. We assessed the associations between the classifications and femoral head sphericity at 5-year follow-up in 37 non-operatively treated patients in a crosstable analysis (Gamma statistics for ordinal variables, γ). Results The original lateral pillar and Catterall classifications showed moderate interobserver agreement (kappa 0.49 and 0.43, respectively) while the modified lateral pillar classification had fair agreement (kappa 0.40). The original lateral pillar classification was strongly associated with the 5-year radiographic outcome, with a mean γ correlation coefficient of 0.75 (95% CI: 0.61–0.95) among the 5 observers. The modified lateral pillar and Catterall classifications showed moderate associations (mean γ correlation coefficient 0.55 [95% CI: 0.38–0.66] and 0.64 [95% CI: 0.57–0.72], respectively). Interpretation The Catterall classification and the original lateral pillar classification had sufficient interobserver agreement and association to late radiographic outcome to be suitable for clinical use. Adding the borderline B/C group did not increase the interobserver agreement or prognostic value of the original lateral pillar classification. PMID:28613966

  4. Deep mural injury and perforation after colonic endoscopic mucosal resection: a new classification and analysis of risk factors.

    PubMed

    Burgess, Nicholas G; Bassan, Milan S; McLeod, Duncan; Williams, Stephen J; Byth, Karen; Bourke, Michael J

    2017-10-01

    Perforation is the most serious complication associated with endoscopic mucosal resection (EMR). We propose a new classification for the appearance and integrity of the muscularis propria (MP) after EMR including various extents of deep mural injury (DMI). Risk factors for these injuries were analysed. Endoscopic images and histological specimens of consecutive patients undergoing EMR of colonic laterally spreading lesions ≥20 mm at a large Australian tertiary referral endoscopy unit were retrospectively analysed using our new DMI classification system. DMI was graded according to MP injury (I/II intact MP without/with fibrosis, III target sign, IV/V obvious transmural perforation without/with contamination). Histological specimens were examined for included MP and patient outcomes were recorded. All type III-V DMI signs were clipped if possible, types I and II DMI were clipped at the endoscopists' discretion. EMR was performed in 911 lesions (mean size 37 mm) in 802 patients (male sex 51.4%, mean age 67 years). DMI signs were identified in 83 patients (10.3%). Type III-V DMI was identified in 24 patients (3.0%); clipping was successfully performed in all patients. A clinically significant perforation occurred in two patients (0.2%). Only one of the 59 type I/II cases experienced a delayed perforation. 85.5% of patients with DMI were discharged on the same day, all without sequelae. On multivariable analysis, type III-V DMI was associated with transverse colon location (OR 3.55, p=0.028), en bloc resection (OR 3.84, p=0.005) and high-grade dysplasia or submucosal invasive cancer (OR 2.97, p 0.014). In this retrospective analysis, use of the new classification and management with clips appeared to be a safe approach. Advanced DMI types (III-V) occurred in 3.0% of patients and were associated with identifiable risk factors. Further prospective clinical studies should use this new classification. NCT01368289; results. Published by the BMJ Publishing Group Limited. For permission to use (where not already granted under a licence) please go to http://www.bmj.com/company/products-services/rights-and-licensing/.

  5. Neurofibromatosis of the head and neck: classification and surgical management.

    PubMed

    Latham, Kerry; Buchanan, Edward P; Suver, Daniel; Gruss, Joseph S

    2015-03-01

    Neurofibromatosis is common and presents with variable penetrance and manifestations in one in 2500 to one in 3000 live births. The management of these patients is often multidisciplinary because of the complexity of the disease. Plastic surgeons are frequently involved in the surgical management of patients with head and neck involvement. A 20-year retrospective review of patients treated surgically for head and neck neurofibroma was performed. Patients were identified according to International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision codes for neurofibromatosis and from the senior author's database. A total of 59 patients with head and neck neurofibroma were identified. These patients were categorized into five distinct, but not exclusive, categories to assist with diagnosis and surgical management. These categories included plexiform, cranioorbital, facial, neck, and parotid/auricular neurofibromatosis. A surgical classification system and clinical characteristics of head and neck neurofibromatosis is presented to assist practitioners with diagnosis and surgical management of this complex disease. The surgical management of the cranioorbital type is discussed in detail in 24 patients. The importance and safety of facial nerve dissection and preservation using intraoperative nerve monitoring were validated in 16 dissections in 15 patients. Massive involvement of the neck extending from the skull base to the mediastinum, frequently considered inoperable, has been safely resected by the use of access osteotomies of the clavicle and sternum, muscle takedown, and brachial plexus dissection and preservation using intraoperative nerve monitoring. Therapeutic, IV.

  6. A 16-Gene Signature Distinguishes Anaplastic Astrocytoma from Glioblastoma

    PubMed Central

    Rao, Soumya Alige Mahabala; Srinivasan, Sujaya; Patric, Irene Rosita Pia; Hegde, Alangar Sathyaranjandas; Chandramouli, Bangalore Ashwathnarayanara; Arimappamagan, Arivazhagan; Santosh, Vani; Kondaiah, Paturu; Rao, Manchanahalli R. Sathyanarayana; Somasundaram, Kumaravel

    2014-01-01

    Anaplastic astrocytoma (AA; Grade III) and glioblastoma (GBM; Grade IV) are diffusely infiltrating tumors and are called malignant astrocytomas. The treatment regimen and prognosis are distinctly different between anaplastic astrocytoma and glioblastoma patients. Although histopathology based current grading system is well accepted and largely reproducible, intratumoral histologic variations often lead to difficulties in classification of malignant astrocytoma samples. In order to obtain a more robust molecular classifier, we analysed RT-qPCR expression data of 175 differentially regulated genes across astrocytoma using Prediction Analysis of Microarrays (PAM) and found the most discriminatory 16-gene expression signature for the classification of anaplastic astrocytoma and glioblastoma. The 16-gene signature obtained in the training set was validated in the test set with diagnostic accuracy of 89%. Additionally, validation of the 16-gene signature in multiple independent cohorts revealed that the signature predicted anaplastic astrocytoma and glioblastoma samples with accuracy rates of 99%, 88%, and 92% in TCGA, GSE1993 and GSE4422 datasets, respectively. The protein-protein interaction network and pathway analysis suggested that the 16-genes of the signature identified epithelial-mesenchymal transition (EMT) pathway as the most differentially regulated pathway in glioblastoma compared to anaplastic astrocytoma. In addition to identifying 16 gene classification signature, we also demonstrated that genes involved in epithelial-mesenchymal transition may play an important role in distinguishing glioblastoma from anaplastic astrocytoma. PMID:24475040

  7. Diabetic foot surgery: classifying patients to predict complications.

    PubMed

    Bevilacqua, Nicholas J; Rogers, Lee C; Armstrong, David G

    2008-01-01

    The purpose of this article is to describe a classification of diabetic foot surgery performed in the absence of critical limb ischaemia. The basis of this classification is centred on three fundamental variables that are present in the assessment of risk and indication: (1) presence or absence of neuropathy (the loss of protective sensation); (2) presence or absence of an open wound; (3) presence or absence of acute limb-threatening infection. The conceptual framework for this classification is to define distinct classes of surgery in an order of theoretically increasing risk for high-level amputation. These include: Class I: elective diabetic foot surgery (procedures performed to treat a painful deformity in a patient without the loss of protective sensation); Class II: prophylactic (procedure performed to reduce the risk of ulceration or reulceration in a person with the loss of protective sensation but without an open wound); Class III: curative (procedure performed to assist in healing an open wound); and Class IV: emergency (procedure performed to limit the progression of acute infection). The presence of critical ischaemia in any of these classes of surgery should prompt a vascular evaluation to consider (1) the urgency of the procedure being considered and (2) possible revascularization prior to or temporally concomitant with the procedure. It is our hope that this system begins a dialogue amongst physicians and surgeons which can ultimately facilitate communication, enhance perspective, and improve care.

  8. Systemic classification for a new diagnostic approach to acute abdominal pain in children.

    PubMed

    Kim, Ji Hoi; Kang, Hyun Sik; Han, Kyung Hee; Kim, Seung Hyo; Shin, Kyung-Sue; Lee, Mu Suk; Jeong, In Ho; Kim, Young Sil; Kang, Ki-Soo

    2014-12-01

    With previous methods based on only age and location, there are many difficulties in identifying the etiology of acute abdominal pain in children. We sought to develop a new systematic classification of acute abdominal pain and to give some helps to physicians encountering difficulties in diagnoses. From March 2005 to May 2010, clinical data were collected retrospectively from 442 children hospitalized due to acute abdominal pain with no apparent underlying disease. According to the final diagnoses, diseases that caused acute abdominal pain were classified into nine groups. The nine groups were group I "catastrophic surgical abdomen" (7 patients, 1.6%), group II "acute appendicitis and mesenteric lymphadenitis" (56 patients, 12.7%), group III "intestinal obstruction" (57 patients, 12.9%), group IV "viral and bacterial acute gastroenteritis" (90 patients, 20.4%), group V "peptic ulcer and gastroduodenitis" (66 patients, 14.9%), group VI "hepatobiliary and pancreatic disease" (14 patients, 3.2%), group VII "febrile viral illness and extraintestinal infection" (69 patients, 15.6%), group VIII "functional gastrointestinal disorder (acute manifestation)" (20 patients, 4.5%), and group IX "unclassified acute abdominal pain" (63 patients, 14.3%). Four patients were enrolled in two disease groups each. Patients were distributed unevenly across the nine groups of acute abdominal pain. In particular, the "unclassified abdominal pain" only group was not uncommon. Considering a systemic classification for acute abdominal pain may be helpful in the diagnostic approach in children.

  9. HPMCD: the database of human microbial communities from metagenomic datasets and microbial reference genomes.

    PubMed

    Forster, Samuel C; Browne, Hilary P; Kumar, Nitin; Hunt, Martin; Denise, Hubert; Mitchell, Alex; Finn, Robert D; Lawley, Trevor D

    2016-01-04

    The Human Pan-Microbe Communities (HPMC) database (http://www.hpmcd.org/) provides a manually curated, searchable, metagenomic resource to facilitate investigation of human gastrointestinal microbiota. Over the past decade, the application of metagenome sequencing to elucidate the microbial composition and functional capacity present in the human microbiome has revolutionized many concepts in our basic biology. When sufficient high quality reference genomes are available, whole genome metagenomic sequencing can provide direct biological insights and high-resolution classification. The HPMC database provides species level, standardized phylogenetic classification of over 1800 human gastrointestinal metagenomic samples. This is achieved by combining a manually curated list of bacterial genomes from human faecal samples with over 21000 additional reference genomes representing bacteria, viruses, archaea and fungi with manually curated species classification and enhanced sample metadata annotation. A user-friendly, web-based interface provides the ability to search for (i) microbial groups associated with health or disease state, (ii) health or disease states and community structure associated with a microbial group, (iii) the enrichment of a microbial gene or sequence and (iv) enrichment of a functional annotation. The HPMC database enables detailed analysis of human microbial communities and supports research from basic microbiology and immunology to therapeutic development in human health and disease. © The Author(s) 2015. Published by Oxford University Press on behalf of Nucleic Acids Research.

  10. Caracterization of adults with cerebral palsy.

    PubMed

    Margre, Anna L M; Reis, Maria G L; Morais, Rosane L S

    2010-01-01

    cerebral Palsy (CP) is a group of permanent disorders of the development of movement and posture that cause functional limitation and are attributed to non-progressive disorders which occur in the fetal or infant brain. In recent years, with the increase in life expectancy of individuals with CP, several studies have described the impact of musculoskeletal disabilities and functional limitations over the life cycle. to characterize adults with CP through sociodemographic information, classifications, general health, associated conditions, physical complications and locomotion. twenty-two adults with CP recruited from local rehabilitation centers in an inner town of Brazil participated in this study. A questionnaire was used to collect data on sociodemographic characteristics, comorbities, and physical complications. A brief physical therapy evaluation was carried out, and the Gross Motor Function Classification System (GMFCS) and the Manual Ability Classification System (MACS) were applied. Data were analyzed through descriptive statistics. the mean age was 28.7 (SD 10.6) years, 86.4% of participants lived with parents, and 4.5% were employed. Most of the sample consisted of spastic quadriplegic subjects, corresponding to levels IV and V of the GMFCS and MACS. Different comorbidities and important physical complications such as scoliosis and muscle contractures were present. More than half of the participants were unable to walk. Most participants demonstrated important restrictions in social participation and lower educational level. Adults with CP can be affected by several physical complications and progressive limitations in gait.

  11. Soviet Strong-Motion and Vibration-and-Blast Seismographs

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1975-07-01

    wiv’ - ■" i’"!*-i.T’ ppwiit^iiMiJP^iw,!piiw;pw! Ji |.tfi.1^u UNCLASSIFIED SECURITY CLASSIFICATION OF THIS PAGE (When Datm Enlared) ~~~~ ^ REPORT...8217""’--"■• ^JJ^.-t1l^-»Jt.ii»^i^^&.-’:--->J-r.M^<iM|litimf • •■J"i"*-*^"’fcj--JL: ji ^.uiiijjm »■•IUW.-II.U ii" i Miiii«iMMiij»m*.ii 111,1.1 i.. -amm...III GB-IV Fig. 1 — Schematic drawing of the GB-III and GB-IV galvanometers [6] .^..■^Mi^a*.,^,^^,^,,,, ; ..; ..,.,■,,_.,■ ... . . ■ ji imw wm

  12. 32 CFR 2001.21 - Original classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... 32 National Defense 6 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Original classification. 2001.21 Section 2001.21... Markings § 2001.21 Original classification. (a) Primary markings. At the time of original classification... authority. The name and position, or personal identifier, of the original classification authority shall...

  13. 46 CFR 8.260 - Revocation of classification society recognition.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... 46 Shipping 1 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Revocation of classification society recognition. 8.260... VESSEL INSPECTION ALTERNATIVES Recognition of a Classification Society § 8.260 Revocation of classification society recognition. A recognized classification society which fails to maintain the minimum...

  14. 42 CFR 412.620 - Patient classification system.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... 42 Public Health 2 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Patient classification system. 412.620 Section 412... Inpatient Rehabilitation Hospitals and Rehabilitation Units § 412.620 Patient classification system. (a) Classification methodology. (1) A patient classification system is used to classify patients in inpatient...

  15. 49 CFR 8.19 - Procedures for submitting and processing requests for classification reviews.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... for classification reviews. 8.19 Section 8.19 Transportation Office of the Secretary of Transportation CLASSIFIED INFORMATION: CLASSIFICATION/DECLASSIFICATION/ACCESS Classification/Declassification of Information § 8.19 Procedures for submitting and processing requests for classification reviews. (a) The Director...

  16. 42 CFR 412.620 - Patient classification system.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... 42 Public Health 2 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Patient classification system. 412.620 Section 412... Inpatient Rehabilitation Hospitals and Rehabilitation Units § 412.620 Patient classification system. (a) Classification methodology. (1) A patient classification system is used to classify patients in inpatient...

  17. 43 CFR 2461.2 - Classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... 43 Public Lands: Interior 2 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Classifications. 2461.2 Section 2461.2..., DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR LAND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (2000) BUREAU INITIATED CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Multiple-Use Classification Procedures § 2461.2 Classifications. Not less than 60 days after publication of the...

  18. 39 CFR 3020.11 - Initial Mail Classification Schedule.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... 39 Postal Service 1 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Initial Mail Classification Schedule. 3020.11 Section 3020.11 Postal Service POSTAL REGULATORY COMMISSION PERSONNEL PRODUCT LISTS Mail Classification Schedule § 3020.11 Initial Mail Classification Schedule. The initial Mail Classification Schedule shall...

  19. 28 CFR 345.20 - Position classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... 28 Judicial Administration 2 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Position classification. 345.20 Section... INDUSTRIES (FPI) INMATE WORK PROGRAMS Position Classification § 345.20 Position classification. (a) Inmate... the objectives and principles of pay classification as a part of the routine orientation of new FPI...

  20. 7 CFR 51.2836 - Size classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2012-01-01 2012-01-01 false Size classifications. 51.2836 Section 51.2836...) Size Classifications § 51.2836 Size classifications. The size of onions may be specified in accordance with one of the following classifications. Size designation Minimum diameter Inches Millimeters Maximum...

  1. 7 CFR 51.2836 - Size classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2013-01-01 2013-01-01 false Size classifications. 51.2836 Section 51.2836...-Granex-Grano and Creole Types) Size Classifications § 51.2836 Size classifications. The size of onions may be specified in accordance with one of the following classifications. Size designation Minimum...

  2. 43 CFR 2461.2 - Classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ... 43 Public Lands: Interior 2 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Classifications. 2461.2 Section 2461.2..., DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR LAND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (2000) BUREAU INITIATED CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Multiple-Use Classification Procedures § 2461.2 Classifications. Not less than 60 days after publication of the...

  3. 28 CFR 345.20 - Position classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... 28 Judicial Administration 2 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Position classification. 345.20 Section... INDUSTRIES (FPI) INMATE WORK PROGRAMS Position Classification § 345.20 Position classification. (a) Inmate... the objectives and principles of pay classification as a part of the routine orientation of new FPI...

  4. 12 CFR 1777.20 - Capital classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... 12 Banks and Banking 9 2013-01-01 2013-01-01 false Capital classifications. 1777.20 Section 1777... DEVELOPMENT SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS PROMPT CORRECTIVE ACTION Capital Classifications and Orders Under Section 1366 of the 1992 Act § 1777.20 Capital classifications. (a) Capital classifications after the effective...

  5. 12 CFR 1777.20 - Capital classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... 12 Banks and Banking 10 2014-01-01 2014-01-01 false Capital classifications. 1777.20 Section 1777... DEVELOPMENT SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS PROMPT CORRECTIVE ACTION Capital Classifications and Orders Under Section 1366 of the 1992 Act § 1777.20 Capital classifications. (a) Capital classifications after the effective...

  6. 22 CFR 9.8 - Classification challenges.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-04-01

    ... 22 Foreign Relations 1 2012-04-01 2012-04-01 false Classification challenges. 9.8 Section 9.8 Foreign Relations DEPARTMENT OF STATE GENERAL SECURITY INFORMATION REGULATIONS § 9.8 Classification... classification status is improper are expected and encouraged to challenge the classification status of the...

  7. 7 CFR 51.2284 - Size classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2012-01-01 2012-01-01 false Size classification. 51.2284 Section 51.2284... Size classification. The following classifications are provided to describe the size of any lot... shall conform to the requirements of the specified classification as defined below: (a) Halves. Lot...

  8. 7 CFR 51.2284 - Size classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2013-01-01 2013-01-01 false Size classification. 51.2284 Section 51.2284...) Size Requirements § 51.2284 Size classification. The following classifications are provided to describe... of kernels in the lot shall conform to the requirements of the specified classification as defined...

  9. 28 CFR 524.73 - Classification procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... 28 Judicial Administration 2 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Classification procedures. 524.73 Section..., CLASSIFICATION, AND TRANSFER CLASSIFICATION OF INMATES Central Inmate Monitoring (CIM) System § 524.73 Classification procedures. (a) Initial assignment. Except as provided for in paragraphs (a) (1) through (4) of...

  10. 28 CFR 345.20 - Position classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... 28 Judicial Administration 2 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Position classification. 345.20 Section... INDUSTRIES (FPI) INMATE WORK PROGRAMS Position Classification § 345.20 Position classification. (a) Inmate... the objectives and principles of pay classification as a part of the routine orientation of new FPI...

  11. 7 CFR 51.2284 - Size classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2014-01-01 2014-01-01 false Size classification. 51.2284 Section 51.2284...) Size Requirements § 51.2284 Size classification. The following classifications are provided to describe... of kernels in the lot shall conform to the requirements of the specified classification as defined...

  12. 43 CFR 2461.2 - Classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ... 43 Public Lands: Interior 2 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Classifications. 2461.2 Section 2461.2..., DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR LAND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (2000) BUREAU INITIATED CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Multiple-Use Classification Procedures § 2461.2 Classifications. Not less than 60 days after publication of the...

  13. 43 CFR 2461.2 - Classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ... 43 Public Lands: Interior 2 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Classifications. 2461.2 Section 2461.2..., DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR LAND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (2000) BUREAU INITIATED CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Multiple-Use Classification Procedures § 2461.2 Classifications. Not less than 60 days after publication of the...

  14. 12 CFR 1777.20 - Capital classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ... 12 Banks and Banking 9 2012-01-01 2012-01-01 false Capital classifications. 1777.20 Section 1777... DEVELOPMENT SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS PROMPT CORRECTIVE ACTION Capital Classifications and Orders Under Section 1366 of the 1992 Act § 1777.20 Capital classifications. (a) Capital classifications after the effective...

  15. 28 CFR 524.73 - Classification procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... 28 Judicial Administration 2 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Classification procedures. 524.73 Section..., CLASSIFICATION, AND TRANSFER CLASSIFICATION OF INMATES Central Inmate Monitoring (CIM) System § 524.73 Classification procedures. (a) Initial assignment. Except as provided for in paragraphs (a) (1) through (4) of...

  16. 28 CFR 524.73 - Classification procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... 28 Judicial Administration 2 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Classification procedures. 524.73 Section..., CLASSIFICATION, AND TRANSFER CLASSIFICATION OF INMATES Central Inmate Monitoring (CIM) System § 524.73 Classification procedures. (a) Initial assignment. Except as provided for in paragraphs (a) (1) through (4) of...

  17. 7 CFR 51.2281 - Color classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2014-01-01 2014-01-01 false Color classifications. 51.2281 Section 51.2281...) Color Requirements § 51.2281 Color classifications. The following classifications are provided to... the lot shall not be darker than the darkest color permitted in the specified classification as shown...

  18. 22 CFR 9.8 - Classification challenges.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-04-01

    ... 22 Foreign Relations 1 2013-04-01 2013-04-01 false Classification challenges. 9.8 Section 9.8 Foreign Relations DEPARTMENT OF STATE GENERAL SECURITY INFORMATION REGULATIONS § 9.8 Classification... classification status is improper are expected and encouraged to challenge the classification status of the...

  19. 32 CFR 2001.21 - Original classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... 32 National Defense 6 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Original classification. 2001.21 Section 2001.21... Markings § 2001.21 Original classification. (a) Primary markings. At the time of original classification, the following shall be indicated in a manner that is immediately apparent: (1) Classification...

  20. 7 CFR 51.2281 - Color classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2013-01-01 2013-01-01 false Color classifications. 51.2281 Section 51.2281...) Color Requirements § 51.2281 Color classifications. The following classifications are provided to... the lot shall not be darker than the darkest color permitted in the specified classification as shown...

  1. 7 CFR 51.2836 - Size classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2014-01-01 2014-01-01 false Size classifications. 51.2836 Section 51.2836...-Granex-Grano and Creole Types) Size Classifications § 51.2836 Size classifications. The size of onions may be specified in accordance with one of the following classifications. Size designation Minimum...

  2. 22 CFR 9.8 - Classification challenges.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-04-01

    ... 22 Foreign Relations 1 2014-04-01 2014-04-01 false Classification challenges. 9.8 Section 9.8 Foreign Relations DEPARTMENT OF STATE GENERAL SECURITY INFORMATION REGULATIONS § 9.8 Classification... classification status is improper are expected and encouraged to challenge the classification status of the...

  3. 32 CFR 2001.21 - Original classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... 32 National Defense 6 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Original classification. 2001.21 Section 2001.21... Markings § 2001.21 Original classification. (a) Primary markings. At the time of original classification, the following shall be indicated in a manner that is immediately apparent: (1) Classification...

  4. 7 CFR 51.2281 - Color classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2012-01-01 2012-01-01 false Color classifications. 51.2281 Section 51.2281... Color classifications. The following classifications are provided to describe the color of any lot... than the darkest color permitted in the specified classification as shown on the color chart. ...

  5. 32 CFR 2001.21 - Original classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... 32 National Defense 6 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Original classification. 2001.21 Section 2001.21... Markings § 2001.21 Original classification. (a) Primary markings. At the time of original classification, the following shall be indicated in a manner that is immediately apparent: (1) Classification...

  6. Ecological Land Classification: Applications to Identify the Productive Potential of Southern Forests

    Treesearch

    Dennis L. Mengel; D. Thompson Tew; [Editors

    1991-01-01

    Eighteen papers representing four categories-Regional Overviews; Classification System Development; Classification System Interpretation; Mapping/GIS Applications in Classification Systems-present the state of the art in forest-land classification and evaluation in the South. In addition, nine poster papers are presented.

  7. 7 CFR 27.80 - Fees; classification, Micronaire, and supervision.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2012-01-01 2012-01-01 false Fees; classification, Micronaire, and supervision. 27... Classification and Micronaire § 27.80 Fees; classification, Micronaire, and supervision. For services rendered by... classification and Micronaire determination results certified on cotton class certificates.) (e) Supervision, by...

  8. 7 CFR 27.80 - Fees; classification, Micronaire, and supervision.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2011-01-01 2011-01-01 false Fees; classification, Micronaire, and supervision. 27... Classification and Micronaire § 27.80 Fees; classification, Micronaire, and supervision. For services rendered by... classification and Micronaire determination results certified on cotton class certificates.) (e) Supervision, by...

  9. 12 CFR 1777.20 - Capital classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... 12 Banks and Banking 7 2011-01-01 2011-01-01 false Capital classifications. 1777.20 Section 1777... DEVELOPMENT SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS PROMPT CORRECTIVE ACTION Capital Classifications and Orders Under Section 1366 of the 1992 Act § 1777.20 Capital classifications. (a) Capital classifications after the effective...

  10. 22 CFR 9.8 - Classification challenges.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-04-01

    ... 22 Foreign Relations 1 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Classification challenges. 9.8 Section 9.8 Foreign Relations DEPARTMENT OF STATE GENERAL SECURITY INFORMATION REGULATIONS § 9.8 Classification... classification status is improper are expected and encouraged to challenge the classification status of the...

  11. 32 CFR 2001.21 - Original classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... 32 National Defense 6 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Original classification. 2001.21 Section 2001.21... Markings § 2001.21 Original classification. (a) Primary markings. At the time of original classification, the following shall be indicated in a manner that is immediately apparent: (1) Classification...

  12. 28 CFR 345.20 - Position classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... 28 Judicial Administration 2 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Position classification. 345.20 Section... INDUSTRIES (FPI) INMATE WORK PROGRAMS Position Classification § 345.20 Position classification. (a) Inmate... the objectives and principles of pay classification as a part of the routine orientation of new FPI...

  13. 22 CFR 9.8 - Classification challenges.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-04-01

    ... 22 Foreign Relations 1 2011-04-01 2011-04-01 false Classification challenges. 9.8 Section 9.8 Foreign Relations DEPARTMENT OF STATE GENERAL SECURITY INFORMATION REGULATIONS § 9.8 Classification... classification status is improper are expected and encouraged to challenge the classification status of the...

  14. 28 CFR 345.20 - Position classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... 28 Judicial Administration 2 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Position classification. 345.20 Section... INDUSTRIES (FPI) INMATE WORK PROGRAMS Position Classification § 345.20 Position classification. (a) Inmate... the objectives and principles of pay classification as a part of the routine orientation of new FPI...

  15. 7 CFR 51.2284 - Size classification.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2011-01-01 2011-01-01 false Size classification. 51.2284 Section 51.2284... Size classification. The following classifications are provided to describe the size of any lot... shall conform to the requirements of the specified classification as defined below: (a) Halves. Lot...

  16. 7 CFR 51.2836 - Size classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Size classifications. 51.2836 Section 51.2836...) Size Classifications § 51.2836 Size classifications. The size of onions may be specified in accordance with one of the following classifications. Size designation Minimum diameter Inches Millimeters Maximum...

  17. 7 CFR 51.2836 - Size classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2011-01-01 2011-01-01 false Size classifications. 51.2836 Section 51.2836...) Size Classifications § 51.2836 Size classifications. The size of onions may be specified in accordance with one of the following classifications. Size designation Minimum diameter Inches Millimeters Maximum...

  18. 7 CFR 51.2281 - Color classifications.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... 7 Agriculture 2 2011-01-01 2011-01-01 false Color classifications. 51.2281 Section 51.2281... Color classifications. The following classifications are provided to describe the color of any lot... than the darkest color permitted in the specified classification as shown on the color chart. ...

  19. 28 CFR 524.73 - Classification procedures.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... 28 Judicial Administration 2 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Classification procedures. 524.73 Section..., CLASSIFICATION, AND TRANSFER CLASSIFICATION OF INMATES Central Inmate Monitoring (CIM) System § 524.73 Classification procedures. (a) Initial assignment. Except as provided for in paragraphs (a) (1) through (4) of...

  20. 5 CFR 511.701 - Effective dates generally.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ...) Except as provided in § 511.703, classification actions may not be made retroactive. (b) Office of Personnel Management's classification decision. (1) The effective date of a classification decision made by... CLASSIFICATION UNDER THE GENERAL SCHEDULE Effective Dates of Position Classification Actions or Decisions § 511...

Top